CLINICAL AND EXPERIMENTAL
MEDICAL JOURNAL
Official Journal of Markusovszky Lajos Foundation
based on the Orvosi Hetilap, established by Markusovszky Lajos
in 1857, as an International Edition
Established by János Fehér (2006)
Founding Editor-in-Chief ■ JÁNOS FEHÉR (Budapest)
Coeditor-in-Chief ■ NEVEN ŽARKOVIĆ (Zagreb)
Deputy Editors-in-Chief ■ ERZSÉBET FEHÉR (Budapest), MAMUN-AL-MAHTAB (Bangladesh),
KÁROLY RÁCZ (Budapest)
Senior Editors ■ MAURIZIO BATTINO (Ancona), KRISZTINA HAGYMÁSI (Budapest),
GABRIELLA LENGYEL (Budapest), ALAJOS PÁR (Pécs),
ÁRPÁD SZÁLLÁSI (Esztergom)
Editors ■ A. BLÁZOVICS (Budapest), H. BODÁNSZKY (Budapest), E. DINYA (Budapest), G. FIRNEISZ (Budapest),
P. IGAZ (Budapest), Z. LANGMÁR (Budapest), V. NAGY (Budapest), G. PÁR (Pécs), Á. PUSZTAY (Budapest)
Column care coworkers ■ Cs. BALÁZS (Budapest), J. GERVAIN (Székesfehérvár),
L. GULÁCSI (Budapest), B. HUNYADY (Pécs), Gy. JERMENDY (Budapest),
L. KALABAY (Budapest), A. KISS (Budapest), I. KISS (Budapest), J. OSZTOVITS (Budapest),
K. SIMON (Siófok), A. WIMMER (Budapest), G. WINKLER (Budapest)
Editorial Board
President ■ M. PALKOVITS (Budapest)
G. ÁCS (New York), M. BANACH (Lodz), G. BARTOSZ (Lodz), A. BERG (Berlin), J. BETKÓ (Budapest),
F. BIASI (Italy), A. BIGNAMINI (Milan), A. BISHAYEE (Rootstown, Ohio, USA), H. E. BLUM (Freiburg),
G. BROOSER (Budapest), M. CLASSEN (Munich), G. CSOMÓS (Hamburg), I. CZURIGA (Debrecen),
A. DOBOZY (Szeged), S. ECKHARDT (Budapest), P. ECKL (Salzburg), Z. ENGLERT (Budapest),
A. FALUS (Budapest), P. FERENCI (Vienna), P. G. FORBATH (Toronto), I. FORGÁCS (Budapest),
S. GARDÓ (Győr), B. GÖMÖR (Budapest), M. R. GRACZYNSKI (Warsaw), T. GRUNE (Düsseldorf),
F. GUERAUD (Toulouse), M. HAHN (Erlangen), J. HANKISS (Budapest), L. IFFY (New Jersey),
F. JAKAB (Budapest), Zs. JAKAB (Stockholm) J. KAPPELMAYER (Debrecen), É. KELLER (Budapest),
M. KELTAI (Budapest), J. KISS (Budapest), Y. KITA (Tokyo), L. KOPPER (Budapest),
L. LAKNER (Szombathely), L. LAMPÉ (Debrecen), A. LUGASI (Budapest), N. J. LYGIDAKIS (Athens),
M. MACEK (Prague), N. McINTYRE (London), K. MEYER zum BÜSCHENFELDE (Mainz),
A. MOGYORÓSI (Richmond), J. MOLNÁR (Szeged), P. MOLNÁR (Debrecen), G. NAGY (Sydney),
I. NÁSZ (Budapest), A.-E. NEGRE-SALVAYRE (Toulouse), L. OKOLICSANYI (Padova), É. OLÁH (Debrecen),
M. P. OTIN (Spain), T. PAÁL (Budapest), Z. PAPP (Budapest), S. PENA (Amsterdam), P. PETRUSZ (Chapel Hill),
G. POLI (Torino), I. RÁCZ (Győr), O. RÁCZ (Košice), G. RAMADORI (Goettingen), J. REICHEN (Bern),
O. RIBÁRI (Budapest), I. ROMICS (Budapest), L. ROMICS (Budapest), Zs. SCHAFF (Budapest), P. SCHMIDT (Győr),
W. G. SIEMS (Bad Harzburg), P. SÓTONYI (Budapest), I. SÜVEGES (Budapest), F. SZALAY (Budapest),
F. TATZBER (Vienna), H. THALER (Vienna), E. TOLNAY (Budapest), T. TSUJI (Okayama),
Zs. TULASSAY (Budapest), K. UCHIDA (Nagoya), L. VASAS (Budapest), L. VÉCSEI (Szeged),
L. VÉRTES (Budapest), J. VESELY (Olomouc), J. VINA (Valencia), G. WEBER (Indianapolis),
A. C. YOGESH (Washington, D.C.), K. ŽARKOVIĆ (Zagreb), E. ZSIGMOND (Chicago)
AKADÉMIAI KIADÓ, BUDAPEST
CONTENTS
REVIEWS
7
Protein Oxidation and Proteasome: New Aspects for Clinical Approaches
BETUL CATALGOL, NESRIN KARTAL OZER, TILMAN GRUNE
15
Compliance and Persistence with Medications
for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
TAMÁS ÁGH, ÁGNES MÉSZÁROS
23
Associations of Autoimmune Endocrine Diseases
CSABA BALÁZS, JÁNOS FEHÉR
39
The Pulmonological Manifestations of Rheumatoid Arthritis
GYÖRGY BERNSCHERER, CSABA KARABÉLYOS, ZSOLT TARJÁN
49
The Mechanism of the Development of Pain Perception. New Results in the
Neurophysiology of Pain Relating to Neuroscience
JUDIT GYULAHÁZI
65
The Evaluation of Therapeutic Modalities in the Treatment
of Palmary and Axillary Hyperhydrosis
KÁROLY VINCZE, LÁSZLÓ HERKE, JÓZSEF FERENCZY, ISTVÁN SEFFER, ZSUZSANNA LELOVICS
ORIGINAL PAPERS
73
In Vitro Model of Bone Regeneration with Bioactive Glass and Lipid Peroxidation
LIDIJA MRAKOVCIC, MARINA CINDRIC, NEVEN ZARKOVIC, SUZANA BOROVIC SUNJIC,
ANDREA MOGUS MILANKOVIC, RENATE WILDBURGER
79
Intermittent Haemodialysis-Induced Oxidative Stress and the Effect
on Inflammatory Parameters in Critically Ill Patients
KARL-HEINZ SMOLLE, PETER KAUFMANN, VANESSA STADLBAUER, FRANZ TATZBER,
BRIGITTE M. WINKLHOFER-ROOB, REINGARD AIGNER, GHOLAMALI KHOSCHSORUR,
WILLIBALD WONISCH
3
CONTENTS
89
Serum Total Peroxides Are Increased in Patients with Stage IV Compared
to Stage IIb Peripheral Arterial Disease: Percutaneous Transluminal
Angioplasty May Generate Epitopes for Autoantibodies Against Oxidized
Low Density Lipoprotein
MARTIN TRINKER, KARL-HEINZ SMOLLE, STEFAN SCHEIDL, FRANZ TATZBER,
MEINRAD LINDSCHINGER, WILLIBALD WONISCH
99
The Effect of Perceptual Characteristics of Tablets upon Patient’s Choice
FERENC KÖTELES, ILDIKÓ KOMSA, GYÖRGY BÁRDOS
105
The “HÍVÁS” Club: Social Support in Post Cancer Recovery
KORNÉLIA ROZÁLIA LAZÁNYI, PÉTER MOLNÁR, ANTAL BUGÁN, LÁSZLÓ DAMJANOVICH,
ZOLTÁN GARAMI, BALÁZS FÜLÖP, KORNÉLIA SZLUHA
115
Gastric Ulcer Protective Activity of Hibiscus sabdariffa: An Experimental,
Biochemical and Histological Study
SALEH ALQASOUMI, MOHAMMED AL-DOSARI, MOHAMMED AL-SOHAIBANI,
TAWFEQ AL-HOWIRINY, MOHAMMED AL-YAHYA, SYED RAFATULLAH
129
Antioxidant and Protective Effects of Spinach (Spinacia oleracea L.)
Leaves Against Carbon Tetrachloride-Induced Liver Injury
MOHAMMED S. AL-DOSARI
CLINICAL STUDIES
141
Effects of Oligofructose Containing Diet in Obese Persons
MAGDA ANTAL, SZABOLCS PÉTER, ANDREA REGÖLY-MÉREI, LAJOS BIRÓ, GYÖRGYI ARATÓ,
JUDIT SCHMIDT, KATALIN NAGY, ERIKA GREINER, NATÁLIA LÁSZTITY, CSABA SZABÓ,
ÉVA MARTOS
153
Endoscopic Management of Post-Operative Biliary Tract Injuries
ZOLTÁN VÖLGYI, TÜNDE FISCHER, MÁRIA SZENES, BEÁTA GASZTONYI
4
CONTENTS
163
Patients with Syphilis and Gonorrhoea: Analysis of Cases Based
on Data (2005–2008) of the National Sexually Transmitted Disease Centre,
Department of Dermatology, Venereology and Dermatologic Oncology,
Semmelweis University
KATINKA PÓNYAI, MÁRTA MARSCHALKÓ, MÁRIA SCHÖFFLER-ACKERMAN,
ESZTER OSTORHÁZI, FERENC ROZGONYI, VIKTÓRIA VÁRKONYI, SAROLTA KÁRPÁTI
CASE REPORTS
175
Whipple’s Disease: Do We Think of It Enough?
TÜNDE FISCHER, MÁRTA TIBOLY, PÉTER TÓTH, MÁRIA SZENES, ZOLTÁN VÖLGYI,
OTÍLIA BALI, BEÁTA GASZTONYI
187
A Case of Primary Biliary Cirrhosis: First Report from Bangladesh
MAMUN-AL-MAHTAB, KABIR UDDIN, SALIMUR RAHMAN, MOBIN KHAN, KAMAL,
MONIRUZZAMAN BHUIYAN, GULZAR HUSSAIN
193
Anaphylactoid Reaction Following Forest Fly (Hippobosca Equina) Bite:
A Human Case
ALICE DECASTELLO, ROBERT FARKAS
199
Ciprofloxacin-Induced Stevens–Johnson Syndrome: First Report from Bangladesh
MAMUN-AL-MAHTAB, SALIMUR RAHMAN, AKMAT ALI, ANANTA SHRESTHA,
JAHANGIR SARKAR, MOBIN KHAN
203
Primary Adenocarcinoma of the
Rectovaginal Septum Without Associated Endometriosis
ZOLTÁN LANGMÁR, MIKLÓS NÉMETH, TAMÁS MÁTRAI , KÁLMÁN IVÁNYI, LÁSZLÓ HARSÁNYI,
MAGDOLNA DANK, ESZTER SZÉKELY, ZOLTÁN KAZY
207
Pitfalls in Management of Chronic Hepatitis B: Report of Four Cases
from Bangladesh
MD. FAZAL KARIM, MAMUN AL-MAHTAB, SALIMUR RAHMAN, MOBIN KHAN
5
CONTENTS
211
Acute Pancreatitis in a Pregnant Female with Peripartum Cardiomyopathy
PANKAJ JAIN
GUIDE TO THE AUTHORS
215
6
REVIEWS
REVIEWS
Protein Oxidation and Proteasome:
New Aspects for Clinical Approaches
BETUL CATALGOL1, NESRIN KARTAL OZER1, TILMAN GRUNE2
Department of Biochemistry, Faculty of Medicine, Marmara University,
34668 Haydarpasa, Istanbul, Turkey
2
Institute of Biological Chemistry and Nutrition, University Hohenheim, Stuttgart, Germany
1
Oxidative stress is an inevitable process during aerobic life. Proteins as the most abundant macromolecules in organisms are damaged during oxidative stress and in the following living cells try to rescue defective polypeptides and
restore their function. For this purpose several repair and removal systems are activated. The main proteolysis system for the removal of oxidized proteins is the proteasomal system. Protein oxidation products and the impairment
in the repair and removal systems are reported to play important roles in the progress of various diseases and aging.
This review describes the protein oxidation in detail and the role of this process in several diseases. We propose that
management of protein oxidation will be beneficial for clinical trials in the prevention and therapy of the diseases.
Keywords: oxidative stress, protein oxidation, aging, disease
Abbreviations
Aβ = amyloid beta; AD = Alzheimer’s disease; AGE = advanced glycation end products; HNE = 4-hydroxynonenal;
LDL = low density lipoprotein; MDA = malondialdehyde; NFT = neurofibrillary tangles; 8-OHdG = 8-hydroxy-2′deoxyguanosine; RAGE = receptor for advanced glycation end products; ROOH = peroxide; ROS = reactive oxygen
species; RS = reactive species; SP = senile plaques; NADPH = reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate
Introduction
RS are generated by diverse mechanisms and include several reactive oxygen and nitrogen
species. These atoms or molecules are called RS since they are highly reactive, take place in
oxidation reactions easily and cause denaturation and inactivation of biomolecules. Several
cellular systems exist to minimize the oxidizing effects of RS. Oxidative stress, which is
defined as an imbalance between RS formation and corresponding antioxidant defense mechanisms, produces damage by multiple pathways. Increased proliferation, adaptation by upregulating of defense systems, cell injury with increased burden of oxidatively damaged
macromolecules like lipids, DNA, proteins and carbohydrates, or senescence and cell death
take place in consequences of oxidative stress [1].
Among the other effects of oxidative stress, damage to proteins is crucial since proteins
are important parts of cellular structures and have important functions as receptors, anti-
Corresponding address: Tilman Grune MD, Institute of Biological Chemistry and Nutrition, University Hohenheim,
Garbenstrasse 28, 70593 Stuttgart, Germany. E-mail: grune@uni-hohenheim.de
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.1
7
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
7–13.
REVIEWS
bodies, transport proteins and enzymes. Oxidative protein modifications might be classified
in several ways and detections of various products are used as indicators of oxidation. Protein
damage may be caused by direct attack of RS or by secondary damage involving attack by
products of lipid peroxidation, such as isoketals, MDA and HNE [2].
In another classification, protein damage may be divided by site specificity such as protein backbone and side chains. Polypeptide chain fragmentation is one of the important modifications of protein backbones that results in peptide fragments with derivatized terminal
amino acids. This fragmentation begins with the formation of an α-carbon-centered radical
that reacts with oxygen to form a peroxyl species first and then a hydroperoxide. Following
the decomposition of α-carbon hydroperoxides, peptide chain is cleaved and ketoacyl/amide
derivatives of the carboxy and amino-terminal amino acids are formed [3].
Amino acid side chains mainly of the sulfur-containing amino acids such as methionine
and cysteine are known to be highly susceptible to the free radical damage, but other amino
acids are also susceptible to damage. Several products are formed such as cystine, methionine sulfoxide, aspartate, 3,4-dihydroxphenylalanine, hydroxyleucine, and N-formylkynurenine following the oxidation of different side chains. Aromatic amino acids like tyrosine,
phenylalanine and tryptophan are also targets of free radical attack. Oxidation of lysine, arginine, proline or threonine residues results in carbonyl-containing products. These carbonyl
derivatives are frequently determined as biomarkers of protein oxidation because of their
relative early formation and stability [4, 5].
Another late product of protein oxidation is the formation of protein aggregates. Insoluble aggregates are formed by covalent cross-linking of the carbon-centered radicals of amino
acid side chains, for example 2-2′-biphenyl cross-link formed by two tyrosyl radicals. Noncovalent interactions like hydrophobic as well as electrostatic interactions between oxidized
residues may also be reasons for aggregate formation. Large aggregates are often poor substrates for proteases and their accumulation is known to be toxic to cells. Such an aggregate
accumulation has been reported for many experimental models, especially age-related diseases, as measured by several markers. Also in aging models, insoluble fluorescence materials called lipofuscin, ceroid and AGE (advanced glycation end product)-like fluorophores are
used as indicators of protein aggregation [6].
Living cells try to recover from defective polypeptides. For this purpose they contain
several repair and removal systems. Repair systems are generally limited and specific for the
modifications. Disulfide bonds and methionine sulfoxide can be repaired by protein disulfide
isomerase, methionine sulfoxide reductase and thioredoxin reductase. Heat shock or stress
proteins also have the ability to reconstitute the native structure of proteins following oxidative damage [7, 8].
The degradation of proteins is a physiological process required to maintain normal cellular function. Therefore, cells have developed highly regulated intracellular proteolytic systems responsible for the removal of such nonfunctional proteins before they start to aggregate. Mammalian cells contain several pathways for general protein breakdown, comprising
membrane proteases, lysosomal cathepsins, calcium-activated calpains, caspases, mitochondrial proteases and the proteasomal system. Besides all proteolytic systems, the major proteolytic system responsible for the removal of oxidized cytosolic and nuclear proteins is the
proteasomal system. The proteasome, known to be localized in the cytosol and in the nuclei
of mammalian cells and furthermore attached to the endoplasmic reticulum and the cell
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
8
CEMED
REVIEWS
membrane, is mainly composed of 20S core proteasome. This core complex degrades the
oxidized proteins in a ubiquitin- and ATP-independent manner [9].
Experimental evidence from several studies shows that many of the alterations during
aging and the progression of certain diseases are the result of the occurrence of protein oxidation products and decrease in the degradation of oxidized proteins.
The Proteasome in Aging and Diseases
Aging
The aging process is characterized by changes in cellular functions and decline in repair
mechanisms against several damages. There are hundreds of theories to explain the mechanisms of aging, including the mainly accepted free radical theory of aging first published by
Harman [10]. This theory suggests a leading role of oxidative modifications during the aging
process and the decrease in the antioxidative capacity of the cell. In this regard, the proteasomal system is one of the systems that declines with aging. Decrease in the proteasomal
activity with age has been shown in several cell lines by different groups such as human
lymphocytes and keratinocytes [11–13], rat spinal cords [14] and rat brain [15].
It was proposed that the functional decline of the proteasome is due to inhibition by aggregates of nondegraded oxidized proteins. Age pigments such as lipofuscin, ceroid or AGEpigment like fluorophores are main protein aggregates accumulating during the aging process. Lipofuscin contains conjugates of MDA and protein thiol groups deduced from its
fluorescence character and it was recently shown by several groups that the presence of such
material influences proteasomal activity [16]. This aggregated cross-linked material will be
autophagozytosed resulting in a major accumulation of this material in lysosomes. The observed age-related accumulation of oxidized cross-linked material may be the result of both
increased protein oxidation followed by aggregation and/or decline in protein breakdown and
a malfunction of the proteasomal system [17].
Aging leads to the development of related neurodegenerative, cardiovascular diseases
and cancer. In these diseases, the role of protein oxidation, protein turnover and proteasome
has been extensively studied. It seems that the oxidative processes in the brain are facilitated
by the high oxygen consumption of this organ [18].
Alzheimer’s Disease
AD is an important age-related disease, the most common form of adult-onset dementia.
The major alterations in this disease are SP and NFT representing an accumulation of intraneuronal and extracellular filamentous protein aggregates. The major proteins in these formations are hyperphosphorylated tau in NFT and Aβ peptide, derived from amyloid precursor
protein in SP [19]. Protein aggregate formation seems to be related to oxidative stress and
mainly to the protein oxidation process. Oxidative damage found in AD includes the formation of AGE [20], nitration [21], lipid peroxidation adduction products [22], carbonyl-modified neurofilament protein and free carbonyls [23]. Oxidized proteins (protein carbonyls)
were found to be increased in frontal pole and occipital pole in AD patients compared with
controls [23]. Mishto et al. found a decrease in the trypsin-like activity of proteasome emerged
CEMED
9
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
in the hippocampus and cerebellum of AD patients [24]. Lovell et al. found elevated levels of
free and protein-bound HNE in the ventricular fluids of AD patients [25]. Iron in a redoxactive state, thought to play an important role in free radical production in AD, was shown
to be increased in NFT as well as Aβ deposits [26]. Iron catalyzes the formation of hydroxyl
radical from H2O2 and also the formation of AGE. Aβ itself has been directly implicated in
ROS formation through peptidyl radicals [27]. Additionally, AGE and Aβ activate specific
receptors, such as the RAGE and the class A scavenger-receptor, to increase reactive oxygen
production [28].
Parkinson’s Disease
Parkinson’s disease is a second common neurodegenerative disorder. Common clinical
symptoms are mainly caused by the degeneration of nigrostriatal dopaminergic neurons
found in the substantia nigra pars compacta [29]. Intracellular cytosolic formation of Lewy
bodies formed by polyubiquitinated α-synuclein is the main histological marker of this disease [30]. Parkin that normally functions as an E3-ligase of the ubiquitin proteasome system
is another protein forming aggregates [31]. There are several studies of the role of oxidative
damage in Parkinson’s disease. In dopaminergic cells, dopamine is decomposed by a reaction
catalyzed by transition metals – superoxide anions are released during this reaction [32].
Peroxynitrite, hydrogen peroxide, protein carbonyls, 3-nitrotyrosine modifications, MDA,
HNE, and 8-OHdG are also known to occur in Parkinson lesions. Interestingly, McNaught
et al. [33] have shown a decrease in the amount of α-subunits of the proteasome in dopaminergic neurons of Parkinson’s disease brains. All these findings indicate the role of oxidative
stress.
Atherosclerosis
Hypercholesterolemia is a major risk factor for coronary artery diseases. Hypercholesterolemia was reported to increase the levels of RS through stimulation of polymorphonuclear
leukocytes and RS have been implicated in the development of hypercholesterolemic atherosclerosis [34]. In the development of atherosclerosis, RS are produced by endothelial cells,
smooth muscle cells and macrophages, which oxidize LDL in the subendothelial space at the
sites of endothelial damage, initiating, therefore, events that culminate in the formation of a
fibrous plaque. Rupture of fibrous plaque leads to thrombus formation and occlusion of the
vessel. Prasad et al. showed that cholesterol feeding of rabbits caused an increase in MDA
levels and glutathione peroxidase activities and a decrease in superoxide dismutase activity
in the myocardium [35]. High cholesterol was also suggested to play a role in AD. Patients
with elevated cholesterol may have increased susceptibility to AD in addition to coronary
artery disease and hypertension [36]. Cholesterol may initiate Aβ formation, an already mentioned potent source of oxidative stress and irreversible protein aggregation. We showed the
possible role of high cholesterol in AD in an experimental approach feeding rabbits a highcholesterol diet and were able to demonstrate an increase in serum cholesterol and MDA
levels [37, 38]. Additionally, moderate increase in HNE-proteins, 3-nitrotyrosinated proteins
and protein carbonyls was observed in the hippocampus area of the rabbits [37].
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
10
CEMED
REVIEWS
Diabetes Type I and II
Diabetes is a constantly rising disease all over the world. In the pathology of diabetes, increased amounts of hyperglycemia-induced oxidative stress, especially in diabetic neuropathies and atherosclerosis, play the most important role. Oxidative damage in hyperglycemia
is induced by the autooxidation of glucose, enhanced activity of aldose reductase, the formation of AGEs, an increased activity of protein kinase C and a mitochondrial overproduction
of superoxide anions [39]. Increased ROOH, oxidized low-density proteins and 8-OHdG
levels have been shown to be elevated in humans in types 1 and 2 diabetes patients [40, 41]
compared to an age-matched control. Protein oxidation was also increased, detected by the
use of protein carbonyls and nitrotyrosine, both in plasma and intracellularly [42]. Additionally a chronic decrease of the cellular antioxidative capacity in diabetes has been shown: the
important antioxidant glutathione [43] and the vitamins C and E are reduced [44] and a cellular depletion of NADPH [45] has been reported. Also the proteasomal activity and therefore, the ability to degrade oxidatively damaged proteins seem to be reduced [46].
Proteasomal System in Cancer and Cancer Therapy
The proteasomal system plays a key role in several molecular pathways via degradation of
the bulk of proteins and controls the amount and activity of oncogene and tumor suppressor
gene products, transcription factors and other signaling molecules. Additionally proteasomal
system induces tumorigenesis by the degradation of tumor suppressor p53, and p27Kip1 inhibitor of cyclin-dependent kinases. Tumor cells generally have higher proteasome amounts
and activity compared to normal differentiated cells [47].
Considering the roles of the proteasomal system in cellular events, proteasomal inhibitors have been developed and serve as promising agents for cancer therapy. Adams et al. [48]
designed highly specific boronic acid derivatives as proteasome inhibitors. Bortezomib (Velcade™) is the first dipeptidyl boronate compound in clinical trials, mainly in applications for
multiple myeloma [49]. Besides direct effects of bortezomib in cancer therapy, it has also
been used in patients developing chemotherapy and radiotherapy resistance [50].
Conclusion
Protein oxidation and the proteasomal system have important roles in the pathogenesis of
several diseases and in the aging process. Due to the involvement of the proteasome in many
cellular processes, it has now become an important target in therapeutic approaches.
Acknowledgment
NKO and TG were supported by COST B35 Action.
CEMED
11
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
References
[1] Halliwell, B., Gutteridge, J. M. C.: Cellular responses to oxidative stress: adaptation, damage, repair, senescence and death. In: Halliwell, B., Gutteridge, J. M. C. (eds): Free Radicals in Biology and Medicine. Oxford
University Press, New York, 2007, pp. 187–267.
[2] Davies, M. J.: Singlet-oxygen mediated damage to proteins and its consequences. Biochem. Biophys. Res.
Commun., 2003, 305, 761–770.
[3] Davies, K. J. A.: Protein damage and degradation by oxygen radicals I. General aspects. J. Biol. Chem., 1987,
262, 9895–9901.
[4] Berlett, B. S., Stadtman, E. R.: Protein oxidation in aging, disease, and oxidative stress. J. Biol. Chem., 1997,
272, 20313–20316.
[5] Grune, T., Reinheckel, T., Davies, K. J. A.: Degradation of oxidized proteins in mammalian cells. FASEB J.,
1997, 11, 526–534.
[6] Grune, T., Jung, T., Merker, K. et al.: Decreased proteolysis caused by protein aggregates, inclusion bodies,
plaques, lipofuscin, ceroid, and ‘aggresomes’ during oxidative stress, aging, and disease. Int. J. Biochem. Cell.
Biol., 2004, 36, 2519–2530.
[7] Puig, A., Gilbert, H. F.: Protein disulfide isomerase exhibits chaperone and anti-chaperone activity in the oxidative refolding of lysozyme. J. Biol. Chem., 1994, 269, 7764–7771.
[8] Noonan, E. J., Place, R. F., Giardina, C. et al.: HSP70B regulation and function. Cell Stress Chap., 2007, 12,
393–402.
[9] Grune, T., Merker, K., Sandig, G. et al.: Selective degradation of oxidatively modified protein substrates by
the proteasome. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 2003, 305, 709–718.
[10] Harman, D.: Aging: a theory based on free radical and radiation chemistry. J. Gerontol., 1956, 11, 298–300.
[11] Petropoulos, I., Conconi, M., Wang, X. et al.: Increase of oxidatively modified protein is associated with a
decrease of proteasome activity and content in aging epidermal cells. J. Gerontol. A Biol. Sci. Med. Sci., 2000,
55, B220–B227.
[12] Sitte, N., Merker, K., von Zglinicki, T. et al.: Protein oxidation and degradation during cellular senescence of
human BJ fibroblasts: part I – effects of proliferative senescence. FASEB J., 2000, 14, 2495–2502.
[13] Hwang, J. S., Hwang, J. S., Chang, I. et al.: Age-associated decrease in proteasome content and activities
in human dermal fibroblasts: restoration of normal level of proteasome subunits reduces aging markers in
fibroblasts from elderly persons. J. Gerontol. A Biol. Sci. Med. Sci., 2007, 62, 490–499.
[14] Keller, J. N., Huang, F. F., Markesbery, W. R.: Decreased levels of proteasome activity and proteasome expression in aging spinal cord. Neuroscience, 2000, 98, 149–156.
[15] Zeng, B. Y., Medhurst, A. D., Jackson, M. et al.: Proteasomal activity in brain differs between species and
brain regions and changes with age. Mech. Ageing Dev., 2005, 126, 760–766.
[16] Sitte, N., Huber, M., Grune, T. et al.: Proteasome inhibition by lipofuscin/ceroid during postmitotic aging of
fibroblasts. FASEB J., 2000, 14, 1490–1498.
[17] Jung, T., Bader, N., Grune, T.: Lipofuscin: formation, distribution, and metabolic consequences. Ann. N. Y.
Acad. Sci., 2007, 1119, 97–111.
[18] Boveris, A., Chance, B.: The mitochondrial generation of hydrogen peroxide. General properties and effect of
hyperbaric oxygen. Biochem. J., 1973, 134, 707–716.
[19] Markesbery, W. R.: Oxidative stress hypothesis in Alzheimer’s disease. Free Radic. Biol. Med., 1997, 23,
137–147.
[20] Smith, M. A., Taneda, S., Richey, P. L. et al.: Advanced Maillard reaction end products are associated with
Alzheimer disease pathology. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1994, 91, 5710–5714.
[21] Good, P. F., Werner, P., Hsu, A. et al.: Evidence of neuronal oxidative damage in Alzheimer’s disease. Am.
J. Pathol., 1996, 149, 21–28.
[22] Sayre, L. M., Zelasko, D. A., Haris, P. L. et al.: 4-Hydroxynonenal-derived advanced lipid peroxidation end
products are increased in Alzheimer’s disease. J. Neurochem., 1997, 68, 2092–2097.
[23] Smith, C. D., Carney, J. M., Starke-Reed, P. E. et al.: Excess brain protein oxidation and enzyme dysfunction in normal aging and in Alzheimer disease. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1991, 88, 10540–10543.
[24] Mishto, M., Belavista, E., Santoro, A. et al.: Immunoproteasome and LMP2 polymorphism in aged and
Alzheimer’s disease brains. Neurobiol. Aging, 2006, 27, 54–66.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
12
CEMED
REVIEWS
[25] Lovell, M. A., Ehmann, W. D., Markesbery, W. R.: Elevated 4-hydroxynonenal in ventricular fluid in
Alzheimer’s disease. Neurobiol. Aging, 1997, 18, 457–461.
[26] Smith, M. A., Haris, P. L. R., Sayre, L. M. et al.: Iron accumulation in Alzheimer disease is a source of redoxgenerated free radicals. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1997, 94, 9866–9868.
[27] Hensley, K., Carney, J. M., Mattson, M. P. et al.: A model for beta-amyloid aggregation and neurotoxicity
based on free radical generation by the peptide: relevance to Alzheimer disease. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.,
1994, 91, 3270–3274.
[28] Yan, S. D., Chen, X., Fu, J. et al.: RAGE and amyloid-beta peptide neurotoxicity in Alzheimer’s disease.
Nature, 1996, 382, 685–691.
[29] Bernheimer, H., Birkmayer, W., Hornykiewicz, O. et al.: Brain dopamine and the syndromes of Parkinson
and Huntington. Clinical, morphological and neurochemical correlations. J. Neurol. Sci., 1973, 20, 415–455.
[30] Kawahara, K., Hashimoto, M., Bar-On, P. et al.: alpha-Synuclein aggregates interfere with parkin solubility
and distribution: role in the pathogenesis of Parkinson disease. J. Biol. Chem., 2008, 283, 6979–6987.
[31] Sakata, E., Yamaguchi, Y., Kurimoto, E. et al.: Parkin binds the Rpn10 subunit of 26S proteasomes through its
ubiquitin-like domain. EMBO Rep., 2003, 4, 301–306.
[32] Jenner, P., Olanow, C. W.: Oxidative stress and the pathogenesis of Parkinson’s disease. Neurology, 1996, 47,
S161–S170.
[33] McNaught, K. S., Belizaire, R., Jenner, P. et al.: Selective loss of 20S proteasome alpha-subunits in the substantia nigra pars compacta in Parkinson’s disease. Neurosci. Lett., 2002, 326, 155–158.
[34] Stokes, K. Y., Cooper, D., Tailor, A. et al.: Hypercholesterolemia promotes inflammation and microvascular
dysfunction: role of nitric oxide and superoxide. Free Radic. Biol. Med., 2002, 33, 1026–1036.
[35] Prasad, K., Mantha, S., Kalra, J. et al.: Hypercholesterolemia-induced oxidative stress in heart and its prevention by vitamin E. Int. J. Angiol., 1997, 6, 13–17.
[36] Pappolla, M. A., Bryant-Thomas, T. K., Herbert, D. et al.: Mild hypercholesterolemia is an early risk factor
for the development of Alzheimer amyloid pathology. Neurology, 2003, 61, 199–205.
[37] Aytan, N., Jung, T., Tamturk, F. et al.: Oxidative stress related changes in the brain of hypercholesterolemic
rabbits. Biofactors, 2008, 33, 225–236.
[38] Ozer, N. K., Negis, Y., Aytan, N. et al.: Vitamin E inhibits CD36 scavenger receptor expression in hypercholesterolemic rabbits. Atherosclerosis, 2006, 184, 15–20.
[39] Mullarkey, C. J., Edelstein, D., Brownlee, M.: Free radical generation by early glycation products: a mechanism for accelerated atherogenesis in diabetes. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 1990, 173, 932–939.
[40] Dandona, P., Thusu, K., Cook, S. et al.: Oxidative damage to DNA in diabetes mellitus. Lancet, 1996, 347,
444–445.
[41] Hussein, O. A., Gefen, Y., Zidan, J. M. et al.: LDL oxidation is associated with increased blood hemoglobin
A1c levels in diabetic patients. Clin. Chim. Acta, 2007, 377, 114–118.
[42] Telci, A., Cakatay, U., Salman, S. et al.: Oxidative protein damage in early stage type 1 diabetic patients. Diabetes Res. Clin. Pract., 2000, 50, 213–223.
[43] Likidlilid, A., Patchanans, N., Poldee, S. et al.: Glutathione and glutathione peroxidase in type 1 diabetic
patients. J. Med. Assoc. Thai., 2007, 90, 1759–1767.
[44] Vincent, A. M., Russell, J. W., Low, P. et al.: Oxidative stress in the pathogenesis of diabetic neuropathy.
Endocr. Rev., 2004, 25, 612–628.
[45] Greene, D. A., Stevens, M. J., Obrosova, I. et al.: Glucose-induced oxidative stress and programmed cell
death in diabetic neuropathy. Eur. J. Pharmacol., 1999, 375, 217–223.
[46] Xu, J., Wu, Y., Song, P. et al.: Proteasome-dependent degradation of guanosine 50-triphosphate cyclohydrolase I causes tetrahydrobiopterin deficiency in diabetes mellitus. Circulation, 2007, 116, 944–953.
[47] Coux, O., Tanaka, K., Goldberg, A. L.: Structure and functions of the 20S and 26S proteasomes. Annu. Rev.
Biochem., 1996, 65, 801–847.
[48] Adams, J., Palombella, V. J., Sausville, E. A. et al.: Proteasome inhibitors: a novel class of potent and effective antitumor agents. Cancer Res., 1999, 59, 2615–2622.
[49] Adams, J.: Development of the proteasome inhibitor PS-341. Oncologist, 2002, 7, 9–16.
[50] Badros, A., Gahres, N.: Bortezomib, thalidomide, and dexamethasone for relapsed multiple myeloma: add it
up and wait. Clin. Adv. Hematol. Oncol., 2005, 3, 916–917.
CEMED
13
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Compliance and Persistence with Medications
for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
TAMÁS ÁGH, ÁGNES MÉSZÁROS
University Pharmacy Department of Pharmacy Administration,
Semmelweis University, Budapest, Hungary
Non-compliance and non-persistence with medication represent a significant problem of realizing the optimal disease management in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). Underuse and overuse are both important
factors of inadequate therapy. Poor compliance increases the frequency of exacerbations, the number of hospitalizations, results in higher mortality and reduced quality of life. When prescribing medication, besides patient characteristics, the expected compliance and persistence should also be considered. Patient education and a better clinician–
patient relationship should increase the effectiveness of treatments.
Keywords: adherence, compliance, persistence, COPD
Abbreviations
AC = anticholinergics; COPD = chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; ICS = inhaled corticosteroids; LABA = longacting beta-agonists; LABA + ICS = fixed combination of long-acting beta-agonists and inhaled corticosteroids;
MPR = medication possession ratio; MTX = methylxantines
The number of registered COPD patients in Hungary is 110,000; however, the estimated incidence reaches 500,000 persons [1]. Both prevalence and mortality figures show a continuous rise in the developed, industrialized countries. COPD is the fourth leading cause of death
and is anticipated to be the third most common cause of death in Europe and in the world by
2020 [2]. The annual per capita health care expenditure on people with COPD is more than
two times higher than that spent on people without obstructive pulmonary disease [3]. According to the WHO forecast, a notable rise of the burden of the disease is expected: COPD
was the 12th most common disease in 1990, and it is projected to be the 5th by 2020.
Because of the chronic progress of COPD, patient adherence plays an important role in
improving clinical outcomes and quality of life [4]. Medication non-compliance significantly
increases the frequency of exacerbations, the number of hospitalizations, and mortality [5, 6].
Frequent acute exacerbations reduce patients’ quality of life remarkably [7].
There is a gap between efficacy (works under experimental conditions) and effectiveness (performs in the real world) of a given treatment [8]. One reason for this difference is the
non-compliance with medication regimens. Unfortunately, the full clinical benefit of the
therapy cannot be realized with poor patient compliance [9]. Thus, clinical and economic
impact of non-compliance plays an important role as explained in Fig. 1 [10].
Corresponding address: Tamás Ágh MD, Kossuth L. u. 12., H-2510 Dorog, Hungary.
E-mail: aghtamas@t-email.hu
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28691
15
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
15–22.
REVIEWS
Fig. 1 Pharmacoeconomic impact of non-compliance and non-persistence
Definitions: Compliance and Persistence
The definitions of patient co-operation are not similar. This causes many difficulties when
comparing the results of the studies. The ISPOR (International Society of Pharmacoeconomics and Outcomes Research) classification is the most acceptable one. Compliance and persistence, the two most important aspects of a patient’s drug-taking behaviour, are defined on
the basis of this classification (Fig. 2) as follows.
Fig. 2 Definitions of compliance and persistence
Compliance
Medication compliance refers to the degree of conformity to the medical treatment. It exhibits the extent to which a patient acts in accordance with the prescribed duration and dose of
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
16
CEMED
REVIEWS
a dosing regimen. Compliance is an index-number, which is added in percentage and refers
to a specified time interval [11].
Models for measuring compliance [12]:
– MPR: number of days of medication supplied within the refill interval/number of days
in refill interval.
– Continuous measure of adherence: MPR is calculated across multiple refills.
– Continuous measure of medication gaps: the sum of the number of days in the gaps between refills in the observation period/time between the first and last fills.
– Proportion of days covered: the number of days with drug on-hand/the number of days in
the observation interval.
Patients with compliance over 80% (MPR) can be called co-operating.
Persistence
The persistence refers to the act of continuing the treatment for the prescribed duration. It is
the time dimension-index of the quality of drug therapy. Mostly it is counted in days, but it
can also be measured in months or years [11].
There are many methods for measuring persistence [12].
– The duration of time from the initiation (or at chronic disease from an optional date) to the
discontinuation of drug therapy.
– Monitoring the medication prescriptions and the prescription fills within an added timeinterval. Usually prescription refills of 12 months are monitored. This method can also be
used in cases of seasonal diseases, which do not need a permanent drug therapy.
– The percentage of the number of treated patients in a defined period.
In the studies pertaining to persistence, a time interval is defined as the so-called permissible
gap. It is reported as the maximum allowable period of the refill interval without discontinuation of the therapy.
Compliance and Persistence with Medications for COPD
There are many causes of non-compliance and non-persistence: lack of prescription refills,
incorrect use of the medication (incorrect inhalation technique) or premature discontinuation
of the therapy.
Not in all cases do the patients fill their prescribed medication. Kennedy et al. [13] asked
14,500 Medicare beneficiaries about their prescription filling habits. The estimated rate of
lack of fillings at least one prescription in 1 year among all participants was 4.4%. Failure-tofill rates were significantly higher among patients with psychiatric conditions (8%), obstructive pulmonary disease (6.6%), cardiovascular disease (5.2%) and arthritis (5.2%). Drug
costs and side-effects are the most common reasons for failing to fill a prescription. Patients
often believe that the prescribed medication is useless.
In a retrospective study, Breekveldt-Postma et al. [14] examined the prescription refills
rate with ICS therapy in a cohort of 2,000 COPD patients. The 1-year persistence with ICS
therapy was found to be only 25%.
Similarly, Jung et al. [15] obtained a low patient co-operation in their trial. They examined the medication compliance and persistence in COPD patients during their last year of
CEMED
17
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
life. The compliance of the complex therapy was 44% (MPR) and the persistence was 30%.
Comparison of these results with the data of other common chronic diseases points out that
the compliance with COPD therapy is remarkably low. The 1-year-compliance of hypertension, dyslipidaemia and diabetes mellitus is on average 72% (MPR: 67–76%), and the persistence is 63% [16]. Jung et al. found significant differences in patient co-operation between
drug classes (Table 1). MPRs generally did not reach 0.80 for any studied medication regimen. The medication’s sub-optimal clinical benefits are expected only over this rate. At lower compliance levels, only minimal health gains can be obtained and the cost-effectiveness of
the therapy sinks remarkably. One reason for the higher MPRs of MTX is that elderly veterans have more difficulty using inhaled medications, therefore they prefer oral drugs. However, a 90-day supply was allowed for MTX while inhaled medications were dispensed for
30 days. Persistence with LABA was the lowest (21%), while MTX therapy had the highest
(44%) result. Under the examined inhaled drug classes, AC showed the highest compliance
and persistence.
In a further study by Breekveldt-Postma et al. [17], persistence was assessed during the
first year of the medical treatment with retrospective analysis of prescription refills data.
Tiotropium, ipratropium, LABA and a fixed combination of LABA and ICS (LABA + ICS)
were monitored. The persistence was the highest, 37% with tiotropium. The patients’ drugtaking behaviour was found to be significantly lower with other inhaled drugs (ipratropium:
14%, LABA: 13%, LABA + ICS: 17%). The effect of hospitalization on patient co-operation
was also studied. As a result of prior hospitalization, the 1-year persistence rates were increased by 2–3 times (tiotropium: 61%, ipratropium: 37%, LABA: 41%, LABA + ICS: 33%)
in the first year of the medical treatment. Once-daily dosing of tiotropium compared with
other studied drugs may have led to enhanced persistence.
Cramer et al. [18] recruited the enhanced persistence with tiotropium. They monitored
31,368 Canadian COPD patients’ refills data of ipratropium, ipratropium + salbutamol, formoterol, formoterol + budesonide, salmeterol, salmeterol + fluticason and tiotropium therapy.
The 12-month persistence was significantly higher with tiotropium – 53% – compared with
the other inhaled drugs where persistence was between 7% and 30%.
Table 1 Medication possession ratios for COPD medication users
MPR (over 12 months)
ICS
0.35
LABA
0.34
MTX
0.52
AC
0.38
AC – anticholinergics, ICS – inhaled corticosteroids, LABA – long-acting beta-agonists, MTX – methylxantines,
MPR – medication possession ratio.
Jung, E., Pickard, A. S., Salmon, J. W. et al.: Medication adherence and persistence in the last year of life in COPD
patients. Respir. Med., 2009, 103, 525–534.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
18
CEMED
REVIEWS
Non-compliance does not only mean underuse of the prescribed medication, overuse is
also a common problem [6, 19]. Krigsman et al. [20] found that 59% of COPD patients underuse and 12% overuse the ICS. Another study by Krigsman et al. [21] monitored the drugtaking behaviour of asthma and COPD patients with retrospective analysis evaluating repeat
prescription data. The obtained results indicate that 53% of the patients had undersupply and
18% oversupply.
Eighty-four percent of the COPD patients have one or more co-morbidity [22].
The question is obvious: is the COPD patients’ compliance also low with other medication
therapy? Over a period of 3 years Krigsman et al. [23] analysed the refill prescription data of
COPD patients, who suffered also from diabetes. Medication compliance for diabetes drugs
was 68% and for COPD drugs it was 42%.
Corden et al. [24] analysed the association between medication compliance and quality
of life between nebulizer using COPD patients. Data were obtained from 82 patients with
microprocessor-equipped nebulizers over a period of 4 weeks. Quality of life was measured
with St. George’s Respiratory Questionnaire. The medication compliance was 57%. Compliance was significantly negatively correlated with quality of life.
Reasons of Non-Compliance and Non-Persistence
The reasons for the low compliance obtained by patients are: medical, psychological, socialeconomic problems; barriers to access medication; understanding the perception of the illness and the goal of the drug therapy; previous negative experiences with the medication;
side-effects of the drug; comfort criteria or just forgetfulness [8, 25].
The complex therapy of COPD requires compliant medication regimens as well as behaviour and lifestyle changes (such as: smoking cessation). Adequate medication compliance
can improve quality of life and reduce exacerbations, but cannot fully reverse disease symptoms [26]. These all can be at the background of non-compliance. Depression is a common
co-morbidity of COPD and it is also a known factor for inadequate drug-taking behaviour
[27]. When depression is diagnosed, it is necessary to establish a good patient co-operation.
Inadequate inhaler technique can also issue non-compliance among COPD patients. It occurs
mainly among elderly veterans. The recognition of individual demands and their consideration by the therapy are the responsibilities of the therapist. Confusion with side-effects is
acutely obtained with ICS therapy. The prescribed drug doses are often reduced purposely by
the patients to decrease the probability of the side-effects [28]. The most common reason that
patients cite for not using their medication is the belief that it does not do any good so they
no longer need it [29]. Patients misunderstand or forget soon the clinician’s instructions.
Immediately after the consultation they recall less then 50% of the information conveyed by
the physician [30]. Compliant drug behaviour is not to be hoped for by such lack of knowledge.
Compliance-Enhancing Interventions
Many studies have been published about strategies to improve compliance with therapy; few
of these have focused on obstructive pulmonary disease. Patient education, self-monitoring
CEMED
19
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
(medication use and peak flow monitoring), enhancing the inhaler technique, reinforcement,
all of these interventions have been shown to improve the asthma and COPD patients’ drugtaking behaviour [31–36].
Seventy-six compliance interventions were evaluated in the systematic review by Petrilla and Benner [37]. They divided the compliance-enhancing interventions in the following
categories:
– Coordination of healthcare: improved linkages between primary care physicians, clinicians and other health professionals;
– Live consultation and education;
– Changes of the therapy dose, dosage and packaging for convenient drug taking;
– Patient education materials;
– Disease management programs by clinicians;
– Reminders: medication refill reminders delivered by mail or telephone;
– Self-monitoring;
– Social support programs;
– And the combination of these interventions.
Common attributes of successful programs included simplified treatment regimens, facilitation of doctor–patient relationships, and patient education methods.
In COPD drug therapy, it is worth selecting once-daily dose inhaled drug, which can
increase the compliance significantly. The once-daily dosing tiotropium may enhance 20%
higher persistence compared with other inhaled drugs, which are dosed more times daily [17,
18]. Elderly patients have more difficulty using inhaled medications; so the oral MTX can
improve their medication compliance [15].
Effective treatment needs a good clinician–patient relationship in all chronic diseases.
Spending time on patient education and answering patients’ questions is worth the time.
Patients should be assured by the doctor’s support. Patients should be educated about the
most important features and complications of their disease. Compliance may be enhanced if
the medical check-up and the therapy is known by the patient. The goals of the drug therapy
should be delineated. Patients should be informed that the therapy of COPD cannot fully reverse disease symptoms, but it can remarkably reduce exacerbations and improve quality of
life.
Conclusion
Non-compliance and non-persistence with medication regimens are significant problems in
the management of COPD, as it clears up from the published studies. Poor compliance reduces health gains, quality of life and cost-effectiveness of the therapy significantly. Treatment regimens, incorporating results of compliance and persistence trials, ensure better clinician–patient relationship and adequate patient education methods consequently improve
patient co-operation. High patient compliance can optimize the clinical outcomes and patients’ expected life.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
20
CEMED
REVIEWS
References
[1] Jonas, J.: Epidemiological data of pulmonary diseases in Hungary (In Hungarian). Korányi National Institute
of Tuberculosis and Pulmonology, 2008.
[2] Holguin, F., Folch, E., Redd, S. C. et al.: Comorbidity and mortality in COPD-related hospitalizations in the
United States 1979–2001. Chest, 2005, 128, 2005–2011.
[3] Rabe, K. F., Hurd, S., Anzueto, A. et al.: Global strategy for the diagnosis, management, and prevention of
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: GOLD executive summary. Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 2007, 176,
532–555.
[4] WHO: Adherence to Long-Term Therapies: Evidence for Action. World Health Organization, 2003, pp.
1–59.
[5] Regueiro, C. R., Hamel, M. B., Davis, R. B. et al.: A comparison of generalist and pulmonologist care for patients hospitalized with severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: resource intensity, hospital costs, and
survival. Am. J. Med., 1998, 105, 366–372.
[6] Bourbeau, J., Bartlett, S. J.: Patient adherence in COPD. Thorax, 2008, 63, 831–838.
[7] Seemungal, T. A. R., Donaldson, G. C., Paul, E. A. et al.: Effect of exacerbation on quality of life in patients
with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 1998, 157, 1418–1422.
[8] Gulácsi, L.: Health Economics (In Hungarian). Medicina Press, Budapest, 2005.
[9] Haynes, R. B., Montague, P., Oliver, T. et al.: Interventions for helping patients to follow prescriptions for
medications. Cochrane Database Syst. Rev., 2000, 2. CD000011.
[10] Cleemput, I., Kesteloot, K., DeGeest, S.: A review of the literature on the economics of noncompliance. Room
for methodological improvement. Health Policy, 2002, 59, 65–94.
[11] Cramer, J. A., Roy, A., Burrell, A. et al.: Medication compliance and persistence: terminology and definitions.
Value Health, 2008, 11, 44–47.
[12] Peterson, A. M., Nau, D. P., Cramer, J. A. et al.: A checklist for medication compliance and persistence studies
using retrospective databases. Value Health, 2007, 10, 3–12.
[13] Kennedy, J., Tuleu, I., Mackay, K.: Unfilled prescriptions of medicare beneficiaries: prevalence, reasons, and
types of medicines prescribed. J. Manag. Care Pharm., 2008, 14, 553–560.
[14] Breekveldt-Postma, N. S., Gerrits, C. M. J. M., Lammers, J. W. J. et al.: Persistence with inhaled corticosteroid
therapy in daily practice. Respir. Med., 2004, 98, 752–759.
[15] Jung, E., Pickard, A. S., Salmon, J. W. et al.: Medication adherence and persistence in the last year of life in
COPD patients. Respir. Med., 2009, 103, 525–534.
[16] Cramer, J. A., Benedict, A., Muszbek, N. et al.: The significance of compliance and persistence in the treatment
of diabetes, hypertension and dyslipidaemia: a review. Int. J. Clin. Pract., 2008, 62, 76–87.
[17] Breekveldt-Postma, N. S., Koerselman, J., Erkens, J. A. et al.: Enhanced persistence with tiotropium compared with other respiratory drugs in COPD. Respir. Med., 2007, 101, 1398–1405.
[18] Cramer, J. A., Bradley-Kennedy, C., Scalera, A.: Treatment persistence and compliance with medications for
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Can. Respir. J., 2007, 14, 25–29.
[19] Restrepo, R. D., Alvarez, M. T., Wittnebel, L. D. et al.: Medication adherence issues in patients treated for
COPD. Int. J. COPD, 2008, 3, 371–384.
[20] Krigsman, K., Moen, J., Nilsson, J. L. G. et al.: Refill adherence by the elderly for asthma/chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease drugs dispensed over a 10-year period. J. Clin. Pharm. Ther., 2007, 32, 603–611.
[21] Krigsman, K., Nilsson, J. L. G., Ring, L.: Refill adherence for patients with asthma and COPD: comparison of
a pharmacy record database with manually collected repeat prescriptions. Pharmacoepidemiol. Drug Saf.,
2007, 16, 441–448.
[22] Yeo, J., Karimova, G., Bansal, S.: Co-morbidity in older patients with COPD – its impact on health service
utilisation and quality of life, a community study. Age Ageing, 2006, 35, 33–37.
[23] Krigsman, K., Nilsson, J. L. G., Ring, L.: Adherence to multiple drug therapies: refill adherence to concomitant use of diabetes and asthma/COPD medication. Pharmacoepidemiol. Drug Saf., 2007, 16, 1120–1128.
[24] Corden, Z. M., Bosley, C. M., Rees, P. J. et al.: Home nebulized therapy for patients with COPD: patient
compliance with treatment and its relation to quality of life. Chest, 1997, 112, 1278–1282.
[25] George, J., Kong, D. C. M., Thoman, R. et al.: Factors associated with medication nonadherence in patients
with COPD. Chest, 2005, 128, 3198–3204.
[26] Rand, C. S.: Patient adherence with COPD therapy. Eur. Respir. Rev., 2005, 14, 97–101.
CEMED
21
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
[27] Van Manen, J. G., Bindels, P. J. E., Dekker, F. W. et al.: Risk of depression in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and its determinants. Thorax, 2002, 57, 412–416.
[28] Apter, A. J., Reisine, S. T., Affleck, G. et al.: Adherence with twice-daily dosing of inhaled steroids: socioeconomic and health-belief differences. Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 1998, 157, 1810–1817.
[29] Chambers, C. V., Markson, L., Diamond, J. J. et al.: Health beliefs and compliance with inhaled corticosteroids by asthmatic patients in primary care practices. Respir. Med., 1999, 93, 88–94.
[30] Dimatteo, M. R.: Psychology of Health Illness and Medical Care: An Individual Perspective. Thomson
Brooks/Cole, California, 1991.
[31] Onyirimba, F., Apter, A., Reisine, S. et al.: Direct clinician-to-patient feedback discussion of inhaled steroid
use: its effect on adherence. Ann. Allergy Asthma Immunol., 2003, 90, 411–415.
[32] Bailey, W. C., Richards, J. M., Brooks, C. M. et al.: A randomized trial to improve self-management practices
of adults with asthma. Arch. Intern. Med., 1990, 150, 1664–1668.
[33] Put, C., Van den Bergh, O., Lemaigre, V. et al.: Evaluation of an individualised asthma programme directed
at behavioural change. Eur. Respir. J., 2003, 21, 109–115.
[34] Hesselink, A. E., Penninx, B. W. J. H., Van Der Windt, D. A. W. M. et al.: Effectiveness of an education programme by a general practice assistant for asthma and COPD patients: results from a randomised controlled trial. Patient Educ. Couns., 2004, 55, 121–128.
[35] Gallefoss, F.: The effects of patient education in COPD in a 1-year follow-up randomised, controlled trial.
Patient Educ. Couns., 2004, 52, 259–266.
[36] Worth, H., Dhein, Y.: Does patient education modify behaviour in the management of COPD? Patient Educ.
Couns., 2004, 52, 267–270.
[37] Petrilla, A. A., Benner, J. S.: Critical evaluation of interventions to enhance patient compliance with chronic
medications. Value Health, 2003, 6, 200.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
22
CEMED
REVIEWS
Associations of Autoimmune Endocrine Diseases
CSABA BALÁZS1, JÁNOS FEHÉR2
2
1
Department of Medicine, Hospital of the Order of Charity in Buda, Budapest, Hungary
2nd Department of Medicine, Semmelweis University Medical School, Budapest, Hungary
Recently, an increasing amount of data on the connection between neuro-endocrine and immune systems has been
gathered. Results of molecular genetic research have provided evidence for a common language of these systems
including neurotransmitters, hormones and cytokines. It has been proved that the immune system is capable of producing neurotransmitters and hormones and even the endocrine system can prepare cytokines. This integrative (holistic) approach makes possible the investigation of physiological and pathological events as interactions of psychoneuro-endocrine-immune systems. The associations of autoimmune diseases and the autoimmune polyendocrine
syndromes constitute a heterogeneous group of disorders characterised by decreased or lost immune tolerance
against self-antigens. Molecular genetic research has explored the mechanism of the associations of diseases that are
called organ-specific. Autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 1 is characterised by the presence of at least two
of the three cardinal diseases: Addison’s disease, autoimmune hypoparathyroidism and mucocutaneous candidiasis.
This rare autosomal recessive syndrome is induced by mutations of the autoimmune regulator (AIRE) gene. Autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 2 that occurs at a much higher frequency is observed and defined as the coexistence of Addison’s disease, autoimmune thyroid disease and/or type 1 diabetes mellitus. Autoimmune polyendocrine
syndrome type 3 is characterised by an association of autoimmune thyroid disease and type 1 diabetes mellitus.
In contrast to autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 1, HLA and other antigens have proved to be important in
types 2 and 3 of the syndrome. Identification of genetic factors predisposing to these syndromes contributes to our
understanding of the common mechanisms involved in autoimmunity and offers a possibility for early treatment and
prevention as well.
Keywords: immunoendocrine diseases, associations of autoimmune diseases, immunoendocrine regulation, integrative medicine, polyendocrine autoimmune diseases
Abbreviations
ACTH = adrenocorticotrophic hormone; AIRE = autoimmune regulator gene; APECED = autoimmune poly-endocrinopathy, candidiasis, ectodermic dystrophy; APS = autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome; AT = autoimmune
thyroiditis; CTLA-4 = cytotoxic T lymphocyte antigen 4; DC = dendritic cell; EMG = electromyogram; IBD = inflammatory bowel disease; IDDM = type 1 diabetes mellitus; ITP = idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura;
LATS = long acting thyroid stimulator; MCTD = mixed connective tissue disease; MHC = major histocompatibility
complex; OS = obese strain (chicken); POEMS = polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, M-protein, skin
lesions; RA = rheumatoid arthritis; SLE = systemic lupus erythematosus; SNP = single nucleotide polymorphism;
TAD = thyroid-associated disease; Tg = thyroglobulin; TNF = tumour necrosis factor; TPO = thyroid peroxidase
enzyme; TRAIL = TNF-related apoptosis-inducing ligands; TSH = thyroid stimulating hormone
The discovery of autoimmunity can be ranked among the most significant results of medicine in the last 50 years. Clinical observations and experiments have shown that a whole
series of diseases previously thought as having no known origin (“idiopathic”) can be traced
back to the abnormal function of the immune system. In 1956, Roitt et al. first demonstrated
Corresponding address: Csaba Balázs MD, Department of Medicine, Hospital of the Order of Charity in Buda,
Frankel L. str. 4, Budapest, Hungary. E-mail: drbalazs@irgalmas.hu
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28706
23
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
23–38.
REVIEWS
antibodies in the sera of patients with Hashimoto’s thyroiditis which reacted with the thyroid
gland [1]. Later, a disease similar to Hashimoto’s thyroiditis could be induced in rabbits by
administration of a thyroid extract. A new development in the study of Graves–Basedow
disease was the discovery of an immune globulin, LATS, which later proved to be an antibody against the TSH receptor and responsible for the hyperfunction of the thyroid [2–6]. In
1957 Witebsky et al. formulated the criteria for autoimmune diseases [5] (Table 1).
Table 1 Classification of APS
•
APS-1: candidiasis, hypoparathyroidism, Addison’s disease
•
APS-2: Addison’s disease + autoimmune thyroid disease and/or type 1 diabetes mellitus
•
APS-3: autoimmune thyroid disease + one of the above mentioned diseases
A better knowledge of immune regulation and immune genetics promoted a better understanding of the pathomechanism of autoimmune diseases. The immune system is constituted by a complicated network of cells linked to each other via multiple connections. Recognition of antigens is performed by monocytes, macrophages and DC. This recognition is a
complex process including breakdown of substances taken up by the cells, analysis of the
epitomes of cleaved compounds and transfer of information obtained about them. In recognition and transfer (“presentation”) of antigens, molecules of the MHC have an important function. They forward the recognised information to thymus- and bursa-dependent cells (T and
B lymphocytes). The former can also be divided into two subgroups: the Th1 (T helper-1)
cells are responsible for the cellular immune reactions, while T2 (T helper-2) cells direct the
humoral immune processes. T cells undergo division, so-called blastic transformation in the
presence of activating substances (mitogens) and antigens. During this process, they produce
biologically active substances, some of which may be cytotoxic. B lymphocytes exert their
effect via antibodies that are different both in their structure and in their function. Some of
the antibodies bind to own individual immunoglobulins (idiotype) and create the so-called
idiotype-anti-idiotype network that has an important role in the main task of the immune
system, preservation of individual integrity. Some of them may be cytotoxic or may enhance
or inhibit the function of the cells [6–11]. Due to the pathologic immune regulation, the cells
of the immune system recognise self-cells or parts with differing antigenicity (“epitopes”) as
foreign. Depending on the extent of sharing of the epitopes by the individual organs, systemic or organ-specific autoimmune diseases may develop [11–13]. The most recent results
of molecular biological research have also revealed that these shared epitopes are present in
different organs to varying extent. This can explain the clinical experience showing that SLE
is often associated with other diseases formerly thought to be organ-specifi c. In the development of autoimmune processes, regulating T cells (Treg) have a determinant role [12, 14–16].
Peripheral CD4+ cells are known to express in 5–10% also Foxp3+, CTLA-4 (cytostatic Tlymphocyte antigen 4), and GITR (glucocorticoid-induced tumour necrosis factor receptor
family-related receptor) molecules. It has been demonstrated by a growing number of studies
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
24
CEMED
REVIEWS
that the pathological functioning of CD4+ CD25+ Treg cells play a role in the development of
a whole series of autoimmune diseases (SLE, AT, type 1A diabetes mellitus and autoimmune
bowel diseases) [15, 17, 18]. It is also known that CD4+ CD25+ Treg cells Foxp3+ Treg are of
decisive importance in the maintenance of the immunological tolerance of the organism and
in the prevention of autoimmune diseases [12, 18–20]. Thanks to genetic research it has been
elucidated that several genes may play a role in the inheritance of autoimmune diseases. Of
these the role of MHC genes was discovered at first, and the recent studies also demonstrated
the importance of genes located in various chromosomes including HLA II (6p), CTLA-4
(2q), Foxp3 (10p) and AIRE (21p) [21–24]. However, epidemiological studies and observations on twins indicate that in addition to the genetic factors, both epigenetic and environmental factors are also decisive in the impairment of immune regulation and in the development of autoimmune diseases. A detailed analysis of these factors, however, would extend
beyond the scope of this paper’s subject matter, and therefore we refer to literary data relating
to it [25–28]. A biological recognition of great importance of the last decade showed that
the psycho-neuro-endocrine system and the immune system not only interact with each other
but also use common biochemical signals. The solution of this common “language” has become possible with the help of the most recent advances of molecular biology and genetics.
At present, we do not know yet all the details of this multifaceted interaction, but our current
knowledge is enough for declaring that not separated systems but an integrated psycho-neuro-endocrine-immune system is responsible for the preservation of the organism’s homeostasis [29–31]. The interactions of the immune system were attributed to substances produced
by it, the lymphokines. In recent years, however, it turned out that lymphokines are produced not only by the cells of the immune system but also by the cells of the neuro-endocrine
system, and therefore today these information-forwarding substances are called cytokines.
Cytokines are polypeptide type molecules which specifically bind to the receptors on the
cells’ surface and modify their function. In contrast to the hormones, cytokines exert their
effects mostly by a paracrine or autocrine way. It should be mentioned, however, that sometimes there are overlaps in the effects of hormones and cytokines. This means that cytokines
can be detected in the peripheral circulation and they may behave like hormones (e.g. interleukin 6 stimulates the hypothalamo-pituitary axis most intensively), on the other hand there
are hormones (e.g. prolactin, ACTH and TSH) that may act as cytokines in the tissues.
The basic approach of holistic medicine means that it studies the physiological and pathological mechanisms of the organism as an integral whole. By solving the code of a language
that integrates regulation in the human body, research has opened a new direction in medicine. Numerous examples for interactions between systems previously thought to be autonomic can be mentioned from everyday practice. Hormones (steroids, prolactin and hormones of the thyroid gland) influence the physiological and pathological function of the
immune system, and monoclonal antibodies against cytokines are suitable for curing endocrine diseases of autoimmune pathomechanism in the daily praxis [22]. The most recent results show that various parts in the brain co-ordinate in different ways the maturation and
functioning of immune cells, and the “homunculus” model created on the basis of this indicates which cerebral areas direct the maturation and activation of the immune system [25,
29, 30] (Fig. 1).
CEMED
25
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
6
1
5
3
4
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
Fig. 1 Major sites of regulation of the immune system in the central nervous system
Theoretical and Clinical Fundamentals of the Association
of Organ-Specific Autoimmune Endocrine Diseases
Hashimoto’s thyroiditis is a chronic inflammation in which the destructive autoimmune (humoral and cellular) process injures the acinar cells of the thyroid and may result in the development of hypothyroidism. The disease is a typical form of organ-specific autoimmune endocrinopathies in which the presence of autoantibodies was first demonstrated. It is important
to understand the pathomechanism of the disease because it may serve as a basis for understanding the development of other endocrinopathies of autoimmune origin. AT can be elicited
not only experimentally, but it also occurs spontaneously. This model helped to obtain knowledge of immunologic and immunogenetic factors that are significant in the evolution of the
disease. It succeeded to breed a strain from the Cornell chicken, the OS in which an illness
similar to Hashimoto’s thyroiditis develops at the age of 8–10 weeks; the titre of anti-thyroid
antibodies also increases and the animals become hypothyroid. In these animals, the development of the symptoms of thyroiditis was hindered by neonatal bursectomy or administration
of androgen hormone, and it was made earlier and more severe by thymectomy. It has also
been revealed that the evolution of the disease is influenced by genetic factors as well. Locus
B which codes the tissue antigens in chicken is determinant in the development of the disease
as in animals of B1B1 and B1B4 genotype the lymphocytic infiltration of the thyroid is
marked at the age of 6–10 weeks, and there is a concomitant elevation in the titre of anti-Tg
antibodies. Animals with the B4B4 genotype, however, get the illness less frequently. In human AT, it has been demonstrated that the damage of thyrocytes is a complex process consisting of several steps wherein, in addition to the immunologic, immunogenetic factors, epigenetic and environmental factors also play a role [6, 7] (Fig. 2).
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
26
CEMED
REVIEWS
Fig. 2 Outline of the pathomechanism of autoimmune thyroiditis
In addition to Tg, several thyroidal antigens are known as having relevance in autoimmune pathomechanism. TPO, sodium iodine symporter (NIS) and anti-deiodinase antibodies
also play a role in the inflammatory processes. Of the autoantibodies, anti-Tg antibodies are
known to impair thyrocytes via their antibody-dependent cytotoxicity and anti-TPO antibodies are known to bind complement and have direct toxicity, while some of them are also capable of inhibiting the TPO enzyme. The role of apoptosis induced by the autoimmune processes (Fas–Fas ligand) and biological mediators belonging to the TNF cytokine family and
substances which bind them (ligands) (TRAIL = TNF-related apoptosis-inducing ligands)
has been supported by a growing number of experimental data [31–34]. The importance of
genetic factors in AT has been underlined by data of literature demonstrating the familial accumulation of the disease [20]. Investigation of HLA antigens confirmed that ATs form groups
that are also genetically different. Increases in the frequencies of HLA DR3 or HLA DR5
were found in Hashimoto’s thyroiditis or in post partum thyroiditis (PPT) and atrophic thyroiditis, respectively. It has been demonstrated that DR3 and DQ8 alleles are susceptible
while DR2, DR4 and DQ6 alleles are resistant to the disease. The CTLA-4 is known to be
important in the development of immune tolerance as the CTLA-4 molecule inhibits T cell
proliferation. Some alleles of the CTLA-4 gene (G49) indicate an increased susceptibility to
the disease; however, the question why AT is the autoimmune disease that develops cannot
be answered yet. Therefore, in addition to the “common genes” responsible for autoimmunity, thyroid-specific genes are sought for, of which primarily the Tg-specific ones seem to be
important. The investigation succeeded in finding the gene of susceptibility to AT in the vicinity (8q24) of the locus of Tg gene (chromosome 8) and it also turned out that individual
point mutations of Tg (SNPs) increase susceptibility to the disease to varying extents. In adCEMED
27
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
dition to the genetic background, the so-called epigenetic factors have an increasingly strong
reason for demonstrating that hereditary mechanisms not coded in DNA sequences are also
responsible for the particular autoimmune diseases that will develop in a given patient [10,
16, 22, 24, 25]. On the basis of most recent observations on twins, we can accept as demonstrated that also environmental factors have a determinant role in the genesis of AT, i.e.
in identical, monozygotic twins, the genetic disposition was estimated to be only 46–89%
[20, 21]. Of the environmental factors, iodine has a determinant role, and as it has also been
demonstrated by the program of WHO against iodine deficiency, iodine supplementation has
led not only to the prevention of congenital iodine-deficient state but also to an increase in the
number of patients with AT. The thyroiditis-provoking effect of increased iodine intake was
related partly to the elicited changes in the antigenicity of autoantigens (e.g. Tg), partly with
an increased expression of autoantigens and antigen transfer. Viral and bacterial infections
are supposed to be able to induce the disease, but this could not be demonstrated so far
[21, 32]. Observations demonstrating the association between the individual diseases of autoimmune pathogenesis are important both from theoretical and practical aspects. The importance of the issue lies in the fact that until now only the abnormal functioning of the “immune
response genes” was thought to be responsible for the development of autoimmune diseases.
The study of autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 1 (APS-1) revealed the existence of
the so-called AIRE, the mutation or alleles of which are responsible for the specific association of the diseases. This discovery started a trend in genomic research which looks for potential mutations also in the evolution of individual endocrinopathies. The previous opinion
that autoimmune diseases were limited to one organ each has become outdated. Particular
associations of systemic autoimmune diseases and organ-specific forms occur frequently,
causing variety, diversity of diseases. Research on this group of diseases bears special practical significance because it calls the attention of the clinicians to the often different associations of individual diseases and by this way it makes the frequently thorny path to diagnosis
and therapy easier. It is a characteristic example of the association of autoimmune diseases
when AT is either accompanied or followed by autoimmune gastritis, pernicious anaemia,
IDDM, Addison’s disease or hypadrenia [32–35].
Clinical Forms of APS
APS means the association of several endocrine diseases of autoimmune pathogenesis.
Accordingly, the following classification has been accepted (Table 1).
The first APS was described very probably by Addison in 1855, although he did not
know that he found a specific group of diseases. Later, after the description of the individual
entities, the current classification was recommended by Neufeld et al. in 1980 [35–37]. These
diseases were considered previously as “idiopathic” and the present classification could only
be created after the recognition of autoimmunity. Elaboration and use of the criteria of Witebsky et al. and then of Rose and Bona to endocrine diseases of autoimmune origin were fundamental for a better understanding of the condition’s nature [5–7, 38–42] (Table 2).
Recognition of the endocrine background provided new information not only on the
evolution of diseases but also on the causes of associations. Common cellular and humoral
mechanisms against the shared epitopes are responsible for the more frequent associated occurrence of certain conditions.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
28
CEMED
REVIEWS
Table 2 Evidences of autoimmune disease
•
Direct evidence(s): passive transfer of the disease with autoantibodies or autoreactive T cells
•
Indirect evidence: reproduction of the disease under experimental conditions
•
Secondary evidence(s): lymphocytic infiltration in the target organ, association with another autoimmune disease, correlation with HLA antigens, beneficial therapeutic effect of immunoregulation
APS-1
Definition: it means the association of at least two of the three diseases mentioned below
(Table 3).
Table 3 Major components of APS-1
•
Chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis (manifesting at the age of about 5 years)
•
Chronic hypoparathyroidism (paraesthesia, Chvostek–Trousseau signs, EMG signs, dry skin, nail deformities)
•
Addison’s disease (at the age between 6 month and 40 years, mean: 14.6 years) (hyperpigmentation, hypoglycaemia, weight loss, adynamia, hypotonia, diarrhoea, nausea – coma)
The disease also had other known names previously. Of those the most frequently used
was APECED, or Whitaker’s syndrome. The disease begins in childhood; its first sign is
chronic candidiasis followed by the signs of hypoparathyroidism and then Addison’s disease
[35, 37, 42, 43]. In addition to the major symptoms, minor symptoms (vitiligo, alopecia
areata, coeliac disease, autoimmune hepatitis, hypogonadism, malabsorption, diabetes mellitus, AT and chronic atrophic gastritis) appear after the age of 20 years and form the very
colourful spectrum of the disease [42, 43].
Epidemiology
APS-1 is a rare disease. Its prevalence is extremely varying; it is 1:9,000 among Iranian Jews,
1:14,000 in Finland, 1:25,000 in Sardinia, 1:80,000 in Norway and 1:200,000 in Northern
Italy; the female/male ratio is 1.0:2.4 [35, 37, 44] (Table 4).
Table 4 Immunological background of major APS-1 symptoms
•
Candidiasis: primary T cell immunodeficiency
•
Hypoparathyroidism: anti-parathyroid antibodies, anti Ca sensor antibodies
•
Addison’s disease: anti-adrenal cortex antibodies (ACA), anti-21 hydroxylase antibodies
CEMED
29
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Symptoms
In almost 100% of cases, mucocutaneous chronic candidiasis (CC), poorly responding to
treatment, can be detected and it presents itself in childhood (Fig. 3).
Fig. 3 Signs of mucocutaneous candidiasis on the oral mucosa of a patient with APS-1
Importantly, APS-1 underlies ~45% of cases of CC occurring in childhood. Tetany/
hypoparathyroidism and Addison’s disease can be detected in 79% and 72%, respectively.
Other organ-specific conditions (gonadal hypofunction, vitiligo, pernicious anaemia, enamel
hypoplasia, nail dystrophy and alopecia) are associated with the disease considerably less
frequently. In forms with hypoparathyroidism, malabsorption should also be thought of. The
inflammation of oesophagus may be painful and it causes cicatrisation in some cases or it
may induce an increase in the number of epithelial neoplasms. Chronic hypoparathyroidism
manifests itself later, averagely in the age of 3 months to 15 years. The most characteristic
clinical symptoms include neuromuscular disorders, signs of tetany, paraesthesia, hypotonia
and malabsorption. Chvostek’s sign (spasms at the area innervated by the facial nerve, the
angle of the mouth is drawn aside and the eyelid contracts) can be elicited and the Trousseau
sign (contraction of tetany occurring upon strangulation of the arm for ~3–5 min) is positive.
Latent tetany can be revealed by EMG. Also further signs of hypocalcaemia (dry skin, thin
hair and deformities of the nails) can be observed. The signs and symptoms of Addison’s
disease present themselves in the postnatal age from 6 months to 40 years and show no difference in comparison with the so-called monosystemic form that is independent of APS. The
marked weakness, weight loss, hypotonia, fluid depletion and hypocalcaemic episodes are
striking. Upon the effect of infection or physical and mental overload, the patient may come
to a crisis. The most frequent gastrointestinal symptoms include diarrhoea, abdominal pain,
nausea and vomiting. Increased pigmentation of the skin and mucous membranes (gingiva,
mouth) can be observed (Fig. 4).
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
30
CEMED
REVIEWS
Fig. 4 Increased gingival pigmentation and enamel hypoplasia in a patient with APS-1
Pathomechanism
A defect in the immune regulatory gene is responsible for the development of autoimmune
processes. Autoantibodies are produced against individual organs and tissues, and fungal
diseases develop because of impaired T cell function. The disease can be studied in animal
experimental models as well. These interesting experiments showed that autoantibodies to
both hepatic tissue and adrenal tissue can be detected in the sera of mice with genetic defect
at the age of a few weeks.
Genetics
APS-1 is an autosomal recessive, monogenic hereditary disease that is not associated with
HLA antigens. This also suggests that it is an independent entity that differs from other diseases of autoimmune pathogenesis. The AIRE is located on the long arm of chromosome 21;
it consists of 14 exons and has a size of 13 kb (Fig. 5).
Fig. 5 Localisation of the APS-1 gene (red line = vertical line on the right side of the figure)
This gene codes the AIRE protein that consists of 545 amino acids and controls the expression of tissue-specific substances in the thymus, i.e. it determines to which antigens immune tolerance develops. AIRE gene and its product protein are in a high concentration in
thymic epithelial cells and in dendritic/antigen-presenting cells, but it has low concentrations
in the spleen and in the peripheral mononuclear cells. Mutations, deletions and insertions of
CEMED
31
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
the AIRE gene are responsible for the development of the disease [44–46]. The first and the
most important so far is R257X mutation that can be found in exon 6 and has been detected
in 82% of patients in Finland. Mutations R139X and Y85C were observed most frequently in
Sardinia and in Iranian Jews respectively. The genetic examination of our patient presented
earlier and her parents showed a deletion of exon 8 (Fig. 6).
Fig. 6 Examination of 8.13 bp deletion of the AIRE gene
1. Marker of molecular weight
2. Homozygous patient with APS-1 (13 bp deletion)
3. Heterozygous father of the patient with APS-1
4. Heterozygous mother of the patient with APS-1
5. Healthy control
The autoimmune mechanism against the autoantigens is responsible for the development of minor signs and symptoms (Table 5).
Diagnosis
In the laboratory diagnostics of the disease, characteristic ionic and hormonal alterations
(hypocalcaemia, hyperphosphataemia and low PTH levels) can be demonstrated. Cytotoxic
antibodies can be found in the sera of 11–68% of patients, and autoantibodies against the
parathyroid glands and the calcium sensor are also present in some of them [36, 43, 46]. If
the disease is suspected, genetic tests are also necessary in addition to the endocrinological
and immunological examinations, and they are of prognostic value. The therapy of APS-1
has been established only partially and it bears many difficulties. In the majority of cases, it
is based on hormone replacement. To cure CC means a difficult task because of the impaired
T cells and there is a high risk of recurrence even in a successful case. Ketoconazole therapy
is successful in some cases, but it also creates a problem because it inhibits the production of
cortisol and testosterone, and thus it can deteriorate the already decreased adrenal function.
Replacement of the lost or reduced hormone levels should be striven after. Signs and symptoms of tetany could be diminished significantly by the administration of calcium and vitamin D derivatives (calcitriol, cholecalciferol and dihydrotachysterol) [44, 46]. In the treat2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
32
CEMED
REVIEWS
Table 5 Minor APS-1 symptoms and antibodies against autoantigens responsible for its development
•
Vitiligo
Melanocyte antigen
•
Coeliac disease
Reticulin, endomysium antigen
•
Hypogonadism
Steroid-producing cells
17-hydroxylase enzyme antigen
P450 scc antigen
•
Autoimmune hepatitis
L-K microsomal antigen
•
Type 1 diabetes mellitus
ICA (islet cell antigen)
GAD (glutamate decarboxylase enzyme)
IA2 antigen
•
Autoimmune thyroiditis
TPO (thyroid peroxydase enzyme)
Tg (thyroglobulin)
•
Chronic atrophic gastritis
Parietal cells
H/K ATP-ase enzyme
Intrinsic factor
•
Alopecia areata
Tyrosine hydroxylase
•
Malabsorption
Tryptophan
ment of autoimmune hepatitis, prednisolone and azathioprine are used, but their use is
considerably limited by the immune deficient state. Until now the immunostimulant products
have not normalised the impaired immune response (IR). Studies with stem cells, although
they show promise, are currently in an experimental stage.
CEMED
33
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
APS-2
The disease, previously designated by the name of Schmidt’s syndrome, is characterised by
the association of Addison’s disease and IDDM/or autoimmune thyroid disease. The common symptom of the condition (present in 100% of patients) is Addison’s disease, while AT
(or Graves–Basedow disease) and IDDM can be found in 70% and 52% of patients, respectively. The association of the leading two diseases can be modulated by other illnesses. The
disease is 2-3 times more common in women [31]. The disease manifests itself at the age of
30–40 years. The clinical signs and symptoms are identical with those of the individual-associated diseases.
Epidemiology
The prevalence of the disease depends on the association of the conditions examined. IDDM
is associated with thyroid disease of autoimmune pathogenesis, pernicious anaemia or Addison’s disease in 5.7%, 0.5% and 0.1%, respectively. At the same time, IDDM could be diagnosed in 8–20% of patients with Addison’s disease. The incidence of APS-2 increases with
advancing age [21, 35, 38, 40].
Genetics
The disease is of autosomal dominant inheritance with incomplete penetrance. Research
of recent years has made it clear that in contrast to APS-1, HLA antigens and their related
IR genes are decisive in this disease. This disease is significantly more common in people
with a haplotype of HLA-DR3/HLA-DR4 [30]. Certain HLA haplotypes (DR3 DQA1*0501
DQB1*0202 DRB1*0301 and DR4 DQA1*0301 DQB1*0302 DRB1*0401) significantly
increase the risk of the disease, while others (HLA DR6 DQA1*DQB1*0503 DRB1*1401)
have a protective effect [10, 30]. TNF and cytotoxic T-lymphocyte 4 (CTLA-4) genes, which
are associated with HLA genes, have been shown to be important in the development and
inheritance of the disease [31, 32]. The substantial differences between APS-1 and APS-2 are
summarised in Table 6.
Table 6 The most important differences between APS-1 and APS-2
APS-1
APS-2
Beginning in childhood
Beginning in adulthood
AIRE gene mutation detectable
No AIRE gene mutation
No association with HLA
Associated with HLA DR3/4
Immune deficiency detectable
No evidence of immune deficiency
Mucocutaneous candidiasis
No mucocutaneous candidiasis
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
34
CEMED
REVIEWS
APS-3
This disease was originally defined by Neufeld as an association of Hashimoto’s thyroiditis,
Graves–Basedow disease, Graves’ orbitopathy, praetibial myxoedema and one of the following autoimmune diseases [37]:
– IDDM
– Atrophic gastritis
– Pernicious anaemia
– Vitiligo
– Alopecia
– Myasthenia gravis
It turned out, however, that this group of diseases is considerably more complex, as the autoimmune disease of the thyroid TAD was associated with other autoimmune conditions in
28%, including Sjögren’s disease, coeliac disease, myasthenia or SLE. It has been observed
that several autoimmune diseases were present in an incomplete form in more than half of
patients with TAD. As patients with TAD amount to 7-8% of the population, a new classification was made with the essentials that it is suitable for classifying both overt and subclinical
diseases [28, 32, 35, 37, 47] (Table 7).
Table 7 Classification of the diseases associated with autoimmune thyroid diseases (TAD)
Autoimmune diseases of the thyroid (TAD)
(Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, Graves–Basedow disease, Graves’ orbitopathy)
IDDM
Autoimmune gastritis
Vitiligo
MCTD
Hirata disease
Pernicious anaemia
Alopecia areata
RA
Hypophysitis
IBD
ITP
SLE
Addison’s disease
Autoimmune hepatitis
Myasthenia gravis
Sjögren’s disease
Hypoparathyroidism
Primary biliary cirrhosis
Multiple sclerosis
Vasculitis
TAD-3/A
(endocrine)
TAD-3/B
(gastrointestinal)
TAD-3/C
(haematological/dermal/neural)
TAD-3/D
(systemic-collagen)
Differential Diagnosis of APS
Regarding the different associations of entities observed in the individual forms of APS, difficulties may emerge in differential diagnosis. Of the diseases of chromosomal origin, Turner
syndrome may cause a diagnostic problem, as AT (in 30%) and other endocrinopathies may
also occur in this disease. In Kearns–Sayre syndrome hypoparathyroidism, primary hypogonadism, IDDM and hypopituitarism can be observed as well; however, myopathy is in the
foreground of the disease. Wolfram syndrome (diabetes mellitus, diabetes insipidus, optic
atrophy and neural hearing loss) is a rare congenital disease that begins in childhood. POEMS
syndrome may cause diagnostic difficulty in adults. The abnormity of plasma cells and the
appearance of M gradient may help in the diagnosis [47].
CEMED
35
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Diagnostic Protocol
Clinical picture/course is determinant in diagnostics. Laboratory data, however, may help in
the early recognition of the diseases. The following tests are recommended: TPO, Tg, TSH-R
GAD65, 17-hydroxylase and 21-hydroxylase antibodies. The presence of M gradient or the
absence of IgA may be detected by quantitative immunoelectrophoresis. Determination and
follow-up of the levels of target organ hormones are essential not only for the diagnosis but
also for monitoring the appropriateness of therapy.
Therapy and Care
The treatment is founded on influencing the abnormal function of immune system, improving
the impaired functions and replacing the deficient hormones. On the basis of pathomechanism, we should (possibly) strive for the termination of autoimmunity. This problem has been
solved only in part yet. By the intake of hormones (e.g. thyroid hormones, insulin), we reduce
the expression of HLA-DR molecules on the surface of target organs’ cells and mitigate the
autoimmune process. The essence of this so-called isohormonal therapy can be understood
best during the treatment of AT. TSH can enhance the expression of HLA-DR molecules, and
thus the timely T4 and T3 therapy not only means, by reducing TSH levels, replacement of
the hormones but also inhibits the autoimmune process. Products inhibiting thyroid function
not only play a role in the development of euthyroidism, but by inhibiting the autoantigens,
they also inhibit the autoimmune process. Timely insulin therapy also inhibits the expression
of HLA-DR beta cells and restrains the destruction of the cells. For the other part of hormone
replacement therapies, no immunomodulating effects have been demonstrated (e.g. increased
intake of vitamin D used in hypoparathyroidism). The importance of patient care and prevention follows from the foregoing.
Life expectancies of patients may improve by appropriate and life-long care, and one of
the main elements of this is informing the patients about the nature of their disease and that
the administered medication has to be modified inevitably in certain stressful situations. With
an appropriate hormonal therapy women who were previously infertile can give birth to children; however, closer supervision is required during pregnancy and after delivery. The objective and at the same time result of care implies that patients’ life expectancies should not
worsen, but on the other hand, their quality of life should allow them, after having chosen an
appropriate work, to live a life of full value [47].
References
[1] Roitt, I. M., Doniach, D., Cambell, P. N. et al.: Autoantibodies in Hashimoto’s thyroiditis. Lancet, 1956, 2,
820–824.
[2] Rose, N. R., Witebsky, E.: Studies in organ specificity. Changes in the thyroid glands of rabbits following
active immunization with rabbit thyroid extracts. J. Immunol., 1956, 76, 417–427.
[3] Adams, D. D., Purves, H. D.: Abnormal response in the assay of thyrotropin. Proc. Univ. Otago Med. Sch.,
1956, 32, 11–12.
[4] Kriss, J. P.: Inactivation of long-acting thyroid stimulator (LATS) by anti-kappa, anti-lambda antisera. Clin.
Endocrinol., 1968, 28, 1440–1444.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
36
CEMED
REVIEWS
[5] Witebsky, E., Rose, N. R., Terplan, K. et al.: Chronic thyroiditis in autoimmunization. JAMA, 1957, 164,
1439–1447.
[6] Witebsky, E., Kite, J. H., Wick, G.: Spontaneous thyroiditis in the obese strain chickens. Demonstration of
circulating antibodies. J. Immunol., 1970, 103, 708–712.
[7] Wick, G., Kite, J. H., Witebsky, E.: Spontaneous thyroiditis in the obese strain of chickens. The effect of
thymectomy and thymoburesectomy on the development of the disease. J. Immunol., 1970, 104, 54–59.
[8] Kaczur, V., Vereb, Gy., Balázs, Cs. et al.: Effect of anti-thyroid peroxidase (TPO) antibodies on TPO activity
measured by chemiluminescence assay. Clin. Chem., 1997, 43, 1392–1399.
[9] Kifor, O., McElduff, A., Leboff, M. S. et al.: Activating antibodies to the calcium-sensing receptor in two
patients with autoimmune hypoparathyroidism. J. Endocrinol. Metab., 2004, 89, 548–556.
[10] Ludgate, M.: The molecular genetics of three thyroid autoantigens: thyroglobulin, thyroid peroxidase and
thyrotropin receptor. Autoimmunity, 1990, 7, 201–205.
[11] Mayer, A., Ploix, C., Orgazzi, J. et al.: Calcium-sensing receptor autoantibodies are relevant markers of
acquired hypoparathyroidism. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 2004, 89, 4484–4488.
[12] Zhang, B., Sun, Ch., Qu, Y. et al.: Deficiency of mouse CD4+ CD25+ Foxp3+ regulatory T cells in xenogeneic pig thymus-grafted nude mice suffering from autoimmune diseases. Cell. Mol. Immunol., 2008, 5, 325–
332.
[13] Wang, P. W., Liu, R. T., Hank, S. H. et al.: Cytotoxic T lymphocyte-associated molecule-4 polymorphism
and relapse of Graves’ hyperthyroidism after antithyroid withdrawal. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 2004, 89,
169–173.
[14] Fountoulakis, S., Vartolomantos, G., Kolaitis, N. et al.: HLA-DR expressing peripheral T regulatory cells
in newly diagnosed patients with different forms of autoimmune thyroid disease. Thyroid, 2008, 11, 1–6.
[15] Grimm, M., Spiecker, M., Cartina, R. et al.: Inhibition of major histocompatibility complex (MHC) class II
gene transcription by nitric oxide and antioxidants. J. Biol. Chem., 2002, 277, 26460–26467.
[16] Adrian, L., Daniel, H. D., Lesage, S. et al.: Gene dosage-limiting role of AIRE in thymic expression, clonal
deletion, and organ-specific autoimmunity. J. Exp. Med., 2004, 200, 1015–1026.
[17] Villiano, M. J. B., Huber, A. K., Greenberg, D. A. et al.: Autoimmune thyroiditis and diabetes: dissecting the
joint genetic susceptibility in a large cohort of multiplex families. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., doi:10.1210,
2008–2193.
[18] Fountoulakis, S., Vartolomantos, G., Kolaitis, N. et al.: HLA-DR expressing peripheral T regulatory cells in
newly diagnosed patients with different forms of autoimmune thyroid disease. Thyroid, 2008, 11, 1–6.
[19] Bednarczuk, T., Gopinath, B., Ploski, R. et al.: Susceptibility genes in Graves’ ophthalmopathy: searching for
needle in a haystack? Clin. Endocrinol., 2007, 67, 3–19.
[20] Aust, G., Krohn, K., Morgenthaler, N. G. et al.: Graves’ disease and Hashimoto’s thyroiditis in monozygotic
twins: case study as well as transcriptomic and immunohistological analysis of thyroid tissues. Eur. J. Endocrinol., 2006, 154, 13–20.
[21] Betterle, C., Lazzaratto, F., Presotto, F.: Autoimmune polyglandular syndrome type 2: the tip of an iceberg?
Clin. Exp. Immunol., 2004, 137, 225–233.
[22] Eisenbarth, G. S., Jackson, R. A.: Immunogenetics of polyglandular failure and related disease. In: Farid,
N. R. (ed): HLA in Endocrine and Metabolic Disorders. Academic Press, New York, 1984, pp. 235–264.
[23] Elfström, P., Montgomery, S. M., Kampe, O. et al.: Risk of primary adrenal insufficiency in patients with
celiac disease. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 2007, 92, 3595–3598.
[24] Yarman, S., Oguz, F., Carin, M.: HLA-DRB1*03 is a susceptibility gene in patients with Graves’ disease with
and without ophthalmopathy. Int. J. Immunogenet., 2007, 34, 23–25.
[25] Ogren, M. P., Lombroso, P. J.: Epigenetics: behavioral influences on gene function, Part II: molecular mechanism. J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry, 2008, 48, 374–378.
[26] Esteller, M.: Epigenetics in cancer. N. Engl. J. Med., 2008, 13, 1148–1158.
[27] Adrian, L., Daniel, H. D., Lesage, S. et al.: Gene dosage-limiting role of AIRE in thymic expression, clonal
deletion, and organ-specific autoimmunity. J. Exp. Med., 2004, 200, 1015–1026.
[28] Klecha, A. J., Barreiro-Arcos, M. L., Frick, L. et al.: Immuno-endocrine interactions in autoimmune thyroid
diseases. Neuroimmunomodulation, 2008, 15, 68–75.
[29] Silverma, M. N., Sternberg, E. M.: Neuroendocrine-immune interactions in rheumatoid arthritis: mechanism of glucocorticoid resistance. Neuroimmunomodulation, 2008, 15, 19–28.
[30] Kadioglu, P., Acbay, O., Demir, G. et al.: The effect of prolactin and bromocriptine on human peripheral immune status. J. Endocrinol. Invest., 2001, 24, 147–151.
CEMED
37
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
[31] Justina, M., Villano, M. D., Amanda, K. et al.: Autoimmune thyroiditis and diabetes: dissecting the joint genetic susceptibility in a large cohort of multiplex families. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 2009, doi:10.1210/
jc.2008–2193.
[32] Ahonen, P., Myllarniemi, S., Sipila, I. et al.: Clinical variation of autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED) in a series of 68 patients. N. Engl. J. Med., 1990, 322, 1829–1836.
[33] Bensing, S., Fetissov, S. O., Mulder, J. et al.: Pituitary autoantibodies in autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome
type l. PNAS, 2007, 104, 949–954.
[34] Betterle, C., Zanchetta, K.: Update on autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome (APS). Acta Biol. Med., 2003,
74, 9–33.
[35] Blizzard, R. M., Chee, D., Davis, W.: The incidence of parathyroid and other antibodies in the sera of patients
with idiopathic hypothyroidism. Clin. Exp. Immunol., 1966, 1, 119.
[36] Dultz, G., Metheis, N., Dittmar, M. et al.: CTLA-4 CT60 polymorphism in thyroid and polyglandular autoimmunity. Horm. Metab. Res., 2009, 41, 426–429.
[37] Wielosz, E., Majdan, M. M., Zychowska, I. et al.: Coexistence of five autoimmune diseases: diagnostic and
therapeutic difficulties. Rheumatol. Int., 2008, 28, 919–923.
[38] Elfström, P., Montgomery, S. M., Kampe, O. et al.: Risk of primary adrenal insufficiency in patients with celiac disease. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 2007, 92, 3595–3598.
[39] Gianani, R., Eisenbarth, G. S.: Editorial: autoimmunity to gastrointestinal endocrine cells in autoimmune
polyendocrine syndrome type 1. J. Endocrinol. Metab., 2003, 88, 1442–1444.
[40] Ballarini, A., Lee-Kirsch, M. A.: Genetic dissection of autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 2: common
origin of a spectrum of phenotypes. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 2007, 111, 159–165.
[41] Alimohammadi, M., Björklund, P., Hallgren, A. et al.: Autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 1 and
NALP5, a parathyroid autoantigen. N. Engl. J. Med., 2008, 358, 1018–1028.
[42] Neufeld, M., Maclaren, N., Blizzard, R.: Autoimmune polyendocrine syndromes. Pediatr. Ann., 1980, 9, 154–
162.
[43] Ströbel, P., Murumägi, A. R., Klein, R. et al.: Deficiency of the autoimmune regulator AIRE in thymomas
is insufficient to elicit autoimmune polyendocrinopathy syndrome type 1 (APS-1). J. Pathol., 2007, 21,
563–571.
[44] Dittmar, M., Ide, M., Wurm, M. et al.: Early onset of polyglandular failure is associated with HLA-DRB1*03.
Eur. J. Endocrinol., 2008, 159, 55–60.
[45] Wolff, A. S., Erichsen, M. M., Meager, A. et al.: Autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 1 in Norway:
phenotypic variation, autoantibodies, and novel mutations in the autoimmune regulator gene. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 2007, 92, 595–603.
[46] Yarman, S., Oguz, F., Carin, M.: HLA-DRB1*03 is a susceptibility gene in patients with Graves’ disease with
and without ophthalmopathy. Int. J. Immunogenet., 2007, 34, 23–25.
[47] Strickland, F. M., Richardson, B. C.: Epigenetics in human autoimmunity. Epigenetics in autoimmunity –
DNA methylation in systemic lupus erythematosus and beyond. Autoimmunity, 2008, 41, 278–286.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
38
CEMED
REVIEWS
The Pulmonological Manifestations
of Rheumatoid Arthritis
GYÖRGY BERNSCHERER1, CSABA KARABÉLYOS2, ZSOLT TARJÁN3
1
Bernscherer és Tsa. Bt., Budapest, Hungary
Biotest Hungaria Kft., Törökbálint, Hungary
3
Raditec Kft., Budapest, Hungary
2
In their review article, the authors overview the primary and secondary pulmonary complications of rheumatoid
arthritis (RA) with the help of bibliographic data. They emphasize the pulmonological complications of diseasemodifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) used for the pharmaceutical therapy of RA, of which they discuss the
methotrexate-induced pulmonary diseases. Methotrexate is used in nearly all additive double and triple – O’Dellscheme – combined DMARDs therapy, because of which the early detection of drug-induced pulmonological complications is important. For rheumatologists, the treatment of methotrexate-resistant RA is proving to be a great
challenge. The biological therapeutical drugs act as cytokine antagonists by blocking the TNF-α and, compared to
DMARDs, they can more effectively inhibit the progression of the disease. These are the biological response modifiers. Their main representatives are infliximab, adalimumab, and etanercept. At the end, the authors discuss the biological response modifiers caused secondary pulmonary complications, e.g. the biological response modifiers associated pulmonary tuberculosis, bacterial tracheobronchitis, bacterial pneumonia, bronchiectasia, pulmonary oedema,
rapid fibrotising alveolitis, and coccidiomycosis. At 3% of the biological response modifiers treated RA patients
living in Arizona, California, Nevada, the pulmonary and disseminated mycosis – coccidiomycosis can appear with
a 15% mortality. As a consequence of frequent earthquakes, the spores rising from the ground into the air infect the
biological response modifiers treated immunosuppressed patients. The authors are attentive to the fact that patients
who travel to the aforementioned endemic or earthquake-active regions while receiving biological therapy are at
potentially higher risk, and because of this, their consulting a doctor is indispensable. Studies and use of newer
groups of biological response modifiers medicines are awaited in the near future for RA. Nowadays in patients who
are nonreactive for TNF-α inhibitor treatment, the use of B-lymphocyte inhibitor rituximab, characteristic in nonHodgkin lymphoma therapy, is possible. The pulmonary complications of RA therapy of cytokine are not yet known.
Antirheumatic therapy nowadays causes a significant improvement in the quality of patients’ lives, while an increasing number of modern therapeutical methods cause more complications.
Keywords: rheumatoid arthritis, primary pulmonological complication, secondary pulmonologic manifestation,
disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs, biologic response modifiers, TNF-α inhibitor, infliximab, adalimumab,
etanercept, rituximab, coccidiomycosis, earthquake
Abbreviations
AM = articular manifestation; BAL = bronchoalveolar lavage; BRM = biologic response modifiers; BOOP = bronchiolitis obliterans organizing pneumonia; DILD = diffuse interstitial lung disease; DLST = drug lymphocyte stimulation test; DMARD = disease-modifying antirheumatic drug; EAM = extra-articular manifestation; FA = fibrosing
alveolitis; HRCT = high-resolution CT; ILD = interstitial lung disease; IPP = interstitial plasmocytic pneumonia;
LIP = lymphoid interstitial pneumonia; MAC = mycobacterium avium complex; MTX = methotrexate; NSIP = nonspecific interstitial pneumonia; RA = rheumatoid arthritis; RF = rheuma factor; TBB = transbronchial lung biopsy;
UIP = usual interstitial pneumonia
Corresponding address: György Bernscherer MD, Bernscherer és Tsa. Bt., Budapest, Hungary.
E-mail: bernschererg@freemail.hu
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28385
39
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
39–47.
REVIEWS
Introduction
RA is prevalent in 1% of the whole population. Almost 40% of the patients experience some
EAM. The second most common EAM in 5% of all patients is pulmonary disease. The prevalence of EAM in different geographical areas and ethnic groups is highly variable, but the
frequency of incidents is almost constant (Table 1) [1].
Table 1 Extra-articular manifestations in order of prevalence
Sjögren’s syndrome
11%
Pulmonary manifestation
5%
Raynaud’s phenomenon
3%
Livedo reticularis
5%
Carpal tunnel syndrome
3%
Vasculitis
1%
Amyloidosis
1%
Felty’s syndrome
0.3%
AM is usually associated with the presence of IgM RF isotype. However, EAM is more
common in RF positive patients; its occurrence can be attributed to IgA RF isotype [2]. The
presence of IgA isotype in patients with EAM induces excess mortality, which is increased
by smoking – irrespective of the pulmonary status of the patient [3]. In some cases, at first the
patient experiences EAM, especially interstitial pneumonia, not AM.
A biopsy made in this early stage produces the histopathologic finding of UIP. This
early diagnosis can only be altered later when the autoimmune disorders become more evident. This way, the patient will be labeled with the specific diagnosis of RA associated interstitial pneumonia from the group of NSIP, and adequate treatment will be available. The
histological classification of interstitial pneumonia with an unknown reason is best described
in the comprehensive publication of Miklos Zsiray [4].
Primary Pulmonary Complications of Rheumatoid Arthritis
Primary pulmonary complications can be suspected when non-productive cough and effort
dyspnoea are observed. As a result of inability to move and avoidance of physical activity,
dyspnoea is usually not detected. Table 2 lists the primary pulmonary complications of RA.
Pleuritis is described in clinically active patients with high titer of RF, mostly without fever.
Five percent of patients have usually unilateral exudative thoracic effusion with lymphocyte
dominance. The titer of RF in thoracic punctate is almost equivalent with the titer of RF in
serum.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
40
CEMED
REVIEWS
Table 2 Primary pulmonary complications of rheumatoid arthritis without being complete
Pleuritis
Interstitial pneumonia
Interstitial fibrosis
Rapid fibrosing alveolitis
Chronic fibrosing pneumonitis
Acute interstitial fibrosis
Bronchiectasis
Intrapulmonary rheumatoid nodules
The radiomorphologic findings of interstitial pneumonia are characterized by macular
ground-glass opacity, the size of which is proportional to the activity of alveolitis. Severity of
pulmonary infection does not show a direct ratio to joint symptoms, although more common
and serious in patients with RF.
Interstitial fibrosis may develop from interstitial pneumonia if it persists for years or
decades. Radiograph findings in early stages show bilateral, rarely unilateral (Fig. 1), but
dominantly multifocal, reticular (Fig. 2), reticulonodular, macronodular fibrotic changes
(Figs. 3 and 4), which appear as round shadows on summation pictures, while in advanced
cases, contracting fibrosis with contracting atelectasis (Fig. 5), in final stage honeycomb
pattern is detected. Lately described RA-associated Hamman–Rich syndrome (acute diffuse
interstitial pulmonary fibrosis) emphasizes the very severe pulmonological complications
of RA.
Fig. 1
CEMED
Circumscribed contracting fibrosis in rheumatoid arthritis in the right upper lobe
Fig. 2
41
Subpleural macronodular fibrosis (single
arrow), ventricular reticular fibrosis (double
arrow)
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Fig. 3
Round shadow imitating
but diffuse macronodular
fibrosis
Fig. 4
Macronodular fibrosis
Fig. 5
Severe, contracting fibrosis with contracting atelectasis
Intrapulmonary rheumatoid nodules are benign, with rare changes, which is problematic from a differential diagnostic aspect. Rheumatoid nodules may persist for years or decades. They can be spontaneously absorbed, while in some cases, only their central part is
absorbed, and becoming cavernous, they again cause differential diagnostic problems. Bronchiolitis obliterans is a rare pulmonary manifestation of RA, causing progressive, irreversible
airway obstruction. HRCT of the lungs shows scattered centrilobular micronodules with mucoid impaction and hyperinflation [5].
Secondary Pulmonary Complications, Occurring on the Basis
of Primary Pulmonary Changes
Mycobacteriosis can develop when RA associated interstitial pneumonia is superinfected
with MAC. Manifestation is due to the decrease of the local pulmonary defence mechanism,
and as a result, the originally nonpathogenic mycobacterium evokes disease, with secondary
nonproductive cough, dyspnoea, and haemoptoe. The radiomorphologic pattern shows infiltrative shadow with cavity [6]. Secondary amyloidosis can accompany RA, during which a
liver-produced acute protein or fibrous protein named amyloid-A will deposit in the parenchyma of the lung. This is the so-called diffuse alveolar-septal amyloidosis, with a significant
reticulonodular pattern. In some cases, the amyloid plaques provoke local bronchial stenosis
and bronchiectasis accompanied by secondary haemoptoe in the submucosal area of the tracheobronchial system. Amyloid cancer, which sometimes causes haemoptoe, can appear as a
multiplex and solitary round shadow, leading to differential diagnostical difficulty. Cells obtained from biopsy, after Congo red staining, under polarizing microscope show the significant green birefringence of amyloid. Only RA-patients with genetically-impaired amyloid-A
metabolism suffer from secondary amyloidosis.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
42
CEMED
REVIEWS
In case of Caplan syndrome (rheumatoid pneumoconiosis), silicosis leads to more severe pulmonary changes in patients with RA. Prevalence of RF in patients with silicosis is
higher than average. Radiological feature of rheumatoid pneumoconiosis is characterized by
multiplex centrally necrotizing pulmonary round shadows with a diameter of 0.5–5 cm. Almost all of the mentioned secondary pulmonary complications are accompanied by haemoptoe. So in treating haemoptoe in patients with RA, these clinical features should be considered, too. Secondary pulmonary complications developed on the basis of primary pulmonary
changes are summarized in Table 3.
Table 3 Secondary pulmonary complications, occurring on the basis of primary pulmonary changes without being
complete
RA associated interstitial pneumonia superinfected with MAC
RA associated pulmonary amyloidosis
RA associated bronchiectasis
RA associated pulmonary vasculitis with secondary hypertension in pulmonary circulation
Rheumatoid pneumoconiosis
Bronchiolitis obliterans
Secondary Pulmonary Complications as the Results
of Drug Treatment of Rheumatoid Arthritis
In the last few years, a considerable change of attitude can be observed in treating RA with
drugs as structural joint destruction is detectable even in the very early stage. DMARDs
should be given intensively as soon as the diagnosis of RA is certain. The commonly used
conventional DMARDs are listed in Table 4. Intensive treatment includes administration of
Table 4 Conventional DMARDs
Methotrexate
Leflunomide
Chloroquine
Sulfasalazine
Cyclosporine-A
Azathioprine
Cyclophosphamide
Aurothiomalate
CEMED
43
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Table 5 Additive immunosuppressive double and triple (O’Dell-scheme) combination schemes in RA
Double combination scheme:
MTX-salazosulfapyridine
MTX-hydroxychloroquine
MTX-leflunomide
MTX-cyclosporine-A
Triple combination scheme:
MTX-salazosulfapyridine-hydroxychloroquine
additive DMARDs in double or even triple combination; the latter is the O’Dell-scheme
(Table 5).
MTX is given in almost every DMARD combination, and thus early detection of druginduced pulmonary complications is important. MTX may not have predictable severe side
effects. It has a prevalence of 0.3–18% proved in several retro- and prospective researches.
Remarkably, pneumonitis induced by MTX in patients with psoriatic arthritis is rarely seen.
On roentgenograms, MTX-induced pneumonitis has shadows of ground-glass-like opacity
occurring in the upper lung field bilaterally [7].
In 80% of the cases BAL shows CD4 positive T-cell predominance. In transbronchial
lung biopsies (TBB) MTX-associated pneumonitis is characterized by interstitial lymphocytic infiltrate with microgranulomas, LIP [8].
In differential diagnosis of the MTX-induced pneumonitis, measuring circulating levels
of serum markers KL-6 and SP-D could be applicable. The concentrations of these markers
increase in accordance with the severity of MTX pneumonitis [9]. As disease develops, the
shadows of ground-glass-like opacity in the upper lung field gradually change to reticular
pattern, which is the sign of fibrosis. Pneumocystis pneumonia can develop as a side effect of
immunosuppressive MTX therapy. The pathogenic agent in immunosuppressed patients with
RA causes acute IPP. The very high level of LDH in serum calls attention to the disease. This
test is very sensitive but unfortunately not specific. The radiological feature is characterised
by diffuse interstitial infiltrate. IPP is accompanied by fever, tachypnoea, dyspnoea, and nonproductive cough. Cysts are demonstrated by staining the induced sputum with Giemsa or
methenamine silver. Usage of immunofluorescent monoclonal antibodies increases the sensitivity of test. MTX-induced accelerated pulmonary nodulosis can develop during either low
or high dose MTX therapy. Histologically intrapulmonary nodules are typical rheumatoid
nodules. Eight percent of MTX-treated patients can experience these pulmonary complications. After MTX treatment is stopped, nodulosis spontaneously regresses in 30% of cases.
RF positivity is not a prerequisite for developing accelerated nodulosis [11].
Gold therapy for treating RA was first used in the 1920s. It is still considered as a conventional DMARD drug, but its usage is on the decline. In Hungary, it has not received approval for use in RA because of its side effects, but can be obtained from abroad. The gold-
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
44
CEMED
REVIEWS
Table 6 Secondary pulmonary complications caused by conventional DMARDs
Methotrexate-induced pneumonitis
Methotrexate-induced pulmonary fibrosis
Methotrexate-induced pneumocystis pneumonia
Methotrexate-induced accelerated pulmonary nodulosis
Gold-induced bacterial pneumonia
Gold-induced pulmonary fibrosis
Gold-induced bacterial pneumonia
Gold-induced pulmonary oedema
Cyclosporine-A-induced pneumocystis pneumonia
induced risk of parenchymal complications is higher in HLA-DR3 antigen positive patients
[12]. The radiological morphology of gold-induced pneumonitis and gold lung is characterized by diffuse small nodular and reticular shadows. To confirm the diagnosis, sometimes
DLSTs are necessary [13]. Gold-induced hypogammaglobulinaemia can cause prolonged
bacterial pneumonia and pulmonary oedema [14].
Table 6 shows the secondary pulmonary complications of conventional DMARDs.
Rheumatologists face the growing challenge in treating RA patients resistant to MTX. The
use of biologic therapeutical drugs acting as cytokine antagonists led to unexpected success.
These drugs slow down the progression of RA more effectively than conventional DMARDs.
In Hungary, at the time of going to press, four BRM are available, which are effective by
blocking TNF-α.
In the near future, new cytokine antagonists will become available. When resistance to
MTX is observed, infliximab is the first to be used. Paradoxically, infliximab added simultaneously with MTX minimizes the synthesis of antibodies against infliximab. When therapeutical response is not adequate due to synthesis of antibodies, adalimumab or etanercept can
be administered. BRM therapy can reactivate latent tuberculosis infection, and so screening
is compulsory before the initiation of treatment, which includes the Koch tests of direct and
cultured sputum, tuberculin skin test and chest X-rays as well.
At 3% of RA patients treated with BRM living in Arizona, California, and Nevada
pulmonary and disseminated mycosis – coccidiomycosis – can appear with a 15% of mortality. As a consequence of frequent earthquakes, the spores rising from the soil into the air infect the BRM treated immunosuppressed patients. In these areas, beside chest X-ray examination and tuberculin skin test, serologic testing of coccidiomycosis is necessary prior to the
therapy. Seropositivity means contraindication for therapy. BRM treated patients travelling
to endemic regions are at high risk, so their consulting a doctor is indispensable.
Recurrent bacterial infections of the airways experienced in patients treated with BRM
may lead to susceptibility to bronchiectasis. BRM treatment is not appropriate for patients
CEMED
45
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Table 7 Secondary pulmonary complications caused by biologic response modifiers (BRM)
BRM associated pulmonary tuberculosis
BRM associated bacterial tracheobronchitis
BRM associated bacterial pneumonia
BRM associated bronchiectasis
BRM associated pulmonary oedema
BRM associated rapid progressive fibrosing pneumonitis
BRM associated coccidiomycosis
with bronchiectasis and RA. BRM therapy may aggravate the already existing congestive
heart failure, and therefore is not recommended for patients in stages III, IV of NYHA.
The pulmonary complications of BRM therapy are summarised in Table 7.
In the near future, new members of BRM will be tested and applied for treating RA.
At the moment, in patients who are nonreactive for TNF-α inhibitor treatment, rituximab – a monoclonal antibody against B cell CD20 antigen, commonly used for treating
non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas – can be effective. The pulmonary complications of this cytokine
are not yet known. The advanced antirheumatic therapies can significantly improve the patients’ quality of life; however, practitioners encounter the pulmonary complications of these
modern medications. By tracing the history of the patient, important conclusions can be
drawn concerning the primary and secondary pulmonary complications of RA. Examinations
should include not only conventional chest radiography and laboratory tests but HRCT, BAL,
transthoracal, and surgical lung biopsies as well.
Conclusions
The summary did not aim to cover all aspects of this extensive topic or deal with treatments
of diseases and their complications. It only wanted to give assistance to the differential diagnosis of the pulmonary complications caused by RA.
Acknowledgments
The authors would like to express their gratitude to the general practitioners working in the
XVIIIth district of Budapest for sending the patients to their institute/National Health Service
XVIIIth district, T.B. clinic, as well as to the colleagues at the Institute, Sági Péterné and
Ludvig Istvánné, because without their help this review would not have been possible.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
46
CEMED
REVIEWS
References
[1] Calgüneri, M., Ureten, K., Akif Oztürk, M.: Extra-articular manifestations of rheumatoid arthritis: results of
a university hospital of 526 patients in Turkey. Clin. Exp. Rheumatol., 2006, 24, 305–308.
[2] Jónsson, T., Arinbjarnarson, S., Thorsteinsson, J.: Raised IgA rheumatoid factor (RF) but not IgM RF or IgG
RF is associated with extra-articular manifestations in rheumatoid arthritis. Scand. J. Rheumatol., 1995, 24,
372–375.
[3] Turesson, C., Jacobsson, L. T.: Epidemiology of extra-articular manifestations in rheumatoid arthritis. Scand.
J. Rheumatol., 2004, 33, 65–72.
[4] Zsiray, M.: Classification of lung fibroses. Clinical evaluation of histological identifications of interstitial
pneumonias with unknown reason. LAM, 2003, 13, 427–432.
[5] Kase, C., Okubo, M., Yamasaki, M.: Minocycline for the treatment of bronchiolitis obliterans associated with
rheumatoid arthritis. Ryumachi, 2001, 41, 745–750.
[6] Kobashi, Y., Miyashita, N., Niki, Y.: A case of pulmonary mycobacterium avium complex disease complicated by interstitial pneumonia with collagen vascular disease. Kekkaku, 2003, 78, 487–490.
[7] Miwa, Y., Kaga, S., Hanaoka, R.: A case of rheumatoid arthritis complicated with a pneumonitis during concomitant treatment with methotrexate and bucillamine. Ryumachi, 2002, 42, 70–75.
[8] Leduc, D., De Vuyst, P., Lheureux, P.: Pneumonitis complicating low-dose methotrexate therapy for rheumatoid arthritis. Discrepancies between lung biopsy and bronchoalveolar lavage findings. Chest, 1993, 104,
1620–1623.
[9] Miyata, M., Sakuma, F., Fukaya, E.: Detection and monitoring of methotrexate-associated lung injury using
serum markers KL-6 and SP-D in rheumatoid arthritis. Intern. Med., 2002, 41, 467–473.
[10] Tierney, Jr. L. M., McPhee, S. J., Papadakis, M. A.: Current Medical Diagnosis and Treatment, 5th Hungarian
Edition. Melania Publishing Ltd., 2003, pp. 1485–1487.
[11] Kerstens, P. J., Boerbooms, A. M., Jeurissen, M. E.: Accelerated nodulosis during low dose methotrexate
therapy for rheumatoid arthritis. An analysis of ten cases. J. Rheumatol., 1992, 19, 867–871.
[12] Berkow, R., Fletcher, A. J.: MSD Medical Handbook (The Merck Manual). Melania Publishing Ltd., 1994, pp.
1309–1310.
[13] Bando, M., Takishita, Y., Bando, H.: A case of gold-induced pneumonitis showing a positive reaction in
the drug lymphocyte stimulation test (DLST) for gold. Nihon Kyobu Shikkan Gakkai Zasshi, 1992, 30, 128–
132.
[14] Takahashi, S., Fujita, M., Saga, T.: A case of rheumatoid arthritis complicated with prolonged pneumonia
and pulmonary oedema possibly caused by gold sodium thiomalate-induced hypogammaglobulinaemia.
Nippon Naika Gakkai Zasshi, 1988, 77, 1040–1045.
CEMED
47
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
The Mechanism of the Development
of Pain Perception
New Results in the Neurophysiology of Pain
Relating to Neuroscience
JUDIT GYULAHÁZI1, 2
1
Department of Anaesthesiology and Intensive Therapy, Medical School and Health Science Center,
University of Debrecen, Debrecen, Hungary
2
The Doctors’ Training School, Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary
Pain, as a subjective content of consciousness, is an essential attention-calling sign that helps to survive. It is obligatory for every physician to relieve pain, but pain is different in each individual, which makes analgesia difficult to
carry out. Improving neuroimaging techniques have made it possible for us to have a better understanding of the
neural processes accompanying the development of pain perception. On the basis of 24 articles found as a result of
the search on PubMed for keywords “pain” and “neuroimaging”, here we review the various parts of the pain neuron
matrix, their tasks and the assumed mechanism of the shaping of acute pain perception. The shaping of individual
pain perception is regulated by the modular function of the medial part of the pain matrix, cognitive regulation including attention, preliminary expectations, re-evaluation, and by affective regulation. Experimental results of emphatic pain suggest that pain perception may also occur without a real, tissue-damaging stimulus. In case of chronic
pain, the induction of nociception, due to a steady, tangible conversion of the pain neuron matrix as well as due to
its changed function, the induction of the perception of the pain will modify.
Keywords: pain sensation, neuroimaging, pain network, empathy, chronic pain
Abbreviations
ACC = anterior cingulate cortex; A = amygdala; HIP = hippocampus; 5-HT = serotonin; IC = insular cortex;
NMDA = N-methil-d-aspartat; PAG = periaqueductal grey; S1 = primary somatosensory cortex; PFC = prefrontal
cortex; M1 = primary motor cortex; RVMG = rostro-ventral medullar grey; S2 = secondary somatosensory cortex;
SMA = supplementary motor area
Pain is an unpleasant experience incidental to actual or potential tissue damage. It manifests
a subjective content of consciousness possessing sensory, cognitive and affective components. In spite of its being an unpleasant experience, its role is indispensable for survival
because by giving us notice of circumstances dangerous for us, it makes it possible to defend
ourselves or ask for help. After pain has fulfilled its role of calling attention, it becomes important to relieve it because pain is not only a source of a lot of suffering but the stress reaction aroused by pain overstrains both the human body and soul. The assuagement of pain
constitutes a fundamental task for every physician. The task is not easy because the same
Corresponding address: Judit Gyulaházi MD, Department of Anaesthesiology and Intensive Therapy, Medical
School, Medical and Health Centre, University of Debrecen, Debrecen, Hungary. E-mail: j8328@freemail.hu
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28715
49
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
49–63.
REVIEWS
impulse under the same circumstances can evoke surprisingly different nociception in different people. What causes the difference? This basic question has inspired a number of medical
practitioners as well as researchers to learn more, and more precisely, about the perception of
pain and to describe how this brings about that special content of consciousness which is
typical of a certain individual.
The abrupt developments of functional brain imaging techniques in the recent 15 years
have made it possible for researchers – like through a panoramic window – to get an inside
view of the intact, living human brain and under carefully planned experimental circumstances, to examine those neural structures that have a role in the development of pain [1].
On the basis of the increasing blood flow of certain areas of the nervous system (fMRI) as
well as the increasing metabolism of those areas (PET), we can draw conclusions concerning
the increased activity and participation of a given area in a given task.
The perception of pain and its neural correlations have been examined in a great number
of experiments. Despite the divergences in methodology, the applied means and in the statistical methods used for evaluation, these studies provide a common treasure of information
relying on which we can acquire a more precise knowledge of those functional changes in
the nervous system that accompany the development of pain perception. We can learn which
cerebral structures show changes in their activities during pain perception and we can draw
conclusions with relation to the experience of pain [2, 3].
The exact pain centre in the nervous system is not easy to determine, but there is a network containing a tightly connected multiple system of relations overlapping each other,
the elements of which participate in the procession of the different aspects of pain, which
network is designated, in the literature on the subject, by the name of pain network or pain
neuron matrix.
According to the binding theory, the homogeneous content of consciousness is generated by the bound, encoded content of large neuron populations showing a simultaneous
activity. By learning about the activity fields of the pain network elements, we can get an
insight into the mechanism of how pain perception develops.
The Neuron Matrix of Pain
Between 1988 and 2003, Apkarian carried out the meta-analysis of those articles that
appeared in Medline and Premedline and dealt with the examination of pain perception [4].
The components of the neuron matrix of pain are the ACC, the IC, the primary and the
secondary somatosensory cortices (S1 and S2), the prefrontal cortices (S1, S2, IC, ACC,
PFC) and the thalamus (Th).
Though less often mentioned in pain studies, the M1 and the SMA, the posterior parietal
area, the posterior cingulate, the basal ganglia, the hypothalamus (Hyp), the amygdala
(Amyg), the parabrachial cores, the PAG and the RVMG can also be counted here.
Pain led to a change in the activity of the ACC in response to painful stimuli in 94% of
the PET studies, in 81% of the fMRI experiments and in all EEG studies. This is a heterogenous cortical area whose individual parts play important roles in the perception of pain.
The rostral, perigenual areas take part in the affective reaction, and it is especially the subcallous part that plays a role in the digestion of negative emotions and in addition, it is also in
contact with the vegetative centres. The midcingular part, in the neighbourhood of the SMA,
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
50
CEMED
REVIEWS
is responsible for the regulation of the cognitive developments. The caudal, motorial part
controls the arrangement of the aversive motor response.
The IC is also a heterogenous cortical area showing changes of activity in painful situations according to 94% of the studies. The prefrontal lobe can probably be connected with
memory and cognitive regulation through the intervention of its relations with the PFC, but
it also has its role in the perception of emphatic pain [5]. The posterior part performs the function of the sensory aspects of personal pain. The medial part has connection with the motor
ganglions, thus taking part in the organization of aversive behaviour. The right side insula is
the place for visceral response representation related to inner vigilance and emotive situations which provides the substratum for cognitive evaluations.
The parts of the PFC – in a close interaction with each other, of course – constitute important factors of the cognitive regulation of pain. Through their connections they influence
sensory and affective digestion and the motor and the autonomous response.
The ventrolateral part plays a role in the re-evaluation of the expectations related to
pain, in reality control, while the dorsolateral part, together with the ACC and with the I,
plays a role in the modulation of attention.
The S1 and the S2 perform the sensory part of pain perception, the identification of the
pain stimulus, its intensity and the localization of its place. Somatothopy S2, similar to that
occurring in response to a tactile stimulus can be detected in the region – though different in
the facial situation – (the position of the face in the S2 is anterior compared with the position
of the foot).
The Th behaves as a switching-board for all the runways of the sensory modality.
The SMA takes part in the organization of the motor response.
The association centres of the posterior part of the parietal cortex play an important role
in situation analysis.
The nucleus accumbens is part of the reward network activated during the assuaging of
pain.
The HIP is the place of the memory of pain, this is responsible for the remembrance of
previously endured pain experiences.
The amygdala plays an important part in the modulation of the pain-fear-memory.
The diencephalic periaqueductal grey is the source of the descending inhibitory pain
modulating path.
The RVMG is the source of the descending facilitating path.
The Information-Processing Mechanism of Acute Pain
The process of pain perception takes place in parallelly running, but with each other connected, hierarchic matrices [6].
The lateral part of the pain matrix is the network carrying out the sensory-discriminative function.
The sensory transmission of the nociceptive stimulus: the tenesmus spreads via the
A deltoid and the C fibres to the sensory neurons situated in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord;
from here, via the brain stem and the tractus spinothalamicus, it arrives at the first switchover place, to the specific medial neurons of the Th, and then the tenesmus is conducted to
S1 and S2, where the spatial and temporal discrimination as well as the recognition of the
CEMED
51
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
character and that of the intensity of the pain stimulus take place [7]. In connection with this,
the fixation of studying memory starts. Another important role of the lateral part of the pain
matrix is the integration of and mediation towards the intra- and subcortical neuron networks.
The Medial Part of the Pain Network:
the Affective Motivation System
Its operation is associated with emotional evaluation, the selection of a primary response
and motivation. Its activation – due to pain stimulus – may come about in two ways. On the
one hand, directly by way of the dorsal horn of the spinal cord, the medial Th, and limbic
structures (ACC, I) route, and in an indirect way on the other hand by way of the dorsal horn
of the spinal cord, the Th, S1, S2, ACC, I route. Memory traces related to pain and their contextual inherence become integrated meanwhile.
The affect connected with pain and the encoding of emotions is associated with the
function of the rostral part of the ACC, with those of the insula and the amygdala, the latter
being in tight connection with the functions of the previously mentioned areas.
The HIP has its role in recalling emotional memory; the Hyp plays a role in visceral
activation relating to negative emotions as well as in the regulation of homeostasis.
Cognitive processes connected with pain take place on the ACC, the PFC, the parietal
cortex and on the SMA regions. The task of this part of the matrix is the control of attention,
the coordination of intention/execution and the control of an expedient behaviour.
As far as the organization of the motor response connected with pain is concerned,
the primary role belongs to the dorsal part of the ACC; in the process evaluation and motivation, the PMC and the SMC, while in the guidance of the response the striatum and the cerebellum play a role.
The activation of the medial part of the matrix can also start up without a bodily pain
stimulus [8].
It can be seen that, due to their extended network of relations, the IC and the ACC take
part in every aspect of the process; as Apkarian put it down in his general summary, it is
these two areas of the limbic system which show the most frequent activity among the elements of the pain neuron matrix in pain experiments [4] (Fig. 1).
There are considerable individual differences in the perception of the pain stimulus both
under clinical and experimental circumstances. The neural correlations of this observation
have been pointed out with the help of fMRI presentation [9].
After giving a stimulus of the same strength to the examined subjects with different pain
thresholds, the strength of the subjective pain as well as the cerebral activation during the
experiment was examined.
They detected higher activity in the ACC, PFC and S1 in the case of more sensitive patients, but not in the Th, which plays a fundamental role in sensory perception. To understand
the cause of this phenomenon more precisely, let us review the function of the medial part of
the pain network.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
52
CEMED
REVIEWS
Fig. 1 Scheme of the pain network [24]
The Cognitive Regulation of the Perception of Pain
Cognitive regulation happens by influencing attention, preliminary expectations and reappraisal. All of these basically define individual pain perception and they may have a role in
the placebo effect as well as in the emergence of chronic pain conditions.
The simplified model of the regulation mechanism (attention, preliminary expectations, reappraisal) discusses the three mechanisms individually which do not exclude overlapping [3].
CEMED
53
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Attention
Attention, by defining sources of stimuli coming from the outside or inside environment,
modulates perception and cognition [10, 11]. It influences the spatial localization of pain as
well as its sensory and affective functions.
Attention increases activation in the pain network and facilitates the functional connection of the key areas of the network during pain perception. Studies examining the effects of
distracting attention on the sensation of pain concluded that – within the pain network – in
the Th, the ACC, the IC, the S1 and S2, decreased activation was experienced if the patient
was given a distracting stimulus in addition to the pain stimulus [10, 11]. As a result of the
interactive analysis of distracting tasks, it was found that simultaneously with the modifying
influence exerted on pain perception by distraction, the most significant activity increase
could be detected in the PFC, the ACC and in the PAG [12].
The PFC, the ACC and the IC, being in mutual interaction, adaptively, perhaps maladaptively, are supposed to modulate the perception of pain with other members of the pain matrix
via the descending activation system [13].
Preliminary Expectations
Our preliminary expectations related to the given context, having developed as a result of the
synthesis of our experiences in the course of our personal development, may influence our
pain sensation. Our concepts, created with reference to a certain happening, make it possible
for our sensory, motor and cognitive systems to prepare for giving an adequate response
under given circumstances.
In response to the signal indicating pain – prior to the appearance of the stimulus – an
increase of activity can be detected in the pain network: in the medial PFC, the ACC, IC anterior and in the PMC of the opposite side [14].
Preliminary expectations basically influence the extent of pain sensation independently
of the intensity of the pain stimulus. In the case of a lower expectation, the subjects of the
examination showed a lower intensity of pain than in the case of a higher expectation, even
if the stimulus was of the same strength. On the other hand, if pain of a lower intensity was
expected, even a strong stimulus resulted in experiencing stimulus of a weaker intensity.
On a neural level, the activation of the pain matrix is correlated with a subjective appraisal. This identifies how the neural mechanism, corresponding to preliminary expectations, influences perception.
Our preliminary expectations are necessary to be properly prepared for the events to
come, but their collation with the real events and their subsequent revision is also very
important for an adequate accommodation. Ploghaus was the first to correlate the mechanism of appraisal and learning as related to pain with the activity of the HIP, the gyrus frontal
superior, the posterior parietal cortex and with that of the cerebellum [15].
Reappraisal
Pain is a threatening signal. The extent of being threatened also depends on how dangerous
the individual himself/herself considers the situation to be as well as on the estimation of his/
her means at his/her disposal for facing the situation. If he/she regards the latter as sufficient,
pain will be controllable and the person will fight with all his/her might. Otherwise he/she
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
54
CEMED
REVIEWS
will withdraw and will become passive. In so far as there is more possibility for control, the
extent of the danger can be reappraised, and thus the experience of pain may alter.
If the patient was allowed to control the pain stimulus himself/herself, the intensity of
his/her pain sensation would decrease. As a neural correlation, a decreased activity was found
in the ACC, the IC, and in the S2, while on the right side, in the ventrolateral part of the PFC,
an increase of activity could be seen [16].
The PFC is the key role player in the cognitive regulation of pain perception. It has
extended connections and gains information from all sensory modalities. It is in connection with limbic structures (ACC, IC, HYP, A) regulating affects, vegetative functions and
motivation as well as with cerebral regions regulating motor function, and consequently, it is
able to regulate behaviour.
The Role of Affects to Influence Pain Perception
The relationship between mood and pain perception has been comprehensively examined
under both clinical and laboratory circumstances.
It has been proved, under experimental conditions, that bad mood influences pain perception. Villemure and his colleagues examined how bad and pleasant odour influence the
perception of pain. They found that a change in the mood modified the extent of the unpleasant character of the perceived pain; however, it did not influence its intensity. It has been
found, in addition, that mood is the best predictive sign concerning the discomfort of pain to
be felt later, more predictive than the level of tension [11].
The obtained results have been confirmed by Loggia et al. [17]. He was examining, together with his colleagues, how pain perception of the subjects of the experiment changed
when their mood was influenced by being shown video recordings of natural catastrophes or
neutral cityscapes to them. The experimenters measured the extent of the unpleasant character of the pain (affective component) and the intensity of the pain (sensory component), and
also examined the change of mood as well as the level of tension or tranquillity. It was found
that disaster scenes generated bad mood and increased tension and the unpleasant character
of the applied heat pain stimulus, but not its intensity. The video of a neutral cityscape did not
bring about any change. The results confirm clinical experiences.
The examination of the pain perception of depressed patients with an extremely negative mood serves with an instructive result [18]. It was examined with fMRI what kind of
cerebral activity change there was in response to painful and non-painful heat stimulus in
patients with major depression compared with healthy ones. It was found that those with
depression, in anticipating pain, produced an increased activity on the right side IC, in the
dorsal part of the ACC and on the right side A compared with healthy people. This was so
when they anticipated a painful stimulus but not when they anticipated a painless one. During
painful stimulus, an increased activation could be observed in depressed patients on the right
side A, and a decreased activation in the rostral ACC, in the PAG and in the PFC, compared
to the application of a painless stimulus. Results show that depressed patients have an increased reaction in anticipating pain, which is able to influence the perception of the pain to
occur.
Catastrophizing pain is a condition in which experiencing pain is of an ever increasing
interest for the patient. To describe pain, the patient uses the most extremely negative attriCEMED
55
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
butes such as terrific and unbearable. He/she will not be able to pay attention to anything else,
and his/her day will be totally occupied with the kind of behaviour that is related to pain.
It can be measured with the help of Coping Strategies Questionnaire Catastrophizing Subscale [19]. How catastrophizing influences pain perception was examined. They found that in
those who reach a high value on the scale, the activities of those cerebral regions that are
connected with the anticipation of pain, the PFC, the ACC and the A – which can be related
to the emotional aspect of pain – as well as those of the motor control areas, increase [19].
To clarify in which way the medial part of the pain matrix is able to influence the development of pain as a special content of consciousness, let us make a brief survey of the mechanism of the development of emphatic pain. In this case we experience pain without suffering
from a real stimulus of pain. It will be seen that the affective-cognitive regulation related to
pain does not necessarily follow the procession of the pain stimulus, but can well be the cause
of nociperception. This may take us closer to a better understanding of chronic pain conditions (Fig. 2).
Fig. 2 The affective-cognitive regulation of pain [3]
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
56
CEMED
REVIEWS
Experiencing Others’ Pain, Empathy
Empathy is one of our faculties that develop in early childhood. Being able to assess other
people’s sensory and emotional experiences helps us establish successful relationships with
our fellow-men. We are not only able to understand the experience of others, but also to get
into a similar emotional condition, that is, we are able to feel pain experienced by other
people. Empathy is not an “all or nothing” phenomenon, and it is influenced, to a great extent,
by contextual as well as by intra- and interpersonal factors. The technical development of the
last decade has made it possible to examine the neural correlations of emphatic pain.
In their experiment, Singer and his colleagues pointed out, with the help of fMRI, the
increase of activity in the pain matrix of patients, who either experienced pain themselves,
or experienced pain caused to a close relation of theirs [8]. They could only see the hand of
their partner without seeing their emotional reactions during the examination. Different
colours of flashes of light provided information about the intensity of pain. While, in the case
of first hand experiences the whole of the pain network became activated, in the case of pain
caused to a close relation, it was only the left side anterior IC and the rostral ACC where an
increase of the activity could be detected. Its extent correlated with the level surveyed in the
empathy-questionnaire. On the basis of this, Singer comes to the conclusion that the ground
of experiencing others’s pain is the activation of that part of the pain matrix which is responsible for the affective function. The absence of the activation of the lateral part of the matrix
shows that practically no actual stimulus befell the person taking part in the examination.
Lamm and his colleagues also examined the question of experiencing others’s pain, but
they found the same neural activity in the case when the person underwent the pain experience himself, and thus they found activation – in addition to those of the ACC and the anterior IC – also in PEG, S2 and in the SMC. The activity change of both components of the pain
matrix can be caused by the context in which the pain developed as well as by the conclusions drawn by the observer [5].
On the basis of the results of Gu and Han, the perception of somebody else’s pain is not
a process without the will of one’s own, and we have to pay our attention not only to the body
of the other person but also to his pain, otherwise the activation of the cerebral regions (ACC,
IC, PMC) serving as the basis for the ground of emphatic pain, in other words, the activation
of places of both cognitive and affective functions will fail to come about. In addition, if the
situation does not fully agree with the real facts, the activation will weaken in the ACC and
fails to occur in IC and in the putamen altogether [20].
On the basis of the results of empathy examinations, it can be concluded that the activation of the medial part of the neuron matrix of pain, in other words, the affective-cognitive
processes can bring about pain experience without any painful stimulus hitting the body.
All this may be of great help to us in understanding the conditions of chronic pain. Due to the
limits of the decomposing ability of the imaging processes related to time as well as because
of the divergent experimental arrangements and of the statistical analyses, it is difficult to
reconcile contradictions. Further examinations are necessary for a proper understanding of
a precise mechanism of function.
CEMED
57
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Chronic Pain
While acute pain is of vital importance from the point of view of survival, it is difficult to
identify the adaptive function of conditions accompanying chronic pain which often exists
for years. It is a source of a lot of suffering for the sick person and imposes a big burden on
the family, the therapeutic staff and the society.
In chronic pain there is a disproportion between the intensity of the injurious stimulus,
its location and its nature, and between the pain experience. Its forms are: hypersensitivity,
when the receptive field grows so extensive that even the stimulation of areas distant from the
place of the injury produces pain and allodynia, when an innocuous stimulus evokes a painful
reaction. Assuaging chronic pain is a great challenge every physician must face and for the
sake of overcoming this challenge, we are to understand the mechanism of its assumed development [21, 22]. On the basis of the research results of recent years, its development can
be explained with the modified structure and function of its pain neuron matrix rather than
with the injury of the peripheral tissues [23, 24].
The development of acute pain experience is a process that has been studied extensively.
In acute pain studies, in the course of well-planned examinations of homogeneous groups of
patients, several aspects of pain perception could be examined. Because of the many kinds of
case records, the great variety of sickness, accompanied psychic disturbances and because of
the different accounts of the individual patients, the research of chronic pain is far more complicated. It is not easy to set up homogeneous groups suffering from the same disease. Separating the neural correlations of pain-relieving treatments of different length from those of
accompanied psychic disturbances is also rather intricate.
The neuron imaging methods providing great help in the research of acute pain have
made it possible to see the changes in the activity of the neuron network. However, the separation of the stimulating and that of the inhibitory cell groups within the matrix is not possible by these methods. Due to these causes, the results obtained with patients suffering from
chronic pain are rather contradictory.
Examinations concerning acute pain stimulus have been carried out on patients suffering from chronic pain [25]. In patients with allodynia, while applying tactile stimulus, an
increase of activity could be observed in the IC and in the S2, while there was a decrease of
activity in the ACC. In case of heat stimulus, an increase of activity was proved in the S1, the
IC and in the PFC.
Activity changes brought about by chronic pain were also examined. In the meta-analysis of studies of neuropathic patients, Moisset found that in the case of spontaneous pain the
activity of the ACC, that of the IC, the S1 and S2 as well as that of the PFC increased [26].
In case of cluster headache, regional blood flood increase was detected in the dorsal and
in the medial brainstem structures as well as in the FPC and in the cerebellum [27].
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
58
CEMED
REVIEWS
The Mechanism of the Enduring Plastic Change
of the Pain Network
On the basis of the latest research results, we have reasons to believe that the development of
chronic pain is supraspinally commanded [23, 24].
Within the pain matrix the even function of the stimulating and that of the inhibitory
neuron population lose balance, and the pathways taking part in the pain perception of certain
parts of the body grow stronger. In accordance with certain assumptions, chronic pain is a
process regulated downwards from above.
On its development, in consequence of tissular injury, an enduring plastic change of the
nerve tissue occurs in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord, in the ACC and in the IC, both playing a central role in the pain matrix. The enduring stimulus, the continuously existing decrease of the inhibition and the changed function of the descending, modulating bi-phase
pathway bring about structural and functional changes.
The development of hypersensitization, according to Zhuo, can be divided into three
phases [24]. In the phase of rapid change, which starts from the very first moments following
the injury and lasts for a few hours, the extent of stimulation, due to the change in the quantity of the outflowing mediators as well as that of the post-synaptic modulation, increases.
In addition, the decrease in local inhibition cannot be excluded. In the second phase, which
is enduring and can last from some hours up to some days, the translation mechanisms also
contribute to its development. The quantity of proteins playing a key role in the transmission
of signs, such as the quantity of the NMDA (glutamate) receptors, increases. Trophic and
other factors, playing a role in the promotion of growth, also contribute to long-lasting transformation. Because of the increased quantity of materials that have their parts in the transmission of signs, the possibility of the development of positive intracortical feed back loops also
occurs. In the third, persisting phase the aforementioned structural changes will enduringly
be maintained, a reorganization of cortical neuron networks will come into being, new relations will be established among areas within the cortex. In the background of structural
changes, potentially, a loss of cells in the population of inhibitory cells may also have a role.
The balance of the descending stimulating/inhibitory pathways will change in conditions of chronic pain. The balance shifts, following the activation of the ACC, towards the
activation of the stimulating pathway originating in the RVM. At the same time, the activity
of the inhibitory path connected with the endogenic opioid mechanism originating in the
PAG decreases.
In patients with laesio in the ACC, following the inhibition of the NMDA receptors of
the ACC and following the laesio of the RVM which is the starting point of the descending
stimulation path, and while antagonizing 5-HT which is the mediator of the descending stimulation in the spinal cord, analgesia was observed in patients suffering from chronic pain.
This supports the hypothesis that in chronic pain conditions the path of the descending stimulation may have a key role in the development of pain [23, 24]. This, however, conveys the
suggestion that the activation of the pain matrix is not brought about by the pain stimulus
affecting the body. There exists a possibility that it is the part of the pain matrix carrying out
the affective-cognitive regulation that sets the process in action. The healing strategies of
chronic pain conditions cannot leave therapeutic means involving affective-cognitive regulation out of consideration (Fig. 3).
CEMED
59
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Fig. 3 Descending bi-phase modulation [24]
Discussion
Acute pain is an unpleasant experience that develops as a consequence of actual or potential
tissue injury. It is an important sign that is indispensable for survival, and helps us to avoid
aversive situations and urges us to ask for help. Depending on the individual and on individual contexts, people give accounts of very different experiences caused by the same stimulus [9]. An outline of the development of pain as a special content of the consciousness
renders help for the sometimes very difficult task of assuaging pain.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
60
CEMED
REVIEWS
The functional imaging procedures of recent decades have made it possible to study pain
perception, the development of the pain experience and those neural connections that are in
the background of these, by way of experiences providing information about the development of acute pain [1, 2, 4].
It has become obvious that there is no single pain centre existing. The development of
pain, as a special content of the consciousness, is brought about by an impulse caused by simultaneously evolved and connected neuron cell populations.
Cerebral regions that play roles in the development of pain are called, in the corresponding literature, the neuron matrix or the network of pain. The parts of this pain network are:
the ACC, the IC, the PEG, the S2, the PFC and the Th [4]. Though less often mentioned in
pain studies, the SMA and the primary motor cortex (PMC), the posterior parietal area, the
posterior cingulate, the basal ganglia, the Hyp, the amygdala (A), the parabrachial cores, the
PAG and the RVMG can also be counted here.
The development of the pain experience is, to a large extent, the result of the simultaneous activation of the closely cooperating networks with the lateral sensory and those of the
medial cognitive-affective functions [6]. The function of the lateral part of the pain network
covers the identification of the stimulus, its spatial and chronological discrimination and the
judgement of its intensity. The medial part of the pain matrix modulates, basically through
cognitive and affective regulation, the individual nature of pain [3]. Cognitive regulation influences the quality of the pain experience through attention, the formation of preliminary
expectations, and the mechanisms of reassessment. It is the affects, the enduringly maintained negative emotional conditions, that predict the unpleasant nature of pain well but do
not predict its intensity [17, 18]. Strigo and his colleagues found, during the examination of
acute pain development in patients suffering from depression, that in this lastingly negative
mood the patients produced an increased reaction in anticipating pain [18].
To examine how the medial part of the pain matrix is able to influence the development
of pain regarded as a special content of consciousness, we surveyed the development of the
mechanism of emphatic pain. Empathy is that faculty of ours with the help of which we are
able to experience the emotions and the pain of others. Its neural correlations can be depicted
with the help of various functional imaging procedures [5, 8, 20]. On the basis of the results
of empathy examinations, it can be said that when observing the pain of others, the medial
part of the neuron matrix of pain will be activated and the affective-cognitive processes may
give rise to the emergence of pain experience in the observer even without being excited by
a direct stimulus.
The treatment of chronic pain conditions constitutes one of the greatest challenges for
public health service in our days. The limited success of the applied relieving processes
causes a lot of suffering for both the patient and his/her environment; it imposes a considerable financial burden on society and as far as the medical staff is concerned, for them it is a
source of frustration. The understanding of the development of chronic pain may lead us to
the establishment of more efficient pain-relieving strategies.
The basis of the development of chronic pain is a long-lasting, plastic change in those
neural structures that play a role in pain perception [23, 24].
According to the examinations of Zhuo, the process is influenced from upwards descending downwards. In addition to the spinal cord, the enduring, plastic transformation of
the ACC and that of the IC can also be well detected, both playing a central role in the pain
CEMED
61
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
matrix. Hypersensitization can be divided into three phases: the rapid, the enduring and the
persisting ones. In consequence of these processes, a structural transformation will come into
being between certain cortical areas as well as between the neural populations of the different
cortical layers. The balance of stimulation and inhibition will upset within the pain network.
Continuous stimulation will be transferred, via the descending stimulating path originating in
the RVM, to spinal structures.
Chronic pain conditions provide a good example of the fact that physical and psychical
processes cannot be separated from each other and they bring about, with close connection
with each other, that special content of consciousness that we call pain and that, in the given
context, is characteristic of human beings only.
A better understanding of the development of the pain experience is of great help for
every medical person to be able to relieve the pain of their patients as efficiently as possible.
The relief of pain must be performed, in every single case, on the basis of individual
strategy and in close cooperation with the patient. The intensity of the pain experience as well
as the level of its unpleasantness indicates the size of the pain neuron matrix activity. Its
measure will have an influence over the applied pain-relieving demands.
The means that help to influence the affective and the cognitive components of pain
perception are at the disposal of not only psychotherapists but all medical people. The following things can be rated here: the improvement of the patient’s mood, the decrease of his/
her fear and stress, the distraction of his/her attention from the painful part of his/her body or
from that of the painful situation. The appraisal of the situation, the influencing of the preliminary expectations concerning the oncoming pain and last but not least, the modification
of the reappraisal of the painful situation can be assured by providing a possibility to control
as well as by providing the necessary means for facing and overcoming the situation.
The aforementioned can contribute to the efficiency of our pain-relieving activity and
most importantly, it can make our patients’ lives easier.
References
[1] Stephenson, D. T., Arneric, S. P.: Neuroimaging of pain: advances and future prospects. J. Pain, 2008, 9,
567–579.
[2] Tracey, I.: Imaging pain. Br. J. Anaesth., 2008, 101, 32–39.
[3] Wiech, K., Ploner, M., Tracey, I.: Neurocognitive aspects of pain perception. Trends Cogn. Sci., 2008, 12,
306–313.
[4] Apkarian, V. A., Bushnell, C. M., Treede, R. et al.: Human brain mechanisms of pain perception and regulation in health and disease. Eur. J. Pain, 2005, 9, 463–484.
[5] Lamm, C., Nusbaum, H. C., Meltzoff, A. N. et al.: What are you feeling? Using functional magnetic resonance
imaging to assess the modulation of sensory and affective responses during empathy for pain. PLoS ONE,
2007, 2, e1292.
[6] Chen, C. A.: Pain perception and its genesis in the human brain. Acta Physiol. Sin., 2008, 60, 677–685.
[7] Murányi, M., Radák, Z.: Fájdalom és ópioidok. Orv. Hetil., 2008, 149, 2363–2370.
[8] Singer, T., Seymour, B., O’Doherty, J. et al.: Empathy for pain involves the affective but not sensory components of pain. Science, 2004, 303, 1157–1162.
[9] Coghil, R. C., McHaffie, J. G., Yen, Y. F.: Neural correlates of interindividual differences in the subjective
experience of pain. PNAS, 2003, 100, 8538–8542.
[10] Bantick, S. J., Wise, R. G., Ploghaus, A. et al.: Imaging how attention modulates pain in humans using functional MRI. Brain, 2002, 125, 310–319.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
62
CEMED
REVIEWS
[11] Frankenstein, U. N., Richter, W., McIntyre, M. C. et al.: Distraction modulates anterior cingulate gyrus activations during the cold pressor test. Neuroimage, 2001, 14, 827–836.
[12] Villemure, C., Slotnick, B. M., Bushnell, M. C.: Effects of odors on pain perception: deciphering the roles of
emotion and attention. Pain, 2003, 106, 101–108.
[13] Fields, H. L., Basbaum, A.: Central nervous system mechanisms of pain modulation. In: McMahon, S. B.,
Koltzenburg, M. (eds): Textbook of Pain. Elsevier, London, 2006, pp. 125–142.
[14] Porro, C. A., Baraldi, P., Pagnono, G. et al.: Does anticipation of pain affect cortical nociceptive systems?
J. Neurosci., 2002, 22, 3206–3214.
[15] Ploghaus, A.: Learning about pain: the neural substrate of the prediction error for aversive events. Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 2000, 97, 9281–9286.
[16] Salomon, T. V., Johnstone, T., Backonja, M. M. et al.: Individual differences in the effects of perceived controllability on pain perception: critical role of the prefrontal cortex. J. Cogn. Neurosci., 2007, 19, 993–1003.
[17] Loggia, M. L., Jeffrey, S., Mogil, M. et al.: Experimentally induced mood changes preferentially affect
pain unpleasantness. J. Pain, 2008, 9, 784–791.
[18] Strigo, I. A., Simmons, A. N., Matthews, S. C. et al.: Association of major depressive disorder with altered
functional brain response during anticipation and processing of heat pain. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 2008, 65,
1275–1284.
[19] Gracely, R. H., Geisser, M. E., Giesecke, T. et al.: Pain catastrophizing and neural responses to pain among
persons with fibromyalgia. Brain, 2004, 127, 835–843.
[20] Gu, X., Han, S.: Attention and reality constraints on the neural processes of empathy for pain. Neuroimage,
2007, 36, 256–267.
[21] Kehlet, H., Jensen, T. S., Wool, C. J.: Persistent postsurgical pain: risk factors and prevention. Lancet, 2006,
367, 1618–1625.
[22] Carrasquillo, Y., Gereau, R. W.: Pain sensitization. Learn. Mem., 2008, 4, 65–90.
[23] Ko, S., Zhuo, M.: Central plasticity and persistent pain. Drug discovery today. Dis. Model., 2004, 1,
101–106.
[24] Zhuo, M.: Cortical excitation and chronic pain. Trends Neurosci., 2008, 31, 199–207.
[25] Lorenz, J., Cross, D. J., Minoshima, S. et al.: A unique representation of heat allodynia in the human brain.
Neuron, 2002, 35, 383–393.
[26] Moisset, X., Bouhassira, D.: Brain imaging of neuropathic pain. Neuroimage, 2007, 37 (Suppl. 1), S80–S88.
[27] Weiller, C., May, A., Limmroth, V. et al.: Brain stem activation in spontaneous human migraine attacks. Nat.
Med., 1995, 1, 658–660.
CEMED
63
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
The Evaluation of Therapeutic Modalities
in the Treatment of Palmary and Axillary Hyperhydrosis
KÁROLY VINCZE1, LÁSZLÓ HERKE1, JÓZSEF FERENCZY2,
ISTVÁN SEFFER2, ZSUZSANNA LELOVICS3
Department of General Vascular and Thoracic Surgery,
Kaposi Mór Teaching Hospital, Kaposvár, Hungary
2
Seffer–Renner Private Clinic, Kaposvár, Hungary
3
Faculty of Health Sciences, University of Pécs, Pécs, Hungary
1
The authors summarize their therapeutic methods of palmary and axillary hyperhydrosis (HH). They discuss the
characteristics, frequency of upper limb and patho-anatomical features of chronic sweating. Therapeutic measures,
treatment methods, technological improvements, recent knowledge and relevant literature are used to summarize an
almost 40 years’ experience. Open thoracotomic desympathisation applied at the beginning was gradually replaced
by a minimally invasive VATS-sympathectomy (video-assisted thoracoscopic surgery). The possibilities of conservative treatment and local excision methods will also be discussed, as well as the application and efficiency of
Botox®-treatments used in plastic surgery. The mean frequency of 0.1–1.0% described in the literature is indicative
of a significant number of unresolved cases, which thus requires more efficient diagnostic measures and patient
orientation practices. The authors’ past experiences suggest that the most efficient treatment of upper limb HH is
thoracic sympathectomy (ramicotomy and the relevant T2–T3 or T4 ganglia) according to the Smithwick procedure
and it has been modified by others. If necessary, one-stage bilateral VATS-surgery may be applied. Another effective
conservative treatment regimen is the Botox® therapy, which was applied individually at the Department of Plastic
Surgery. No significant complications or compensatory HH could be observed.
Keywords: hyperhydrosis, thoracic sympathectomy, VATS, botulinum toxin-A
Introduction
Primary (local) hyperhydrosis (HH) is excessive sweating due to the activation of the vegetative sympathetic system irrespective of the environmental temperature [1, 2]. The disease can
greatly influence lifestyle, work, socialisation of the individuals and can be the cause of psychological disorders [1, 2]. Despite the extensive interest reflected in the international literature, national publications about prevalence, clinical features and treatment possibilities are
missing [3, 4]. The prevalence of HH is around 0.1–1.0% [1, 2, 4, 5], and thus probably its
incidence is higher than public opinion suggests.
The aim of reviewing nearly 40 years’ experience in the treatment of HH was to show
the results achieved in the mirror of the changes in surgical techniques. Our standard surgical
procedure was thoracic sympathectomy (TS) (Smithwick developed) [6], which we performed
as axillar thoracotomy at the beginning and then with VATS (video-assisted thoracoscopic
surgery). In addition, this study is meant to present experiences in Botulinum toxin (Botox)
(Vistabel/Allergan/, active substance: 50 units A-type Clostridium botulinum toxin) produced
Corresponding address: Zsuzsanna Lelovics MD, Vörösmarty Mihály u. 4, 7621 Pécs, Hungary.
E-mail: lelovics@yahoo.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28618
65
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
65–71.
REVIEWS
by the Clostridium botulinum treatment. This was based on individual decision. Botox therapy began to spread in domestic plastic surgery in the 1990s as the primary therapy for HH
affecting the axillary region [7–10].
Background
The first surgery, as a therapy (curing epilepsy), was performed on the sympathetic nervous
system by Alexander [11]. Leriche (in 1913), and later Brüning (1923), suggested cutting the
sympathetic nerves to solve atherosclerotic vascular problems [12, 13]. Kotzareff performed
his first TS to cure HH in 1920 [14]. Smithwick published his suggestions concerning the
technique of thoracic sympathectomy in 1938. This is supposed to be used even today [6].
Hughes in 1942, and Goetz and Marr in South Africa in 1944 performed TS with thoracoscopic technique independently [15, 16]. Kux reported results of 1,400 cases of thoracoscopic sympathectomy in 1954 (he had performed thoracoscopic sympathectomy as early as
1937, but he published his findings only later [17]). In 1990, Kao presented the first TS performed using VATS technique [18].
Kiss (related to his research done in the Anatomy Institute at Pécs University, and published as his dissertation in 1957) clarified the segmental origin of preganglionic neurons of
the thoracic and lumbal sympathetic chain [19]. Papp and Winter reported sympathectomy
performed by way of thoracic surgery [20], while Kulka and Fazekas published the results of
bilateral (extrapleural) TS done at the same time [21]. These surgeries were done because of
ischemic syndrome as those done later by Csengődy and Fauszt as a TS solution related to
thoracic outlet syndrome (TOS) [22].
Nagy and his co-worker published the first Hungarian videoendoscopic TS [23]. TS
performed using VATS technique by Fazekas and his co-workers aimed to solve ischemic
problems, and they did not perform TS to treat HH [23, 24].
Lőke performed the first TS from axillary thoracotomy as a therapeutic measure for HH
in 1971 [3]. This was the first surgery performed to cure HH in Hungary. TS was suggested
as a therapy for HH in the handbook of thoracic surgery published in Hungary in 2006 [4].
Several papers concerning the techniques and effectiveness of TS in the treatment of HH
have been published [2, 9, 25–29]. There are data on extending the T2–T3 ganglia excision to
T4 suggested by Smithwick, its positive role in axillary HH [26], and the use of clips instead
of ganglionectomy that can be transferred or removed if needed [9]. In other cases, e.g. palmar
HH dominancy, there is a difference in therapeutic effects between the sympathectomy or resection of the affected section and ganglia [30]. Most of the reports agree that TS performed
with any kind of surgical technique is almost 100% effective (HH disappears) [9, 25, 28, 30,
31]. Lin reported the results of 1,360 TS performed for treating HH: HH disappeared in 99%
of the cases, and the ratio was similar on the follow-up examination 28 months later [32].
Introduction of the VATS technique decreased the complications of TS significantly,
and several authors confirmed the advantages of the method [28, 30, 32]. Our relatively
small number of VATS surgeries also confirms this. The most common complication is
compensatory HH (Kestenholz showed it to be 4–48%) [33], (others found it around 60%) [9,
26, 27, 29, 32]. In our patient population, this could not be confirmed. Postoperative dilata-
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
66
CEMED
REVIEWS
tion disturbances occurred in 2.0–2.5% [32, 34, 35]; the Horner triad – usually transient –
occurred in 2–5% [9, 28, 29, 32].
Ueyama reviewed TS done by VATS technique (50 Japanese institutions, 7,017 operated
HH) and observed intraoperative bleeding in 0.3% and Horner triad in 2–5% [28]. Ojimba
registered the occurrence of Horner symptom to be 1% and that of pneumothorax to be 2%
in a British statistics [34]. Others documented the decrease of complications on using VATS
technique [9, 35].
Clinical Data and Methods
For the methods used in different periods and their results and complications see Table 1.
The data processing was based on the surgical and out-patient documentation. The longterm (>1 year) follow up was done partly by way of written communication, partly on personal interviews. The mean age of the patients was 31.1 years (SD: 9.8, range: 12–56 years).
One hundred and three females and only four males were included in the study.
We performed the Smithwick type TS from axillary thoracotomy in the first 19 years.
The rate of complications was not significant; the main problem was intercostal neuralgia
lasting for months in two cases (Table 1).
In the second period, we performed TS from a “mini” thoracotomy. Although the sample
was relatively small, the patients were satisfied, complications were rare and HH disappeared
completely. We managed to shorten the duration of hospitalisation.
Not only did the introduction of the VATS technique at our department in 1998 reduce
the time of hospitalization from more than 8 days to one-third, but there were also no complications (we performed bilateral TS, working with three ports). We did not use CO2-insufflation in the thoracic cavity, but we kept apart the lungs with the “fan” introduced through
the 3rd port.
Botox therapy was done in the Seffer–Renner Private Clinic. The treated area was the
surface covered with hirci; the therapeutical effectivity was measured with iodine-starch test.
Generally, patients got 100 NE Botox injection. It was necessary to repeat the treatment because of the recurrence of HH after 6–8 months. No severe complications were detected.
Discussion
HH is an excessive perspiration, more intense than necessary for thermoregulation. It can
be focal (primary, local) or general (secondary) [36]. The focal appearance can be found on
the palms, axilla, face and feet. The 4–5 millions of sweat glands are more densely distributed on the skin surfaces of these body regions. The density of sweat glands can even be
500–700 cm−2 on the palms and axilla [31, 36].
Although the exact pathogenesis of HH is unknown, the local appearance in half of the
cases is determined genetically; the autosomal dominant inheritance is proved [7, 25, 37].
The rate of primary HH is 0.1–1.0% [5–7, 25, 31, 36, 37]. Around half (58 patients) of the
individuals treated were from our medical attendance area, while the others came from dif-
CEMED
67
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
Table 1 The clinical data of our patients
Period
1971–1990
1990–1998
Number
of patients
Axill.
thoracothomy
(axill. HH: + Smithwick
18, palm.
type TS
10, both 18) resection of T2–3
ganglia and
sympathectomy
46
18
(axill. 6,
palm. 5,
both 7)
1998–
Methods
16
„Mini” axill.
thoracothomy
+ thoracic
symp. (TS)
VATS-TS
Length
of hospital
No.
stay
27
(ax. HH)
Altogether
Results
Type
8.3 days
6
2 neuralgia
1 pneumonia
1 bleeding
1 Horner triad
1 wound healing
problem
6 days
3
1 expansion disorder HH disappeared in 100%
1 postoperative
Patient satisfaction > 95%
pleuritis
Comp. HH = 0
1 wound healing
problem (wound
edge necrosis)
3.5 days
0
(axill. 4,
palm. 6,
both 6)
Since 2003
Complications
Clostr.
Botulinum-A
toxin inj.
(Botox)
Intradermal
application 100
NE in multiple
phases
(as out-patients)
25 bilateral
therapies
In 8 cases 2×,
in 3 cases 3×,
in 2 patient
unilateral
therapy
HH disappeared in 100%
Patient satisfaction > 90%
Comp. HH = 0
HH disappeared in 100
Patient satisfaction 100%
Comp. HH = 0
Effect was 100%,
but after 8–10 months
declines and disappears.
The injection is painful,
the application is costly.
107
ferent parts of the country. There are no Hungarian data on the incidence of HH. The incidence of HH is 1.0% in the UK [8]; a survey among 150,000 people showed a 2.8% frequency in the United States in 2003 [31], and this means an incidence higher than 8% in he
whole population. According to the survey by Adar (in Israel), the incidence of severe HH is
0.15–0.25%, which affects mainly the young [5].
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
68
CEMED
REVIEWS
HH is the most frequent among women and between ages 20 and 45 [1, 2, 9, 36]. Onethird of the sufferers of HH have only axillary, while 25–29% of them only palmar excessive
sweating [26, 27, 31, 36]. The abnormal sweating appears in childhood in 75% of the cases
[27], which manifests in young adulthood [1, 5, 31]. Those who suffer from different HH
rarely require therapy. The mild and moderate sweating is a factor in everyday life [1], and
only severe HH requires medical attendance [7, 9, 28, 29].
The conservative therapeutical possibilities cover a wide range, although they are ineffective in severe cases [2, 7, 31, 36]. In the first line anticholinergic drugs, local astringents,
glutaraldehide powder, iontophoresis and sedatives are used [7, 9, 31, 38]. The alcoholic solution of 20% aluminium-chlorate hexahydrate can help in mild or medium HH [31, 37].
Botox therapy was performed in the Seffer–Renner Private Outpatient Clinic in Kaposvár, Hungary. The Botox injection made from A serotype of C. botulinum was used primarily
to cure the axillary HH since the beginning of the 1990s [39, 40]. It was used individually
after detailed information was provided for the patients. Following the assessment of distribution of the sweat glands in the axillary region, Botox was administered as injection in
doses stated earlier. The therapy was effective through 6–8 months. Our results were similar
to those published in the literature [2, 7, 36].
We did not perform local excision in cases of axillary HH. We did not try this in HH
because of predictable disadvantages despite the high number of supportive reports [41–43].
Excision techniques used by Breach [41] and Hafner [43] and the fat suction method by
Shenaq [44] were also missing from our practice. Thoracic sympathectomy became the “gold
standard” of the HH therapy in the middle of the last century [4, 7, 9, 28, 29].
Conclusion
Our results and experiences in curing HH with VATS sympathectomy suggest that further
efforts should be made to continue it. In the case of bilateral HH, the benefits of bilateral
solution were described by others simultaneously [45]. Instead of several ineffective conservative solutions, the Botox injection therapy is available for those who do not want the surgery [7, 10, 38, 40, 46], ensuring a reassuring result for 6–8 months. Surgical TS preferably
performed with VAT technique could provide a long-lasting, reliable result along the negligible proportion of complications. More effective discovery, diagnosis of HH patients and
admitting them to specialized institutes would provide help in treatment of their abnormal
sweating in many more cases.
Acknowledgments
The authors thank all the colleagues, especially Dezső Embey-Isztin MD, for referring their
patients with hyperhydrosis to our department.
CEMED
69
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
REVIEWS
References
[1] Telaranta, T.: Treatment of social phobia by endoscopic thoracic sympathicotomy. Eur. J. Surg. Suppl., 1998,
580, 27–32.
[2] Stolman, L. P.: Treatment of hyperhidrosis. Dermatol. Clin., 1998, 16, 863–869.
[3] Lőke, M.: A felső végtag transthoracalis desympathizálása [= Transthoracal sympathectomy of the upper
limb]. Somogyi Orv. Szle., 1975, 15, 99–103.
[4] Vadász, P. (ed.): Az általános mellkassebészet tankönyve [= Manual of General Thoracic Surgery]. Semmelweis, Budapest, 2006, pp. 99–100.
[5] Adar, R.: Surgical treatment of palmar hyperhidrosis before thoracoscopy: experience with 475 patients.
Eur. J. Surg. Suppl., 1994, 572, 9–11.
[6] Smithwick, R. H.: Modified dorsal sympathectomy for vascular spasm (Raynaud’s disease) of the upper
extremity: a preliminary report. Ann. Surg., 1936, 104, 339–350.
[7] Amin, K. A.: Primary focal hyperhidrosis. Dermatol. Rev. J., 2007, 2, 1–9.
[8] Collin, J., Whatling, P.: Treating hyperhidrosis. Surgery and botulinum toxin are treatments of choice in
severe cases. Br. Med. J., 2000, 320, 1221–1222.
[9] Reisfeld, R.: Sympathectomy for hyperhidrosis: should we place the clamps at T2–T3 or T3–T4? Clin. Auton.
Res., 2006, 16, 384–389.
[10] Glogau, R. G.: Botulinum A neurotoxin for axillary hyperhidrosis. No sweat Botox. Dermatol. Surg., 1998,
24, 817–819.
[11] Alexander, W.: The Treatment of Epilepsy. Y. J. Pentland, Edinburgh, 1889, p. 228.
[12] Leriche, R.: De l’èlongation et de la section des nerfs pèrivasculaires daus certains syndromes douloureux d’origine artèrielle et daus quelques troubles trophiques. Lyon Chir., 1913, 10, 378–382.
[13] Brüning, F.: Zur Technik der kombinierten Resektionsmethode sämtlicher sympatischen Nervenbahnen
am Halse. Tbl. für Chir., 1923, 51, 1056–1059.
[14] Kotzareff, A.: Rèsection partielle du tronc sympathique cervical droit pour hyperhydrose unilatèrale (regious) faciale, cervicale, thoraque et brachiale droites. Rev. Med. Suisse Rom., 1920, 40, 111–113.
[15] Hughes, J.: Endothoracic sympathectomy. Proc. R. Soc. Med., 1942, 35, 585–586.
[16] Goetz, R. H., Marr, J. A. S.: The importance of the second thoracic ganglion for the sympathetic supply of
the upper extremities. Clin. Proc. (Cape Town), 1944, 3, 102–114.
[17] Kux, E.: Thorakoskopische Eingriffe am Nervensystem. Georg Thieme, Stuttgart, 1954.
[18] Kao, M. C., Lin, J. Y., Chen, Y. L. et al.: Minimally invasive surgery: video endoscopic thoracic sympathectomy for palmar hyperhidrosis. Ann. Acad. Med. Singapore, 1996, 25, 673–678.
[19] Kiss, T.: Adatok a lumbális sympathectomia sebészi bonctanához, patológiájához és klinikumához [= Data for
surgical anatomy, pathology and clinical course of lumbal sympathectomy]. Kandidátusi értekezés [= PhD
thesis]. Pécs, 1957.
[20] Papp, S., Winter, L.: A mellkasi behatolással végzett thoracalis sympathetomiákról [= Thoracic sympathectomies from thoracotomy]. Magy. Seb., 1968, 11, 120–127.
[21] Kulka, F., Fazekas, S.: Egy ülésben végzett kétoldali thoracalis sympathectomia [= Simultaneous bilateral
thoracic sympathectomy]. Magy. Seb., 1967, 20, 233–234.
[22] Csengődy, J., Fauszt, J.: Befolyásolja-e a thoracalis sympathectomia a mellkas-vállövi kompressziós syndroma műtéti eredményeit? [= Does thoracic sympathectomy influence the surgical result of thoracic outlet
syndrome?] Magy. Seb., 1985, 38, 226–231.
[23] Nagy, A., Guba, Á., Szabados, Gy. et al.: Endoscopos thoracalis sympathectomia. Magy. Seb., 1993, 46,
235–238.
[24] Fazekas, T., Sebestény, M., Bátorfy, J. et al.: Videoendoscopos thoracalis sympathectomia. Magy. Seb., 1996,
49, 203–209.
[25] Ro, K. M., Cantor, R. M., Lange, K. L. et al.: Palmar hyperhidrosis: evidence of genetic transmission. J. Vasc.
Surg., 2002, 35, 382–386.
[26] Licht, P. B., Jørgensen, O. D., Ladegaard, L. et al.: Thoracoscopic sympathectomy for axillary hyperhidrosis:
the influence of T4. Ann. Thorac. Surg., 2005, 80, 455–460.
[27] Lin, C. C., Mo, L. R., Lee, L. S. et al.: Thoracoscopic T2-sympathetic block by clipping – a better and reversible operation for treatment of hyperhidrosis palmaris: experience with 326 cases. Eur. J. Surg. Suppl., 1998,
580, 13–16.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
70
CEMED
REVIEWS
[28] Ueyama, T., Matsumoto, Y., Abe, Y. et al.: Endoscopic thoracic sympathicotomy in Japan. Ann. Chir.
Gynaecol., 2001, 90, 200–202.
[29] Yamamoto, H., Kanehira, A., Kawamura, M. et al.: Needlescopic surgery for palmar hyperhidrosis. J. Thorac.
Cardiovasc. Surg., 2000, 120, 276–279.
[30] Assalia, A., Bahouth, H., Ilivitzki, A. et al.: Thoracoscopic sympathectomy for primary palmar hyperhidrosis:
resection versus transection – a prospective trial. World J. Surg., 2007, 31, 1976–1981.
[31] Strutton, D. R., Kowalski, J. W., Glaser, D. A. et al.: US prevalence of hyperhidrosis and impact on individuals with axillary hyperhidrosis: results from a national survey. J. Am. Acad. Dermatol., 2004, 51, 241–248.
[32] Lin, T. S., Fang, H. Y.: Transthoracic endoscopic sympathectomy in the treatment of palmar hyperhidrosis
– with emphasis on perioperative management (1360 case analyses). Surg. Neurol., 1999, 52, 453–457.
[33] Kestenholz, P. B., Weder, W.: Thoracic sympathectomy. Curr. Probl. Dermatol., 2002, 30, 64–76.
[34] Ojimba, T. A., Cameron, A. E.: Drawbacks of endoscopic thoracic sympathectomy. Br. J. Surg., 2004, 91,
264–269.
[35] Zacherl, J., Imhof, M., Huber, E. R. et al.: Video assistance reduces complication rate of thoracoscopic
sympathicotomy for hyperhidrosis. Ann. Thorac. Surg., 1999, 68, 1177–1181.
[36] Haider, A., Solish, N.: Focal hyperhidrosis: diagnosis and management. CMAJ, 2005, 172, 69–75.
[37] Kaufmann, H., Saadia, D., Polin, C. et al.: Primary hyperhidrosis – evidence for autosomal dominant inheritance. Clin. Auton. Res., 2003, 13, 96–98.
[38] Atkins, J. L., Butler, P. E.: Hyperhidrosis: a review of current management. Plast. Reconstr. Surg., 2002, 110,
222–228.
[39] Naumann, M., Flachenecker, P., Bröcker, E. B. et al.: Botulinum toxin for palmar hyperhidrosis. Lancet, 1997,
349, 252.
[40] Heckmann, M., Ceballos-Baumann, A. O., Plewig, G. et al.: Botulinum toxin A for axillary hyperhidrosis
(excessive sweating). N. Engl. J. Med., 2001, 344, 488–493.
[41] Breach, N. M.: Axillary hyperhidrosis: surgical cure with aesthetic scars. Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl., 1979, 61,
295–297.
[42] Tung, T. C., Wie, F. C.: Excision of subcutaneous tissue for the treatment of axillary osmidrosis. Br. J. Plast.
Surg., 1997, 50, 61–66.
[43] Hafner, J., Beer, G. M.: Axillary sweat gland excision. Curr. Probl. Dermatol., 2002, 30, 57–63.
[44] Shenaq, S. M., Spira, M., Christ, J.: Treatment of bilateral axillary hyperhidrosis by suction-assisted lipolysis technique. Ann. Plast. Surg., 1987, 19, 548–551.
[45] Elia, S., Guggino, G., Mineo, D. et al.: Awake one stage bilateral thoracoscopic sympathectomy for palmar hyperhidrosis: a safe outpatient procedure. Eur. J. Cardiothorac. Surg., 2005, 28, 312–317.
[46] Moran, K. T., Brady, M. P.: Surgical management of primary hyperhidrosis. Br. J. Surg., 1991, 78, 279–283.
CEMED
71
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
ORIGINAL PAPERS
In Vitro Model of Bone Regeneration
with Bioactive Glass and Lipid Peroxidation
LIDIJA MRAKOVCIC1, MARINA CINDRIC2, NEVEN ZARKOVIC1,
SUZANA BOROVIC SUNJIC1, ANDREA MOGUS MILANKOVIC3,
RENATE WILDBURGER4
Division of Molecular Medicine, Rudjer Boskovic Institute, Zagreb, Croatia
2
Department of Pathology, School of Medicine, University of Zagreb,
University Hospital Centre, Zagreb, Croatia
3
NMR Center, Rudjer Boskovic Institute, Zagreb, Croatia
4
Universitätsklinik für Unfallchirurgie, Medizinische Universität Graz, Graz, Austria
1
Tissue regeneration is a complex biological process of vital importance since it allows renewal of damaged cells and
organs. The healing of long bones and large joints is often extended or incomplete primarily in elderly people or in
polytraumatized patients. Various attempts are made to solve this severe medical and social problem by developing
novel bioactive materials, among which bioactive glass is the most attractive because of its osteoconductive and
osteostimulative properties. Lipid peroxidation is defined as an important parameter of systematic stress response in
patients with traumatic brain injuries and bone fractures. The major bioactive marker and final product of lipid peroxidation, 4-hydroxynonenal (HNE), is a particularly interesting biomolecule because it regulates differentiation,
proliferation and apoptosis of cells and might therefore play an important role in regulating the regeneration of damaged tissue such as bone. Therefore, in this study, we investigated the concept of using bioactive glass functionalized
with HNE as an in vitro model of bone regeneration.
Keywords: bone regeneration, bioactive glass, 4-hydroxynonenal
Abbreviations
HNE = 4-hydroxynonenal; bFGF = basic fibroblast growth factor; IGF-1 = insulin like growth factor type 1;
BSA = bovine serum albumin; HOS = human osteosarcoma cell line; DMEM = Dulbecco’s modified eagle medium;
FCS = fetal calf serum
Introduction
Fractures of long bones or large joints are often not followed by successful recovery, in particular in elderly patients, in patients who suffer from multi-fragmentary bone fractures or in
polytraumatized patients. Because these fractures cause severe pain and long-lasting invalidity, they represent not only a difficult medical disorder but also a serious social and economic problem. In a large number of cases, the resulting skeletal deficiencies require surgical
intervention and repair [1]. An important problem in orthopaedic surgery is the choice between a transplanted viable tissue and an implanted synthetic material. While the use of autografts has been the most widely recommended approach, it does have its drawbacks, inCorresponding address: Lidija Mrakovcic MD, Division of Molecular Medicine, Laboratory for Oxidative Stress,
Rudjer Boskovic Institute, Bijenicka 54, Zagreb, Croatia. E-mail: lidija.mrakovcic@irb.hr
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.7
73
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
73–78.
ORIGINAL PAPERS
cluding donor site morbidity, limited donor bone supply as well as different anatomic and
structural problems. On the other hand, rejection phenomena and the risk of viral transmission with allogenic and xenogenic grafts lead to reduced usage of these materials for the
transplantation of living tissues in reconstructive surgery [2–4]. Research on bone-substitute
materials has been conducted to overcome this problem. Ideally, a bone graft should be biocompatible, able to support abundant bone formation (osteoconductive), able to induce bone
formation (osteoinductive), able to form a continuous interface with surrounding bone tissue
(osteointegrative), able to support angiogenesis and able to be structurally and mechanically
compatible with bone tissue. Bioactive material is by definition “one that elicits a specific
biological response at the interface of the material that results in the formation of a bond
between the tissues and the material” [5]. There is a wide range of calcium phosphate ceramics (Ca–P), bioactive glasses (BG) and bioactive glass-ceramics currently available in the
market [6, 7]. These materials generate a carbonated hydroxyapatite layer that is chemically
and structurally equivalent to the biological mineral of bone. This is known to be the determining step for biointegration [8]. Furthermore, it was found that BG with a composition of
less than 55% SiO2 not only exhibit osteoconductivity, but are also responsible for osteoproduction by stimulating proliferation and differentiation of osteoprogenitor cells [9]. These
glasses have been widely used in a variety of clinical applications, from middle ear ossicular
prosthesis in otological surgery to bone grafting material in the fields of maxillofacial surgery
and dentistry [10, 11]. Major bone-bioactive material known to date is 45S5 bioactive glass
[4]. In addition to being osteointegrative, the biocompatible, osteoconductive and osteoinductive nature of 45S5 bioactive glass has been well documented [4, 12–18]. Nevertheless,
synthetic materials typically cannot replace all the functions of a host tissue and are incapable
of adapting to the changing requirements of the body over time. Because of these limitations,
the search for new alternative strategies for repairing bone defects has been focused on tissue
engineering.
On the other hand, the phenomenon of enhanced osteogenesis in patients with traumatic
brain injury that exert very short period of bone healing followed by heterotopic ossification
or hypertrophic callus formation has been found to be connected with stress response that
involves hormonal imbalance associated with the change of growth factor activities, in particular bFGF and IGF-1, together with oxidative stress and lipid peroxidation [19–23]. Thus,
lipid peroxidation was defined as an important parameter of systemic response in patients
with traumatic brain injuries and with bone fractures. Recent results have shown that the end
product of lipid peroxidation, 4-hydroxynonenal (HNE), acts as a growth-regulating factor
interfering with the activity of cytokines and may affect the growth of cultured human bone
cells [24, 25]. HNE is known as a major bioactive marker of lipid peroxidation that acts as a
second messenger of free radicals and a signaling molecule and is a particularly interesting
biomolecule because it regulates differentiation, proliferation and apoptosis of cells and
might therefore play an important role in regulating the regeneration of damaged tissue such
as bone [26–31]. HNE has already been successfully used to functionally activate carbon
nanotubes, thus stimulating in vitro neuronal growth [32]. However, similar approach has
not been applied until now for bioactive glass and bone tissue. In this study, we investigated
the concept of using functionalized BG 45S5 and 19–93 with HNE as an in vitro model of
bone regeneration.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
74
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Materials and Methods
BG
BG 45S5 and 13–93 (supplied by Mo-Sci Corporation, USA, 10 cm long bars) were cut into
discs (composition of both BG is shown in Table 1). The discs measured 10 mm in diameter × 3 mm were sterilized in 70% EtOH, left to dry and under UV light for 20 min. Normal
glass cover slips (Roth, Germany, 12 mm in diameter) were sterilized in autoclave. After
sterilization, the discs and cover slips were put in a 24-well plate (TPP, Switzerland).
Table 1 Composition of bioactive glasses 45S5 and 13–93
Typical compositions (wt%)
SiO2
Na2O
K2O
CaO
P 2O 5
MgO
45S5 (Hard/soft tissue bonding)
45
24.5
–
24.5
6
–
13–93 (Hard/soft tissue bonding)
53
6
12
20
4
5
4-Hydroxynonenal and Its Protein Adducts
HNE was prepared from HNE-dimethylacetal (Alexis) by addition of 1 mM HCl as a stock
solution. Stock solution was measured for maximal absorbance at 223 nm (DU-70 Spectrophotometer, Beckman) and its concentration was calculated. For coating the glasses, bovine
serum albumin (BSA) (Sigma, ≥96%, essentially fatty acid free), concentration 0.5 mg/ml,
2.5 μM HNE and HNE–BSA adducts prepared by mixing HNE with BSA were used. Necessary dissolutions were made with ddH2O.
Cell Culture
The human osteosarcoma (HOS) cell line was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). Cells were maintained in DMEM with a 10% (v/v) FCS in an incubator
(Heraeus, Germany) at 37 °C, with a humid air atmosphere containing 5% CO2. The cells
were detached from semiconfluent cultures with a 0.25% (w/v) trypsin solution for 5 min.
Viable cells (upon trypan blue exclusion) were counted on a Bürker–Türk haemocytometer
and used for experiments.
Cell Morphology and Growth
The upper sides of the glasses were coated with dissolution of BSA, HNE and HNE–BSA
adducts and left till the next day to dry. Control was glass without the coating. Cells were
seeded at 2 × 104 cells in 100 μL (concentrations – normal glass: 1.77 × 104 cells/cm2; BG:
2.55 × 104 cells/cm2) and left for 3 h to attach before adding media to cover the glass discs.
The cell morphology was observed for 14 days under light microscope.
CEMED
75
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Results
Observation of cell morphology under light microscope (magnification 200×) showed significant differences in cell morphology between cell growth on plain glass cover slips and
BG 45S5 and 13–93 (Fig. 1). The difference in cell growth between bioactive and nonBG was seen in nodule formations on the surface of BG in comparison with monolayered
growth on the surface of plain glasses. There were also some differences seen between these
two types of BG in crystal formation that was greatly observed on the 45S5 bioactive glass
and little on the 13–93 bioactive glass.
Fig. 1 Cell growth on glass surfaces coated with HNE after 14 days in culture observed under light microscope
(magnification 200×): normal glass (A), bioactive glass 45S5 (B) and bioactive glass 13–93 (C). Nodule
formations are seen on bioactive glasses (B and C). Crystal formations are seen on surface of bioactive glass
45S5 (D)
Discussion
A number of earlier studies have shown that certain bioactive glass ceramics can promote
proliferation and prevent de-differentiation of osteoblasts (rat calvaria cells and human immortalized cell lines) in vitro [33–35]. Furthermore, a line of evidence suggests that bioactive
glass ceramics can increase bone formation at implantation sites in vivo [18]. The aim of our
study was to investigate whether cell growth of HOS cell line could be supported on functionalized BG with BSA, HNE and HNE–BSA adducts. We observed that there is similarity in
cell growth between functionalized and non-functionalized BG that led us to believe that
there is no negative influence of functionalization used. Nodule formation, reported to be a
good index of osteogenesis in vitro [36–38], was also observed on BG. It has been reported
that bone nodule formation occurs when human bone-derived cells are cultured for extended
periods of time in the presence of ascorbate and/or β-glycerophosphate [38]. In this model,
we observed that bone nodule formation can be detected as early as day 3 in culture on the
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
76
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
bioactive glass, without either of the supplements mentioned earlier in the culture medium.
Crystal formation was observed greatly on the surface of bioactive glass 45S5, while on BG
13–93 it was little to not present on the surface of the plain glass. This suggests the possible
presence of the carbonated hydroxyapatite layer that is equivalent chemically and structurally to the biological mineral of bone, and thus needed for bone regeneration.
All our current findings give us promising results that this could be an in vitro model for
the investigation of osteogenesis, but to get more clear answers, some additional experiments
need to be done.
Acknowledgments
This research is supported by the Croatian Ministry of Science, Education and Sport, by the
Austrian National Bank Jubilaeums Fund and by COST Action B35.
References
[1] Damien, J. C., Parson, J. R.: Bone graft and bone graft substitutes: a review of current technology and
applications. J. Appl. Biomater., 1991, 2, 187–208.
[2] Kitsugi, T., Yamamuro, T., Nakamura, T. et al.: Four calcium phosphate ceramics as bone substitute for nonweight-bearing. Biomaterials, 1993, 14, 216–224.
[3] Daculsi, G., Leberos, R. Z., Nery, E. et al.: Transformation of biphasic calcium phosphate ceramics in vivo,
ultrastructural and physico-chemical characterization. J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 1989, 23, 883–894.
[4] Hench, L. L.: Bioceramics: from concept to clinic. J. Am. Ceram. Soc., 1991, 74, 1487–1510.
[5] Hench, L. L., Splinter, R. J., Allen, W. C. et al.: Bonding mechanism at the interface of ceramic prosthetic
materials. Part 1. J. Biomed. Mater. Res. Symp., 1971, 2, 117–141.
[6] Hench, L. L., West, J. K.: Biological applications of bioactive glasses. Life Chem. Rep., 1996, 13, 187–241.
[7] Kokubo, T., Ito, S., Huang, T. et al.: Ca, P-rich layer formed on high strength bioactive glass ceramic A-W.
J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 1990, 24, 331–343.
[8] Kitsugi, T., Nakamura, T., Yamamura, T. et al.: SEM EPMA observation of three types of apatite containing
glass ceramics implanted in bone: the variance of a Ca–P rich layer. J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 1987, 21, 1255–
1271.
[9] Oghushi, H., Dohi, Y., Yoshikawa, T. et al.: Osteogenic differentiation of cultured marrow stem cells on the
surface of bioactive glass ceramic. J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 1996, 32, 341–348.
[10] Kinnunen, I., Aitasalo, K., Pollonen, M. et al.: Reconstruction of orbital floor fractures using bioactive glass.
J. Craniomaxillofac. Surg., 2000, 28, 229–234.
[11] Park, J. S., Suh, J. J., Choi, S. H. et al.: Effects of pretreatment clinical parameters on bioactive glass implantation in intrabony periodontal defects. J. Periodontol., 2001, 72, 730–740.
[12] Ducheyne, P.: Bioceramics: material characteristics versus in vivo behavior. J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 1987, 21,
219–236.
[13] Oonishi, H., Kushitani, S., Yasukawa, E. et al.: Particulate bioglass compared with hydroxyapatite as a bone
graft substitute. Clin. Orthop., 1997, 334, 316–325.
[14] Davies, J. E., Baldan, N.: Scanning electron microscopy of the bone-bioactive implant interface. J. Biomed.
Mater. Res., 1997, 36, 429–440.
[15] Gatti, A. M., Valdre, G., Andersson O. H.: Analysis of the in vivo reactions of a bioactive glass in soft and
hard tissue. Biomaterials, 1994, 15, 208–212.
[16] Hattar, S., Berdal, A., Asselin, A. et al.: Behaviour of moderately differentiated osteoblast-like cells cultured
in contact with bioactive glasses. Eur. Cells Mater., 2002, 4, 61–69.
[17] Hench, L. L.: The story of bioglass. J. Mater. Sci.: Mater. Med., 2006, 17, 967–978.
[18] Vogel, M., Voigt, C., Gross, U. et al.: In vivo comparison of bioactive glass particles in rabbits. Biomaterials,
2001, 22, 357–362.
CEMED
77
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[19] Wildburger, R., Zarkovic, N., Egger, G. et al.: Basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) immunoreactivity as a
possible link between head injury and impaired bone fracture healing. Bone Miner., 1994, 27, 183–192.
[20] Wildburger, R., Zarkovic, N., Egger, G. et al.: Comparison of the values of basic fibroblast growth factor determined by an immunoassay in the sera of patients with traumatic brain injury and enhanced osteogenesis
and the effects of the same sera on the fibroblast growth in vitro. Eur. J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., 1995, 33,
693–698.
[21] Wildburger, R., Zarkovic, N., Leb, G. et al.: Post-traumatic changes of insulin like growth factor type 1 and
growth hormone in patients with bone fractures and traumatic brain injury. Wien. Klin. Wochenschr., 2001,
113, 119–126.
[22] Wildburger, R., Zarkovic, N., Tatzber, F. et al.: Post-traumatic dynamic changes of the titer of auto antibodies
oxidized low-density lipoproteins; unspecific or organ-specific consequences of injury. Biofactors, 1997, 6,
292–293.
[23] Wildburger, R., Borovic, S., Zarkovic, N. et al.: Post-traumatic dynamic changes of the antibody titer against
oxidized low-density lipoproteins. Wien. Klin. Wochenschr., 2000, 112, 798–803.
[24] Borovic Sunjic, S., Cipak, A., Rabuzin, F. et al.: The influence of 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal on proliferation, differentiation and apoptosis of human osteosarcoma cells. Biofactors, 2005, 24, 141–148.
[25] Borovic, S., Cipak, A., Meinitzer, A. et al.: Differential sensitivity to 4-hydroxynonenal for normal and malignant mesenchymal cells. Redox Rep., 2007, 12, 50–54.
[26] Zarkovic, N., Ilic, Z., Jurin, M. et al.: Stimulation of HeLa cell growth by physiological concentrations of
4-hydroxynonenal. Cell Biochem. Funct., 1993, 11, 279–286.
[27] Zarkovic, N., Schaur, R. J., Puhl, H. et al.: Mutual dependence of growth modifying effects of 4-hydroxynonenal and fetal calf serum in vitro. Free Radic. Biol. Med., 1994, 16, 877–884.
[28] Kreuzer, T. H., Grube, R., Zarkovic, N. et al.: 4-Hydroxynonenal modifies the effects of serum growth factors
on the expression of c-fos proto-oncogene and the proliferation of HeLa carcinoma cells. Free Radic. Biol.
Med., 1998, 25, 42–49.
[29] Zarkovic, N., Zarkovic, K., Schaur, R. J. et al.: 4-Hydroxynonenal as a second messenger of free radicals and
growth modifying factor. Life Sci., 1999, 65, 1901–1904.
[30] Biasi, F., Vizio, B., Mascia, C. et al.: JNK up-regulation as a key event in the pro-apoptotic interaction between TGF-β1 and 4-hydroxynonenal in colon mucosa. Free Radic. Biol. Med., 2006, 40, 443–454.
[31] Zarkovic, N.: 4-Hydroxynonenal as a bioactive marker of pathopysiological processes. Mol. Aspects Med.,
2003, 24, 281–291.
[32] Mattson, M. P., Haddon, R. C., Rao, A. M.: Molecular functionalization of carbon nanotubes and use as
substrates for neuronal growth. J. Mol. Neurosci., 2000, 14, 175–182.
[33] Matsuda, T., Davies, J. E.: The in vitro response of osteoblasts to bioactive glass. Biomaterials, 1987, 8,
275–284.
[34] Vrouwenvelder, W. C. A., Groot, C. G., de Groot, K.: Behaviour of fetal rat osteoblasts cultured in vitro on
bioactive glass and nonreactive glasses. Biomaterials, 1992, 13, 382–392.
[35] Price, N., Bendall, S. P., Frondosa, C. et al.: Human osteoblast-like cells (MG63) proliferate on a bioactive
glass surface. J. Biomed. Mater. Res., 1997, 37, 394–400.
[36] Gough, J. E., Jones, J. R., Hench, L. L.: Nodule formation and mineralisation of human primary osteoblasts
cultured on a porous bioactive glass scaffold. Biomaterials, 2004, 25, 2039–2046.
[37] Malaval, L., Modrowski, D., Gupta, A. K. et al.: Cellular expression of bone-related proteins during the in
vitro osteogenesis in rat bone marrow stromal cell cultures. J. Cell Physiol., 1994, 158, 555–572.
[38] Beresford, J. N., Graves, S. E., Smoothy, C. A.: Formation of mineralised nodules by bone-derived cells in
vitro: a model of bone formation? Am. J. Med. Genet., 1993, 45, 163–178.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
78
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Intermittent Haemodialysis-Induced
Oxidative Stress and the Effect
on Inflammatory Parameters in Critically Ill Patients
KARL-HEINZ SMOLLE1, PETER KAUFMANN1, VANESSA STADLBAUER1,
FRANZ TATZBER2, BRIGITTE M. WINKLHOFER-ROOB3, REINGARD AIGNER4,
GHOLAMALI KHOSCHSORUR5, WILLIBALD WONISCH5, 6
1
Department of Internal Medicine, Medical University, Graz, Austria
Institute of Nuclear Medicine, University Medical Center, Vienna, Austria
3
Human Nutrition & Metabolism Research and Training Center,
Institute of Molecular Biosciences, Karl-Franzens University, Graz, Austria
4
Department of Nuclear Medicine, Medical University, Graz, Austria
5
Clinical Institute of Medical and Chemical Laboratory Diagnostics, Medical University, Graz, Austria
6
Institute of Physiological Chemistry, Center for Physiological Medicine,
Medical University, Graz, Austria
2
In this study, we evaluated the impact of intermittent haemodialysis (IHD) on different indices of inflammation
[elastase, procalcitonin (PCT) and neopterin] and on oxidative stress biomarkers [total peroxides (TOC), autoantibodies against oxidized LDL (oLAb), malondialdehyde (MDA)] in eight mechanically ventilated, critically ill patients with acute oliguric renal failure. IHD decreased the neopterin levels (113 ± 74 vs. 81 ± 46 nmol/L, p = 0.003)
in contrast to elastase concentrations, which increased in plasma during this procedure (100 ± 45 vs. 184 ± 73 μg/L,
p = 0.002). The membrane passage increased the generation of total peroxides (247 ± 232 vs. 342 ± 253 μmol/L,
p = 0.028), whereas PCT, MDA and oLAb were not affected. These results indicate that inflammatory parameters
are significantly affected by renal replacement therapy and that membrane passage causes peroxide generation.
Therefore, these markers should be interpreted with caution to avoid misinterpretation if used as clinical prognostic
markers in critically ill patients undergoing renal replacement therapy.
Keywords: critical illness, inflammation, reactive oxygen species, intensive care
Introduction
Treatment of sepsis is still challenging. With invasive infection or severe trauma, excessive
amounts of pro-inflammatory cytokines such as tumour necrosis factor (TNF), interleukin-1
(IL-1) and interleukin-6 (IL-6) are released into the systemic circulation. The severity of
sepsis and the mortality rate correlate significantly with serum concentrations of different
inflammatory mediators. Numerous studies in critically ill patients aimed to remove pro-inflammatory mediators with continuous hemofiltration, but any blood-membrane interaction
also generates cytokines [1–8]. Most of these studies demonstrated the presence of such mediators in the ultrafiltrate, though decreases in plasma concentrations were either marginal or
non-existent [9, 10].
Corresponding address: Karl-Heinz Smolle MD, Department of Internal Medicine, Intensive Care Unit, Medical
University, Auenbruggerplatz 15, A-8036 Graz, Austria. E-mail: karl-heinz.smolle@klinikum-graz.at
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.8
79
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
79–88.
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Cuprophane membranes used in intermittent haemodialysis (IHD) stimulate the inflammatory system. TNF-α-inducing activity increased with regenerated cellulose, cellulose triacetate and polyacrylonitrile-membranes. It did not increase with polysulfone or polyamide
dialyzers [11].
In contrast to numerous studies which investigated the impact of IHD on cytokines,
which are not yet available for routine diagnosis, our study focused on the effect of IHD on
inflammatory parameters, such as procalcitonin (PCT), neopterin and polymorphnuclear
elastase (PMN elastase), which are used as diagnostic and prognostic tools in critically ill
patients.
PCT, a polypeptide of 116 amino acids with a MW of 13 kDa, is produced by mononuclear cells after stimulation with lipopolysaccharide (LPS) or cytokines. Plasma levels of
PCT correlate not only with the extent and the activity of the inflammation process but also
with the clinical course and have the potential to assess treatment efficacy as well [12–17].
PMN elastase, a glycoprotein of 218 amino acids with a molecular weight (MW) of 30
kDa, is released from peripheral polymorphonuclear leukocytes (PMN) after being activated
by infection, trauma or injury. Blood PMN elastase concentrations are used both as a prognostic inflammatory parameter and as a predictive marker for post-surgical and post-traumatic complications [18, 19]. Granulocytes are activated and PMN elastase is released as well if
these cells contact dialyzer membranes [20–22]. Neopterin, with a MW of 253 D, is a useful
biomarker of inflammation involving monocyte/macrophage activation and has been found
to be elevated in several diseases, for example, pancreatitis, where neopterin levels also reflect
the severity of the disease [23]. Serum neopterin might also be a useful marker for the early
identification of patients at risk of multiple organ dysfunction syndrome or in the management of septicemic patients in intensive care units [15, 24, 25]. In addition to that, Neopterin
was reported to indicate the degree and prognosis of the disease in critically ill patients [26].
Release of granular enzymes from polymorphonuclear leukocytes and generation of
reactive oxygen species (ROS) causing lipid peroxidation have been reported in patients
treated by IHD [27, 28]. MDA is a lipid peroxidation end-product and can, therefore, be used
as a biomarker of oxidative stress, which is believed to play a key role in atherogenesis [29].
Lipid hydroperoxides are generated through the attack of ROS on polyunsaturated fatty acids
(PUFAs). The emerging carbon-centred lipid radical reacts quickly with molecular oxygen,
resulting in a lipid peroxyl radical, which further abstracts a hydrogen atom from an adjacent
PUFA, yielding a lipid hydroperoxide [30]. This oxidative stress biomarker, which is associated with the clinical situation [31], significantly correlates with inflammation markers
[32, 33]. Autoantibodies against oxidized low density lipoprotein (oLAb) are inversely related to the initima-media thickness of the carotid arteries [34] and the determination of these
antibodies was reported to be a useful biological marker of in vivo LDL oxidation for screening and follow-up studies [35].
Renal replacement procedures can potentially remove markers of inflammation from
the systemic circulation, depending on the biocompatibility and the membrane performance.
On the contrary, this procedure increases oxidative stress. We, therefore, hypothesized that
IHD significantly affects inflammatory mediators, especially if they are of low MW, potentially causing problems in the interpretation of these biomarkers when patients are under renal replacement therapy. Moreover, an increase of ROS might affect the fettle of patients
undergoing IHD. The present study prospectively examined the effects of IHD on inflamma2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
80
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
tory mediators and oxidative stress biomarkers in critically ill patients with acute oliguric
renal failure and who were mechanically ventilated.
Materials and Methods
Samples
Eight critically ill patients (three males, mean age 57.6 ± 22.8 years and five females, mean
age 57.6 ± 22.8 years) with SIRS or sepsis, as defined by the ACCP/SCCM Consensus Conference and mechanically ventilated, were studied during the first 240 min of IHD (Table 1).
The study protocol was approved by the local ethics committee. Written, informed consent
was obtained from the next of kin of each patient. Serum and ultrafiltrate samples were frozen at −70 °C until assayed.
The clinical indications for initiating IHD were:
1. Significant azotemia (initial BUN levels between 60 and 100 mg/dL)
2. Life-threatening fluid overload
3. Severe electrolyte imbalance
All patients were oliguric, with less than 200 mL of urine per day.
Table 1 Clinical features of patients
Age/sex
Diagnosis
SAPSII/TISS score
68/f
Intoxication, diabetes mellitus, acute heart failure
64/32
78/f
Bacterial meningitis
78/29
33/m
Acute heart failure, hypertensive crisis, pulmonary edema
80/27
88/m
Acute heart failure, prostate cancer, urosepsis
46/42
52/m
Diabetes mellitus, necrotizing fasciitis sepsis
68/36
61/f
Acute pyelonephritis, acute heart failure, pulmonary edema
81/37
48/f
Ethanol intoxication, rhabdomyolysis
56/42
76/f
Pneumonia, septic shock
91/37
IHD Procedure
For IHD, a conventional circuit (Gambro, Lund and Sweden) with a low flux, polysulfone
membrane (F8 HPS, Fresenius Medical Care, Bad Homburg, Germany) was used for 4 h.
The blood flow was 200–250 mL/min, dialysate flow 500 mL/min and the net ultrafiltration
was 500–800 mL/h to achieve negative fluid balance.
Blood samples were taken afferent port, prior to the infusion of pre-dilution, representing the patient’s systemic level and from the efferent port of the extracorporal circuit at the
CEMED
81
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
start of hemofiltration at 0, 10, 60 and 240 min. Ultrafiltrate was not collected due to the low
cut-off of the membrane used.
Biomarkers
PCT was measured using the Lumitest® PCT supplied by B.R.A.H.M.S.-Diagnostica GmbH
(Berlin, Germany).
PMN elastase was measured using the Ecoline® Immunoassay supplied by Merck
(Darmstadt, Germany).
Neopterin was measured using the commercial Neopterin Radio-Immuno-Assay (RIA)
supplied by IBL (Hamburg, Germany).
MDA was determined with a high-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) method
with spectrofluorimetric detection as described by Khoschsorur et al. [36]. Plasma was mixed
with H3PO4 (0.44M), aqueous TBA (42 mM) and bidistilled water. The mixture was heated
in a boiling-water bath for 60 min, it was then cooled on ice and alkaline methanol was
added (1:1). After a centrifugation step, the neutralized reaction mixture was chromatographed on a 150 mm 4.6 mm LiChrosorb RP18 column using phosphate buffer/methanol
(40:60) as mobile phase. The flow rate was 0.8 mL min−1 and the fluorimetric detection was
performed with excitation at 527 nm and emission at 551 nm. Calibration was done with a
TEP standard solution processed in exactly the same way as the plasma samples.
Serum total peroxide concentrations were determined by a rapid enzymatic in vitro diagnostic assay supplied by LDN (Nordhorn, Germany), as described elsewhere [37].
Autoantibodies against oxidized LDL (oLAb) were measured in serum with the commercial enzyme immunoassay supplied by Biomedica (Vienna, Austria), according to the
method of Tatzber and Esterbauer [29].
Statistics
Statistical analysis was performed using the Sigma-Stat 3.1 and Sigma-Plot 9.0 package
(SPSS, Erkrath, Germany). Treatment groups were compared using the paired t-test. OneWay Repeated Measures ANOVA was used to analyse changes over time. When normality
testing failed, the Wilcoxon Signed-Rank Test and the Friedman Repeated Measures ANOVA
on Ranks, respectively, were used.
Results
Demographic data, including diagnosis and SAPSII/TISS scores, are shown in Table 1.
Indices of Inflammation in the Course of IHD
Procalcitonin (PCT)
We observed a significant increase in PCT concentrations over time for post-membrane samples. However, there were no significant changes in PCT levels in the IHD group after the
membrane passage or in the time course of pre-membrane samples. The results are listed in
Table 2.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
82
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Table 2 Membrane effects on inflammatory parameters (Elastase, Neopterin and Procalcitonin) and oxidative stress
biomarkers during IHD procedure
Inflammation parameters
Parameter: Elastase (mU/mL)
Neopterin (nmol/L)
Procalcitonin (ng/mL)
Time
(min)
Pre-IHD
Post-IHD
P1
Pre-IHD
Post-IHD
P1
Pre-IHD
Post-IHD P1
T0
100 ± 45
125 ± 72
0.031
113 ± 74
33 ± 25
0.005
20 ± 37
22 ± 46
0.195
T10
125 ± 76
145 ± 72
0.010
107 ± 64
41 ± 23
0.008
20 ± 37
21 ± 39
1.000
T60
177 ± 84
204 ± 81
0.031
88 ± 51
26 ± 17
0.002
20 ± 38
23 ± 47
0.219
T240
184 ± 73
217 ± 65
0.005
81 ± 46
26 ± 18
0.003
22 ± 42
26 ± 53
0.383
P2
0.002
0.002
0.003
0.034
0.112
0.001
P1: Paired t-test
P1: Wilcoxon Signed-Rank Test
P1: Paired t-test
P2: One-Way Repeated Measures P2: One-Way Repeated Measures
ANOVA
P2: Friedman Repeated Measures
ANOVA
ANOVA on ranks
Oxidative stress biomarkers
Parameter: Total peroxides (AU)
MDA (μmol/L)
Time
(min)
Pre-IHD
Post-IHD
P1
Pre-IHD
T0
108 ± 137
247 ± 232
0.030
1.46 ± 0.6 1.07 ± 0.7 0.070
315 ± 204 377 ± 373 0.844
T10
138 ± 177
267 ± 242
0.012
1.60 ± 0.8 1.63 ± 0.9 0.844
288 ± 168 391 ± 376 0.219
T60
134 ± 179
316 ± 260
0.010
1.47 ± 0.7 1.41 ± 0.8 0.798
392 ± 315 420 ± 379 0.469
T240
188 ± 206
342 ± 253
0.004
1.32 ± 0.5 1.24 ± 0.5 0.391
422 ± 376 442 ± 372 0.056
P2
0.059
0.028
0.583
0.279
P1: Paired t-test
Post-IHD
oLAb (mU/mL)
P1
0.170
P1: Paired t-test
P2: One-Way Repeated Measures P2: Friedman Repeated Measures
ANOVA
ANOVA on ranks
Pre-IHD
Post-IHD P1
0.159
P1: Wilcoxon Signed-Rank Test
P2: Friedman Repeated Measures
ANOVA on ranks
Elastase
Elastase levels in IHD patients increased significantly not only from pre- to post-membrane
but also continuously over time after the onset of haemodialysis.
CEMED
83
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Neopterin
Neopterin was significantly lower in post-membrane samples compared to pre-membrane
samples and there was also a significant decrease in the time course of neopterin levels for
pre-membrane and post-membrane samples.
Oxidative Stress Biomarkers in the Course of IHD
Malondialdehyde (MDA)
We observed no significant differences in the MDA level, neither between pre- and postmembrane samples nor in the course of the treatment.
Total Peroxides
Peroxide concentrations in IHD patients significantly increased after membrane passage as
well as in the time course of post-membrane samples and barely failed to become significant
in the time course of pre-membrane samples.
Autoantibodies Against Oxidized LDL (oLAb)
There were no significant differences in the oLAB titer in the IHD group.
Discussion
Several studies evaluated the effects of haemodialysis on the elimination of different kinds of
cytokines, complement factors and endotoxins, but little is known about inflammatory and
oxidative stress parameters. The rationale of this study was to evaluate the effects of IHD
on frequently used inflammatory parameters and oxidative stress biomarkers in critically ill
patients.
PCT plasma levels did not change during IHD treatment, although we observed increased post-membrane PCT concentrations. These results are in accordance with HergetRosenthal et al. [38], who found unchanged PCT concentrations during IHD with low-flux
membranes but a decrease in PCT levels by 17% with high flux haemodialysis. Thus, the
elimination of PCT in substantial amounts is solely possible with convective or diffusive
procedures with adequate rates of blood flow and ultrafiltration, and highly permeable membranes. The increase of PMN elastase after membrane passage in IHD indicated a non-specific activation of granulocytes. This is consistent with the results of Hörl et al. [20], who
reported increases in PMN elastase complexes with different dialysis membranes, reflecting
their biocompatibility. Compared to high flux cellulose acetate membranes, high flux PMMA
membranes cause greater leukocyte stimulation, as demonstrated by the greater release of
PMN elastase during haemodialysis [39, 40].
Strohmaier [24] and Pacher [25] reported increased neopterin levels in patients who
became septic in the course of their illness in contrast to those who did not, as well as in
subjects with a fatal outcome in comparison to survivors. A decrease in neopterin levels normally indicates an improvement during the course of disease. We observed a dramatic de-
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
84
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
crease in neopterin concentrations after membrane passage in IHD patients, as neopterin
was quickly removed from circulation into the ultrafiltrate due to its low MW.
Water- and lipid-soluble antioxidants are metabolized during the course of dialysis.
Moreover, oxidative stress exceeds the antioxidative capacity in patients on haemodialysis,
as indicated by increased production of peroxides, depending on the membrane material [41,
42]. Cellulose membranes, in particular, are associated with a significant increase in resting
and stimulated peroxide production. This was observed to a lesser extent with synthetic
membranes such as polymethylmethacrylate and polysulfone. In addition, increased oxidized
plasma protein products may also reflect decreased antioxidant defence. This is also in agreement with the report of Gonzalez-Diez et al. [43] which indicated a decreased total antioxidant status as well as decreased activities of antioxidant enzymes and glutathione levels in
chronic renal failure patients undergoing chronic dialysis treatment. In addition, these patients exhibited increased levels of oxidative stress in lymphocytes, that is, thiobarbituricacid-reactive substances (TBARS) and 8-hydroxy-2-deoxyguanosine, whereas these oxidative stress markers were unaltered in plasma. The latter coincides with the unchanged levels
for MDA in plasma and oLAb in serum in the present study, which are middle- to long-term
oxidative stress biomarkers. The findings of Himmelfarb and McMonagle showed that albumin may be an important defence against oxidative stress [44]. This result is supported by
the finding of Soejima et al. that patients with hypoalbuminaemia demonstrate a greater
degree of lipid peroxidation [45]. Serum total peroxides, representing a short-term oxidative
stress biomarker, increased significantly in IHD after membrane passage. In addition to it,
there was also a continuous increase in post-membrane peroxide concentrations over the
observation period. Increased oxidative stress in dialysis patients is caused by diverse effects,
first, there is loss of low-molecular-weight antioxidants, secondly, dialysis systems could
be hemoincompatible and thirdly, pro-oxidant uremic toxins might also contribute to a deteriorated balance between pro- and antioxidants. Incipient stages using hemodiafiltration
with on-line regeneration of the ultrafiltrate (HFR) were shown to be preferential to polysulfone membranes with respect to attenuated oxidative stress [43, 46]. Furthermore, the treatment with antioxidants was reported to improve oxidative stress in dialysis patients significantly [47].
Conclusions
This study showed that renal replacement therapy was associated with an unspecific activation of granulocytes, as indicated by increased PMN elastase levels after membrane passage,
contributing to the activation of cells of the immune system and, as a possible consequence,
to oxidative stress. We observed a decrease of neopterin concentrations in the IHD group,
because they passed from circulation into the ultrafiltrate. The membrane passage in the IHD
group increased the production of total peroxides, indicating a consumption of antioxidants.
Unlike peroxides, the other oxidative stress biomarkers, that is, MDA and oLAb, were not
modified in the course of membrane passage. Although, this study has some limitations due
to a small and highly heterogeneous population, these results indicate that inflammatory parameters are greatly altered by renal replacement therapy and that membrane passage causes
the generation of peroxides.
CEMED
85
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
From these data, we conclude that haemodialysis procedure, to some extent, affects
routinely used parameters for the estimation of the clinical state of intensive care patients
and, therefore, they should be interpreted with caution.
Competing Interests
The authors have no competing interests to declare.
Authors’ contributions
KHS, PK, WW and FT designed the study, acquired, analysed and interpreted the data; RA,
VS, GK and WW studied the inflammatory and oxidative stress parameters; BMW and WW
performed the statistical analysis.
Acknowledgments
The authors gratefully acknowledge Günther Jürgens for making his laboratory available for
the determination of oxidative stress biomarkers and the excellent technical assistance of the
medical and nursing staff of the Intensive Care Unit, University Hospital, Graz, for their cooperation and support. This study was supported by the COST Action B35.
References
[1] Tonnesen, E., Hansen, M.-B., Hahndorf, K. et al.: Cytokines in plasma and ultrafiltrate during continuous
arteriovenous haemofiltration. Anaesth. Intens. Care, 1993, 21, 752–758.
[2] Bellomo, R., Tipping, P., Boyce, N.: Continuous venovenous hemofiltration with dialysis removes cytokines from the circulation of septic patients. Crit. Care Med., 1993, 21, 522–526.
[3] Andreasson, S., Göthberg, S., Berggren, H. et al.: Hemofiltration modifies complement activation after extracorporeal circulation in infants. Ann. Thorac. Surg., 1993, 56, 1515–1517.
[4] Bellomo, R., Tipping, P., Boyce, N.: Interleukin-6 and interleukin-8 extraction during continuous veno-venous
hemodiafiltration in septic acute renal failure. Ren. Fail., 1995, 17, 457–466.
[5] Hoffman, J.-N., Hartl, W.-H., Deppisch, R. et al.: Hemofiltration in human sepsis: evidence for elimination
of immunomodulatory substances. Kidney Int., 1995, 48, 1563–1570.
[6] Sander, A., Armbruster, W., Sander, B. et al.: Hemofiltration increases IL-6 clearance in early systemic inflammatory response syndrome but does not alter IL-6 and TNFα plasma concentrations. Intens. Care Med., 1997,
23, 878–884.
[7] Kellum, J.-A., Johnson, J.-P., Kramer, D. et al.: Diffuse vs convective therapy: effects on mediators of inflammation in patients with severe systemic inflammatory response syndrome. Crit. Care Med., 1998, 26, 1995–
2000.
[8] De Vriese, A.-S., Colardyn, F.-A., Philippe, J.-J. et al.: Cytokine removal during continuous hemofiltration
in septic patients. J. Am. Soc. Nephrol., 1999, 10, 846–853.
[9] Wakabayashi, Y., Kamijou, Y., Soma, K. et al.: Removal of circulating cytokines by continuous hemofiltration in patients with systemic inflammatory response syndrome of multiple organ dysfunction syndrome.
Br. J. Surg., 1996, 83, 393–394.
[10] Van Bommel, E.-F., Hesse, C.-J., Jutte, N.-H. et al.: Cytokine kinetics (TNF-alpha, IL-1beta, IL-6) during
continuous hemofiltration: a laboratory and clinical study. Contrib. Nephrol., 1995, 116, 62–75.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
86
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[11] Lonnemann, G., Behme, T.-C., Lenzner, B. et al.: Permeability of dialyzer membranes to TNF alpha-inducing
substances derived from water bacteria. Kidney Int., 1992, 42, 61–68.
[12] Oberhoffer, M., Karzai, W., Meier-Hellmann, A. et al.: Sensitivity and specificity of various markers of inflammation for the prediction of tumor necrosis factor-alpha and interleukin-6 in patients with sepsis. Crit. Care
Med., 1999, 27, 1814–1818.
[13] Assicot, M., Grendel, D., Carsin, H. et al.: High serum procalcitonin concentration in patients with sepsis
and infection. Lancet, 1993, 341, 515–518.
[14] Giamarellos-Bourboulis, E.-J., Grecka, P., Poulakou, G. et al.: Assessment of procalcitonin as a diagnostic
marker of underlying infection in patients with febrile neutropenia. Clin. Infect. Dis., 2001, 32, 1718–1725.
[15] Ruokonen, E., Ilkka, L., Niskanen, M. et al.: Procalcitonin and neopterin as indicators of infection in critically
ill patients. Acta Anaesthesiol. Scand., 2002, 46, 398–404.
[16] Meisner, M., Tschaikowsky, K., Palmaers, T. et al.: Comparison of procalcitonin (PCT) and C-reactive protein
(CRP) plasma concentrations at different SOFA scores during the course of sepsis and MODS. Crit. Care,
1999, 3, 45–55.
[17] Meisner, M., Adina, H., Schmidt, J.: Correlation of procalcitonin and C-reactive protein to inflammation,
complications, and outcome during the intensive care unit course of multiple-trauma patients. Crit. Care,
2006, 10, 1–10.
[18] Lee, W.-L., Downey, G.-P.: Leukocyte elastase: physiological functions and role in acute lung injury. Am.
J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 2001, 164, 896–904.
[19] Ikei, S., Ogawa, M., Yamaguchi, Y.: Blood concentrations of polymorphonuclear leucocyte elastase and interleukin-6 indicators for the occurrence of multiple organ failures at the early stage of acute pancreatitis.
J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol., 1998, 13, 1274–1283.
[20] Hörl, W.-H., Steinhauer, H.-B., Schollmeyer, P.: Plasma levels of granulocyte elastase during haemodialysis:
effects of different dialyzer membranes. Kidney Int., 1985, 28, 791–796.
[21] Irvine, L., Travers, M., Simpson, K. et al.: Influence of haemodialysis membranes on the release of granulocyte elastase. Int. J. Artif. Organs, 1989, 12, 502–504.
[22] Haag-Weber, M., Hörl, W.-H.: Effect of biocompatible membranes on neutrophil function and metabolism.
Clin. Nephrol., 1994, 42 (Suppl. 1), S31–S36.
[23] Wachter, H., Fuchs, D., Hausen, A. et al.: Neopterin: Biochemistry, Methods, Clinical Application.
De Gruyter, Berlin, New York, 1992.
[24] Strohmaier, W., Redl, H., Schlag, G. et al.: D-erythro-neopterin plasma levels in intensive care patients
with and without septic complications. Crit. Care Med., 1987, 15, 757–760.
[25] Pacher, R., Redl, H., Frass, M. et al.: Relationship between neopterin and granulocyte elastase plasma levels
and the severity of multiple organ failure. Crit. Care Med., 1989, 17, 221–226.
[26] Baydar, T., Yuksel, O., Sahin, T.-T. et al.: Neopterin as a prognostic biomarker in intensive care unit patients.
J. Crit. Care, 2009, 24, 318–321.
[27] Rosenkranz, A.-R., Templ, E., Traindl, O. et al.: Reactive oxygen product formation by human neutrophils
as an early marker for biocompatibility of dialysis membranes. Clin. Exp. Immunol., 1994, 98, 300–305.
[28] Daschner, M., Lenhartz, H., Botticher, D. et al.: Influence of dialysis on plasma lipid peroxidation products
and antioxidant levels. Kidney Int., 1996, 50, 1268–1272.
[29] Tatzber, F., Esterbauer, H.: Free radicals, lipoprotein oxidation and atherosclerosis. In: Bellomo, G., Finardi,
G., Maggi, E., Rice-Evans, C. (Eds): The Richelieu Press, London, 1995, pp. 245–262.
[30] Esterbauer, H., Gieseg, S., Giessauf, A. et al.: Free radicals and oxidative modification of LDL: role of natural
antioxidants. In: Woodford, F. P., Davignon, J., Sniderman, A. (Eds): Elsevier Science, 1995, pp. 203–208.
[31] Lindschinger, M., Nadlinger, K., Adelwöhrer, N. et al.: Oxidative stress: potential of distinct peroxide determination systems. Clin. Chem. Lab. Med., 2004, 42, 907–914.
[32] Resch, U., Tatzber, F., Budinsky, A. et al.: Reduction of oxidative stress and modulation of autoantibodies
against modified low-density lipoprotein after rosuvastatin therapy. Br. J. Clin. Pharmacol., 2006, 61, 262–
274.
[33] Nikolic-Heitzler, V., Rabuzin, F., Tatzber, F. et al.: Persistent oxidative stress after myocardial infarction treated by percutaneous coronary intervention. Tohoku J. Exp. Med., 2006, 210, 247–255.
[34] Fukumoto, M., Shoji, T., Emoto, M. et al.: Antibodies against oxidized LDL and carotid artery intima-media
thickness in a healthy population. Arterioscler. Thromb. Vasc. Biol., 2000, 20, 703–707.
[35] Chiesa, R., Melissano, G., Castellano, R. et al.: In search of biological markers of high-risk carotid artery
atherosclerotic plaque: enhanced LDL oxidation. Ann. Vasc. Surg., 1998, 12, 1–9.
CEMED
87
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[36] Khoschsorur, G.-A., Winklhofer-Roob, B.-M., Rabl, H. et al.: Evaluation of a sensitive HPLC method for the
determination of malondialdehyde, and application of the method to different biological materials. Chromatographia, 2000, 52, 181–184.
[37] Tatzber, F., Griebenow, S., Wonisch, W. et al.: Dual method for the determination of peroxidase activity and
total peroxides – iodide leads to a significant increase of peroxidase activity in human sera. Anal. Biochem.,
2003, 316, 147–153.
[38] Herget-Rosenthal, S., Marggraf, G., Pietruck, F. et al.: Procalcitonin for accurate detection of infection in
haemodialysis. Nephrol. Dial. Transplant., 2001, 16, 975–979.
[39] Irvine, L., Travers, M., Simpson, K. et al.: Influence of haemodialysis membranes on the release of granulocyte elastase. Int. J. Artif. Organs, 1989, 12, 502–504.
[40] Fuchs, D., Hausen, A., Reibnegger, G. et al.: Neopterin levels in long-term hemodialysis. Clin. Nephrol.,
1988, 30, 220–224.
[41] Himmelfarb, J., McMonagle, E., McMenamin, E.: Plasma protein thiol oxidation and carbonyl formation
in chronic renal failure. Kidney Int., 2000, 58, 2571–2578.
[42] Ward, R.-A., Ouseph, R., McLeish, K.-R.: Effects of high-flux hemodialysis on oxidant stress. Kidney Int.,
2003, 63, 353–359.
[43] Gonzalez-Diez, B., Cavia, M., Torres, G. et al.: Effect of a hemodiafiltration session with on-line regeneration of the ultrafiltrate on oxidative stress. Blood Purif., 2008, 26, 505–510.
[44] Himmelfarb, J., McMonagle, E.: Albumin is the major plasma protein target of oxidant stress in uremia.
Kidney Int., 2001, 60, 358–363.
[45] Soejima, A., Matsuzawa, N., Miyake, N. et al.: Hypoalbuminemia accelerates erythrocyte membrane lipid
peroxidation in chronic hemodialysis patients. Clin. Nephrol., 1999, 51, 92–97.
[46] Calo, L.-A., Naso, A., Carraro, G. et al.: Effect of haemodiafiltration with online regeneration of ultrafiltrate on oxidative stress in dialysis patients. Nephrol. Dial. Transplant., 2007, 22, 1413–1419.
[47] Roob, J.-M., Khoschsorur, G., Tiran, A. et al.: Vitamin E attenuates oxidative stress induced by intravenous
iron in patients on hemodialysis. J. Am. Soc. Nephrol., 2000, 11, 539–549.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
88
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Serum Total Peroxides Are Increased in Patients
with Stage IV Compared to Stage IIb Peripheral Arterial
Disease: Percutaneous Transluminal Angioplasty May
Generate Epitopes for Autoantibodies Against Oxidized
Low Density Lipoprotein
MARTIN TRINKER1, KARL-HEINZ SMOLLE2, STEFAN SCHEIDL2, FRANZ
TATZBER3, MEINRAD LINDSCHINGER4, WILLIBALD WONISCH5, 6
Department of Internal Rehabilitation, Klinikum Bad Gleichenberg, Styria, Austria
2
Department Institute of Internal Medicine, Medical University, Graz, Austria
3
Institute of Biochemical Engineering, University of Applied Sciences,
Höchstädtplatz 5, Technikum Vienna, Vienna, Austria
4
Institute of Nutritional and Metabolic Diseases, Schwarzl Outpatient Clinic, Laßnitzhöhe, Austria
5
Clinical Institute of Medical and Chemical Laboratory Diagnostics, Medical University, Graz, Austria
6
Institute of Physiological Chemistry, Center for Physiological Medicine,
Medical University, Graz, Austria
1
Reactive oxygen species are involved, among others, in peripheral arterial disease (PAD). During percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA) vascular walls become damaged, which finally leads to ischemia/reperfusion
injury. In PAD patients with Fontaine stage IIb (11 males and 6 females) and with Fontaine stage IV (7 males and 3
females) undergoing revascularisation, we correlated oxidative stress biomarkers, i.e. serum total peroxides and
autoantibodies against oxidized LDL (oLAb), with the stage of PAD. Subjects with stage IV disease had significantly higher peroxide levels at baseline compared to stage IIb (510 ± 360 AU vs. 150 ± 220 AU, p < 0.05). Revascularisation was associated with a significant decrease in the oLAb titer (314 ± 240 vs. 251 ± 190 mU/mL, p < 0.05).
Total peroxides may indicate the severity of PAD and the time course of oLAb titers could be used as a biomarker
for revascularisation.
Keywords: peripheral arterial disease, antibodies against oxidized LDL, peroxides, percutaneous transluminal angioplasty, oxidative stress
Introduction
Atherosclerosis is a generalized disease that affects more than half of the population in industrialised countries [1]. Three major phenomena may contribute significantly to the characteristics of the atherosclerotic lesion: smooth muscle cell proliferation, the formation of abundant connective tissue matrix, and the accumulation of intra- and extracellular lipids [2].
Experimental and clinical investigations have shown that oxidation of low-density lipoprotein (LDL) may represent a key event in the development and progression of atherosclerosis
[3]. Early atherosclerosis is characterized by massive accumulation of monocytes and chole-
Corresponding address: Martin Trinker MD, Department of Internal Rehabilitation, Klinikum Bad Gleichenberg,
8344 Bad Gleichenberg, Styria, Austria. E-mail: martin.trinker@klinikum-badgleichenberg.at
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.9
89
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
89–97.
ORIGINAL PAPERS
sterol-containing lipid-loaded foam cells, derived from monocyte macrophages in the subendothelial space. These oxidative modifications of LDL generate molecular epitopes that are
more atherogenic than native LDL [4]. It was demonstrated that oxidized low-density lipoprotein (oLDL) could be recognized and endocytozed via the scavenger receptor pathway of
macrophages [3] and it was discovered that the modification of LDL by endothelial cells involves lipid peroxidation and degradation of LDL phospholipids [5].
Such epitopes typical of oLDL were demonstrated in human atherosclerotic lesions [6].
The immunogenicity of oLDL provides the basis for the formation of antibodies that are believed to mirror the extent of LDL oxidation occurring in vivo. All these investigations led
to the introduction of the LDL oxidation hypothesis for the development of atherosclerosis
[7–9]. Membrane systems in mammalian cells are rich in polyunsaturated fatty acids, and
therefore highly susceptible to oxidative stress, defined as a disturbance in the prooxidant–
antioxidant balance [10].
Its clinical manifestation tends to be focal and is mostly associated with complicated
atherosclerotic lesions. Morbidity mainly becomes apparent as cerebrovascular, cardiovascular or peripheral arterial disease (PAD). From a clinical perspective, PAD is mostly classified
into four stages according to the Fontaine classification [11, 12].
Percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA) is a technique for recanalisation of occluded vascular segments. The mechanism of transluminal dilatation of stenotic arteries involves stretching the vessel wall, leading to longitudinal splits and fractures of the intima,
often including the medial layer [13].
Peroxides, which are primary products of the lipid peroxidation cascade, mirror the
damaging effect of free radicals, and therefore, total peroxides in serum were used as an indicator of the extent of ongoing lipid peroxidation in PAD.
It was shown that the titer of antibodies against oLDL (oLAB) was an independent predictor of progression of carotid atherosclerosis in a group of Finnish men [14]. Therefore, we
investigated baseline and time course of oLAb titers in patients undergoing PTA.
Materials and Methods
Patients
Twenty-seven consecutive patients suffering from PAD with Fontaine classification IIb or IV,
who were admitted for diagnosis or treatment, were included in this study. The diagnosis of
PAD was established clinically and confirmed by measurements of hemodynamics via ultrasound. Stages were selected because of clear clinical differentiation and justification for invasive procedures. All patients had at least diagnostic angiographies and mostly percutaneous transluminal angioplasties. Calculating the ankle brachial index before and the day after
the procedure estimated the success of angioplasty.
Patients were separated into two groups according to the stage of their disease: 17 were
classified as stage IIb disease (11 males and 6 females), complaining of intermittent claudication after walking less than 200 m. Ten suffering from necrosis and/or gangrene were classified as stage IV (7 males and 3 females). After informed consent, routine blood samples were
used to measure and compare basic levels of peroxides and oLAb titers.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
90
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
The patients were then separated into two further groups: the first group included patients with successful revascularisation. The second group comprised patients without reperfusion, either because angioplasty had failed or because angiography alone was performed.
Blood Sampling and Preparation
Blood samples were taken before (t0), 1 h after (t1), and the day after (t2) the procedure from
a separate cannula in the forearm. Samples were centrifuged 30 min after collection at
1,500 × g for 10 min. Serum was stored at −70 °C for not more than 2 weeks until use.
Measurement of Lipid Peroxidation Parameters
Peroxides and autoantibodies against oLDL were determined simultaneously. For each assay only one and the same batch was used. The same patients’ samples were analyzed on
the same plate in duplicate.
Determination of Peroxides
Serum total peroxides (TOC®) were determined by a rapid enzymatic in vitro diagnostic assay (Labor Diagnostic Nord, LDN, Nordhorn, Germany) as described previously [15, 16].
The test system is based on a peroxide/peroxidase reaction using 3,5,3′,5′-tetramethylbenzidine (TMB) as chromogenic substrate. Results were calculated from the linear standard
curve. Peroxide levels were specified as μmol/L.
Determination of Autoantibodies Against Oxidized LDL
Titers of oLAb were measured in serum with a commercial enzyme immunoassay (Biomedica, Vienna, Austria) [17]. The assay is based on the binding reaction of the 1:50 diluted
samples to the previously oxidized LDL (by cupric ions) bound to the microtiter wells. Detection was done by binding a secondary, peroxidase-coupled anti-IgG antibody, which permitted colorimetric detection of this enzyme with TMB as substrate. Results were expressed
as mU/mL.
Statistical Analyses
The SPSS Advanced Model package was used for statistical analysis. Actual measured data
were compared regarding different stages of PAD, whereas changes over time were compared in case of the two treatment groups.
Normality testing was done using the Shapiro–Wilk model. T-test was used to compare
different groups. In case of failed normality testing, the nonparametric Mann–Whitney test
was used. Values with p < 0.05 were considered statistically significant.
Results
Patients suffering from PAD clinical stage IIb were slightly younger (67 ± 8 years) than
those with stage IV disease (73 ± 8 years). Gender distribution was similar in both groups,
CEMED
91
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Table 1 Demographics of 27 patients with peripheral arterial disease. Data for age, sex, and risk factors in PADpatients classified as Fontaine IIb and Fontaine IV
Fontaine IIb
Fontaine IV
(n = 17)
(n = 10)
Age
67 ± 8
73 ± 8
Male
11
7
6
3
of diabetes
7
6
of smoking
13
8
of hypertension
11
5
of hyperlipidemia
12
3
Parameters
Female
History
Table 2 Baseline characteristics of 27 patients with PAD. Data for lipid status, diabetic index and oxidative stress
in PAD-patients classified as Fontaine IIb and Fontaine IV
Fontaine IIb
Fontaine IV
(n = 17)
(n = 10)
Cholesterol (mg/dL)
243 ± 76
174 ± 39
p < 0.05
LDL-cholesterol (mg/dL)
157 ± 64
101 ± 33
p < 0.05
HDL-cholesterol (mg/dL)
52 ± 17
40 ± 14
n.s.
171 ± 86
161 ± 68
n.s.
6±1
6±2
n.s.
POX-Act (AU)
150 ± 220
510 ± 360
p < 0.05
oLAb (mU/mL)
355 ± 250
341 ± 209
n.s.
Parameters
Triglyceride (mg/dL)
HbA1c (%)
Significance
Results are expressed as mean ± SD
with a ratio of 2:1 between males and females. Smoking history (defined as more than 20
pack years) was similar (76% vs. 80%), diabetes was reported more often in stage IV disease
(41% vs. 60%), hypertension (65% vs. 50%) and hyperlipidemia (71% vs. 30%) in stage IIb
(Table 1).
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
92
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 1 Peroxide baseline levels of 27 patients with peripheral arterial disease according to the stage of
disease
Fig. 2 Baseline oLAb titers of 27 patients with peripheral arterial disease according to the stage of
disease
Fig. 3 Change of oLAb titers in accordance with revascularisation
Fig. 4 Change of POX in accordance with revascularisation
Lipid and Glucose Profile
Cholesterol and LDL-cholesterol levels were significantly higher in stage IIb PAD patients
(Table 2). On the other hand, triglycerides, high-density lipoproteins (HDL) and hemoglobin
A1c were in the same range in both groups.
Oxidative Stress
Long-standing PAD, as is the case in stage IV disease, was associated with significantly increased peroxide levels (510 ± 360 AU vs. 150 ± 220 AU, p < 0.05, Table 2, Fig. 1). Nonetheless, the antibody titer against oLDL was similar at baseline in both groups (Fig. 2), while
there was a significant decrease in oLAb titers after revascularisation (Fig. 3), independent of
the stage of disease (IIb and IV). This effect started immediately (1 h, t1) after revascularisation and was significantly pronounced over the next 24 h (t2). These changes in the oLAb
CEMED
93
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Table 3 Oxidative stress biomarkers in Fontaine IIb and Fontaine IV PAD patients with respect to the classification
“PTA-successful versus PTA-failed”
PTA-successful
PTA-failed
Parameters
(n = 18)
Significance
(n = 9)
Fontaine IIb
11
6
Fontaine IV
7
3
POX-Act (AU) t0
339 ± 374
172 ± 165
POX_D1
−1.3
POX-Act (AU) t1
340 ± 388
POX_D2
−1.1
POX-Act (AU) t2
340 ± 375
182 ± 152
oLAb (mU/mL) t0
314 ± 240
422 ± 207
oLAb_D1
46
oLAb (mU/mL) t1
268 ± 217
oLAb_D2
63
oLAb (mU/mL) t2
251 ± 190
n.s.
0.8
Significance
n.s.
171 ± 170
n.s.
n.s.
−10.6
26
n.s.
n.s.
396 ± 189
p < 0.05
−2.6
n.s.
425 ± 231
D1 describes changes from baseline to t1 (t0–t1)
D2 from baseline to t2 (t0–t2). Results are expressed as mean ± SD
titer were not observed in the PTA control group, which included all patients without revascularisation, either because angioplasty failed or because angiography alone was performed
(Table 3).
In contrast to oLAb titers, there was no change in the time course for total peroxide
levels (Fig. 4), neither in the revascularized artery nor in the PTA control group.
Discussion
Significantly higher peroxide levels in advanced disease mirror the increased radical formation in long-lasting disease, which supports the hypothesis that lipid peroxidation contributes
to PAD. This is of particular relevance because increased peroxide levels emerged in spite of
lower levels of LDL cholesterol in these subjects, which reflects most probably the rigorous
treatment of patients suffering from rest pain. Therefore, these peroxides may stimulate the
persistent oxidation of intra- and extracellular lipids in the course of the lipid peroxidation
chain reaction and may therefore exacerbate the disease. This is consistent with previous reports indicating increased peroxide levels in patients with advanced arteriosclerotic disease
in those with diabetes mellitus, and in smokers [18]. Moreover, increased peroxide levels
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
94
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
facilitate platelet activation and lead to the release of vascular endothelial growth factor [19],
and in a recent publication [20], the authors report improved oxidative stress in those patients
with stable coronary artery disease who received sirolimus-eluting stents, as compared to
those who received bare metal stents, which contributes to the difference in the restenosis
rate between these different types of stents.
The oLAb titer was shown to correlate inversely with the intima-media thickness of the
carotid arteries and with plasma oxidized LDL in healthy subjects [21, 22]. This underlines
the protective action of antibodies directed against oxidized LDL. Although top athletes often
exhibit high oLAb titers [23, 24], these antibodies were reported to be consumed in the
course of a competition season as a result of excess peroxides generating epitopes for these
antibodies, which consequently decrease through binding to these epitopes [25]. In this context, we found a significant decrease in oLAb titers after revascularisation. This is in accordance with previous reports of transient reductions in oLAb titers [26] after immediate reperfusion and after acute myocardial infarction. Furthermore, a decrease in oLAb titers was also
shown in myocardial infarction patients treated by percutaneous coronary intervention [27].
Recently it was reported that oLAb titers correlated to a greater extent with myocardial damage than with severity of coronary atherosclerosis and lipid profiles [28]. All these findings
indicate the formation of reactive oxygen species, which is associated with the oxidation of
LDL and might cause vascular damage. In contrast to previous studies [14], we could not
correlate the oLAb titers with disease progression, although we found a trend towards lower
levels in advanced disease (stage IV), indicating increased consumption. Furthermore, it
should be noted that the use of several oxidative stress biomarkers is in favour of a single
determination [20] and improves the validity of the evaluated data.
Our results suggest that total peroxides indicate the severity of PAD and that the consumption of autoantibodies against oxidized LDL in the time course of PTA may be used as
a biomarker for successful revascularisation.
Antioxidants have been demonstrated to be effective in lowering lipid peroxidation
[29, 30] and may have a positive impact on the course of disease progression to reduce the
risk of re-stenosis in humans and non-human primates [31–33].
Because initial and long-term success of PTA varies widely [34], it should be investigated if PAD patients undergoing a PTA may benefit from supplementation with antioxidants.
Acknowledgments
The authors gratefully acknowledge Günther Jürgens for making his laboratory available for
the determination of oxidative stress biomarkers at the Institute of Physiological Chemistry,
Medical University Graz. This study was supported by the COST Action B35.
References
[1] World Health Organization Study Group: Classification of atherosclerotic lesions: report of a study group.
WHO Tech. Rep. Ser., 1958, 143, 1–20.
[2] Ross, R.: The pathogenesis of atherosclerosis: a perspective for the 1990s. Nature, 1993, 362, 801–809.
CEMED
95
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[3] Steinberg, D., Parthasarathy, S., Carew, T. E. et al.: Beyond cholesterol. Modifications of low-density lipoprotein that increase its atherogenecity. NEJM, 1989, 320, 915–924.
[4] Jürgens, G., Lang, J., Esterbauer, H.: Modifications of human low-density lipoprotein by the lipid peroxidation product 4-hydroxy nonenal. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1986, 875, 103–114.
[5] Steinbrecher, U. P., Parthasarathy, S., Leake, D. S. et al.: Modification of low density lipoprotein by endothelial cells involves lipid peroxidation and degradation of low density lipoprotein phospholipids. Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1984, 81, 3883–3887.
[6] Jürgens, G., Chen, Q., Esterbauer, H. et al.: Immunostaining of human autopsy aortas with antibodies to
modified apolipoprotein B and apoprotein(a). Arterioscler. Thromb., 1993, 13, 1689–1699.
[7] Witztum, J. L.: The oxidation hypothesis of atherosclerosis. Lancet, 1994, 344, 793–795.
[8] Esterbauer, H., Ramos, P.: Chemistry and pathophysiology of oxidation of LDL. Rev. Physiol. Biochem.
Pharmacol., 1995, 127, 31–64.
[9] Berliner, J. A., Navab, M., Fogelman, A. M. et al.: Atherosclerosis: basic mechanism, oxidation, inflammation,
and genetics. Circulation, 1995, 91, 2488–2496.
[10] Sies, H.: Oxidative Stress: Oxidants and Antioxidants. Academic Press, London, 1993.
[11] Fontaine, R., Kim, M., Kieny, R.: Die chirurgische Behandlung der peripheren Durchblutungsstörungen. Helv.
Chir. Acta, 1954, 5/6, 199–233.
[12] Salvatore, N.: Classification, epidemiology, risk factors, and natural history of peripheral arterial disease.
Diabetes Obes. Metab., 2002, 4(Suppl. 2), S1–S6.
[13] Isner, J. M., Rosenfield, K.: Redefining the treatment of peripheral artery disease. Role of percutaneous revascularisation. Circulation, 1993, 88, 1534–1557.
[14] Salonen, J. T., Yla-Herttuala, S., Yamamoto, R. et al.: Autoantibody against oxidised LDL and progression
of carotid atherosclerosis. Lancet, 1992, 339, 883–887.
[15] Tatzber, F., Griebenow, S., Wonisch, W. et al.: Dual method for the determination of peroxidase activity
and total peroxides – iodide leads to a significant increase of peroxidase activity in human sera. Anal. Biochem., 2003, 316(2), 147–153.
[16] Roob, J. M., Khoschsorur, G., Tiran, A. et al.: Attenuates oxidative stress induced by intravenous iron in
patients on hemodialysis. J. Am. Soc. Nephrol., 2000, 11, 539–549.
[17] Tatzber, F., Esterbauer, H.: Autoantibodies to oxidized low density lipoprotein. In: Bellomo, G., Finardi,
G., Maggi, E., Rice-Evans, C. (eds): Atherosclerosis – IX. Richelieu Press, London, 1995, pp. 245–262.
[18] Roller, R. E., Nimmrichter, V., Trinker, M. et al.: Oxidative stress during peripheral angioplasty. Implication
for late restenosis? Int. Angiol., 2001, 20, 131–135.
[19] Roller, R. E., Renner, W., Dorr, A. et al.: Oxidative stress and increase of vascular endothelial growth factor
in plasma of patients with peripheral arterial occlusive disease. Thromb. Haemost., 2001, 85, 368.
[20] Kochiadakis, G. E., Arfanakis, D. A., Marketou, M. E. et al.: Oxidative stress changes after stent implantation:
a randomized comparative study of sirolimus-eluting and bare metal stents. Int. J. Cardiol., 2009, in press.
[21] Fukumoto, M., Shoji, T., Emoto, M. et al.: Antibodies against oxidized LDL and carotid artery intima-media
thickness in a healthy population. Arterioscler. Thromb. Vasc. Biol., 2000, 20, 703–707.
[22] Shoji, T., Nishizawa, Y., Fukumoto, M. et al.: Inverse relationship between circulating oxidized low density
lipoprotein (oxLDL) and anti-oxLDL antibody levels in healthy subjects. Atherosclerosis, 2000, 148, 171–
177.
[23] Pincemail, J., Lecomte, J., Castiau, J. P. et al.: Evaluation of autoantibodies against oxidized LDL and antiobidant status in top soccer and basketball players after 4 months of competition. Free Radic. Biol. Med.,
2000, 28, 559–565.
[24] Schippinger, G., Wonisch, W., Abuja, P. M. et al.: Lipid peroxidation and antioxidant status in professional
American football players during competition. Eur. J. Clin. Invest., 2002, 32, 686–692.
[25] Schippinger, G., Fankhauser, F., Abuja, P. M. et al.: Competitive and seasonal oxidative stress in elite alpine
ski racers. Scand. J. Med. Sci. Sports, 2009, 19, 206–212.
[26] Schumacher, M., Eber, B., Tatzber, F. et al.: Transient reduction of autoantibodies against oxidized LDL in
patients with acute myocardial infarction. Free Radic. Biol. Med., 1995, 18, 1087–1091.
[27] Nikolic-Heitzler, V., Rabuzin, F., Tatzber, F. et al.: Persistent oxidative stress after myocardial infarction treated by percutaneous coronary intervention. Tohoku J. Exp. Med., 2006, 210, 247–255.
[28] Tsai, W. C., Li, Y. H., Chao, T. H. et al.: Relation between antibody against oxidized low-density lipoprotein
and extent of coronary atherosclerosis. J. Formos. Med. Assoc., 2002, 101, 681–684.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
96
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[29] Jialal, I., Fuller, C. J., Huet, B. A.: Effect of α-tocopherol supplementation on LDL oxidation: a dose-response study. Arterioscler. Thromb. Vasc. Biol., 1995, 15, 190–198.
[30] Kaikkonen, J., Porkkala-Sarataho, E., Morrow, J. D. et al.: Supplementation with vitamin E but not with
vitamin C lowers lipid peroxidation in vivo in mildly hypercholesterolemic men. Free Radic. Res., 2001, 35,
967–978.
[31] Sasahara, M., Raines, E. W., Chait, A. et al.: Inhibition of hypercholesterolaemia-induced atherosclerosis
in the nonhuman primate by probucol. I. Is the extent of atherosclerosis related to the resistance of LDL to
oxidation? J. Clin. Invest., 1994, 94, 155–164.
[32] Fang, J. C., Kinlay, S., Beltrame, J. et al.: Effect of vitamins C and E on progression of transplant-associated
arteriosclerosis: a randomized trial. Lancet, 2002, 359, 1108–1113.
[33] Wonisch, W., Uhl, K., Schimetta, W. et al.: Pre-operative delivery of a vitamin cocktail diminished oxidative
stress after vascular surgery in PAD patients – a pilot investigation. Biofactors, 2005, 24, 299–303.
[34] Johnston, K. W., Rae, M., Hogg-Johnston, S. A. et al.: 5-year results of a prospective study of percutaneous
transluminal angioplasty. Ann. Surg., 1987, 206, 403–413.
CEMED
97
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
The Effect of Perceptual Characteristics
of Tablets upon Patient’s Choice
FERENC KÖTELES1, ILDIKÓ KOMSA2, GYÖRGY BÁRDOS2, 3
Department of Personality and Health Psychology, Institute of Psychology
2
Department of Physiology and Neurobiology, Institute of Biology
3
Group of Behavioural Sciences, Institute for Health Promotion and Sport Sciences
Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary
1
Perceptual characteristics of curatives can have an impact on their expected effectiveness. The hypotheses of the
present work were that differences can be found among preferences of different looking tablets and these preferences are determined by the combination of the effect, colour and shape/size of tablets. In the paper-and-pencil
study, the estimated probabilities of choice for tablets with different perceptual characteristics were rated in three
effect groups on five-grade Likert scales by 181 university students (mean age: 19.8 years, 37.9% males). Significant
differences were found among the ratings of tablets within every effect group. White tablets were generally preferred
in the analgesic–antipyretic group. Small, round, white and blue tablets proved to be the most attractive in the sedative–hypnotic group and small, round, red and yellow tablets in the spasmolytic group. Considering tablets with a
given pharmaceutic effect, patient’s choice is influenced by the combination of colour and shape/size. Discrepancies
between the expected and the actual perceptual characteristics of medicines might influence their overall effectiveness and patient’s adherence to treatment.
Keywords: tablet colour and shape, perceptual characteristics, placebo, compliance
Introduction
The overall effect and effectiveness of a curative is the result of the interaction of so-called
specific (i.e. biochemical-pharmacological) and non-specific (or placebo) effects. This terminology is a bit confusing, as non-specific effects can be very specific in terms of the affected
body parts or organs or of their direction of action (e.g. stimulant/sedative) [1]. Often mentioned sources of non-specific effects are doctor–patient relationship, needs and expectations
of the patient, suggestions and information given by the doctor, personality and psychological state of the doctor and of the patient, context of treatment and properties of medication
[2]. The most important properties of medication are the route of administration (e.g. percutaneous or oral), and the perceptual characteristics of curatives (size, shape, colour). According to the generally accepted view, patients consider injections more powerful than oral
application forms in some cultures [3, 4], and capsules are regarded to be slightly more effective than tablets [5–7]. We have no good empirical evidence regarding the psychological effects of the size of tablets. Early authors recommended the use of very small and very large
tablets, as a bigger one is more impressive, while small size indicates more powerful ingre-
Corresponding address: György Bárdos MD, Department of Physiology and Neurobiology, Pázmány Péter sétány
1/C, H-1117 Budapest, Hungary. E-mail: bardosgy@ludens.elte.hu
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.10
99
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
99–104.
ORIGINAL PAPERS
dients [3, 8]. It is worth emphasizing, however, that the size and the shape of a tablet are not
separable from each other: round tablets over a given size (volume) are difficult to swallow,
thus in this case the industry prefers to produce the oblong form [9].
Previous research on psychological effects of tablet colours have generally focused on
the attractiveness of colours [9–11] and on the associations between colours and drug effects
or organ systems [7, 12–15]. The result of these studies were, as summarised by the review
of de Craen and his colleagues [16], that warm (red, yellow and orange) colours evoke
stimulant, whereas white and cold colours (blue and green) evoke tranquillant-sedative expectations.
The usual design of empirical studies in this area was the following: participants were
shown differently coloured tablets or capsules, and they had to choose the effects that in their
opinion were the most closely associated with the presented items. Using this design, detailed
information has been collected about associations among perceptual characteristics of tablets
and capsules and their expected effects [15, 17]. A better model of the real life situation is,
however, when one has a given symptom (e.g. pain), considers his or her possibilities (different available painkillers) and chooses one that seems to suit him or her the best. Using this
new design, previously demonstrated associations should (re)appear as differences in perceived attractivity of different looking tablets.
Based on the above reasoning, the main hypothesis of the present study was that significant differences can be shown in perceived attractiveness of different looking tablets.
In addition, we hypothesized that preferences are determined not only by the colours of tablets, but by the combination of their effect, colour, and size/shape.
Methods
Participants
One hundred eighty-one university students (Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary)
between 18 and 25 years of age (mean age 19.8 years, SD = 1.44; 37.9% males) participated
in the study. People studying medicine or pharmaceutics were excluded. Volunteers have not
received any financial or educational reward for their participation.
Materials
Three widely used effect groups (analgesic–antipyretic, sedative–hypnotic, and spasmolytic)
were selected. Five pictures of different tablets in their original size and colour were shown
to the participants within each effect group. Every group contained two tablets that were most
frequently chosen in the previous studies [15, 17] and three more that differed only in one
feature (colour or shape) from the first two. For example, in the spasmolytic group, primary
tablets were small round red (SR) and small round yellow (SY), and additional tablets were
(1) medium round yellow (MY; differed from SY only in size), (2) oblong red (OR; differed
from SR in shape) and (3) small round blue (SB; differed from both SR and SY in colour).
Table 1 summarizes the perceptual characteristics of the tablets within each group. The
pictures of the tablets within each effect group were randomly arranged and presented on a
single sheet.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
100
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Table 1 The perceptual characteristics of the tablets within the effect groups (small round: diameter = 6 mm; medium round: diameter = 13 mm; oblong: length = 18 mm), the descriptive statistics of rated probabilities of
choice, and the statistically significant (p < 0.01) preferences
Effect group
Tablet look-and-feel
Mean (95% CIs)
Significant preference
in post hoc test
Analgesic–antipyretic
1. Medium round white
3.94 (3.879–4.101)
Yes (to 2, 3, 4, 5)
2. Oblong green
2.40 (2.234–2.573)
No
3. Small round white
3.46 (3.290–3.638)
Yes (to 2, 4, 5)
4. Medium round red
2.33 (2.171–2.492)
No
5. Oblong white
3.04 (2.877–3.211)
Yes (to 2, 4)
1. Small round white
3.88 (3.717–4.040)
Yes (to 2, 3, 4, 5)
2. Medium round blue
2.42 (2.251–2.589)
No
3. Small round red
2.57 (2.404–2.745)
No
4. Oblong white
2.79 (2.619–2.962)
No
5. Small round blue
2.94 (2.769–3.120)
Yes (to 2, 3)
1. Medium round yellow
2.52 (2.364–2.674)
No
2. Small round red
3.25 (3.087–3.410)
Yes (to 1, 3, 4)
3. Oblong red
2.47 (2.296–2.643)
No
4. Small round red
2.91 (2.754–3.069)
No
5. Small round yellow
3.25 (3.076–3.421)
Yes (to 1, 3, 4)
Sedative–hypnotic
Spasmolytic
Preferred tablets from a previous study are marked in italic
Procedure
Participants were asked to imagine a situation where they needed a medicine with the given
effect and to rate the estimated probability of choice for every tablet on a five-grade Likertscale. No problems or difficulties were reported about the questionnaire.
Results
Descriptive statistics of ratings are summarised in Table 1. To examine our first hypothesis,
repeated measure ANOVAs were completed for every effect group. Significant (p < 0.001)
main effects were found in all three cases. In the analgesic–antipyretic group, all three white
CEMED
101
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 1 Mean attractiveness ratings (estimated probability of use) for the five tablets within the analgesic–antipyretic (NSAID) group. Error bars show
95% confidence intervals of means. MW = medium round white; OG = oblong green; SW =
small round white; MR = medium round red;
OW = oblong white
Fig. 2 Mean attractiveness ratings (estimated probability of use) for the five tablets within the sedative–hypnotic group. Error bars show 95% confidence intervals of means. SW = small round
white; MB = medium round blue; SR = small
round red; OW = oblong white; SB = small
round blue
Fig. 3 Mean attractiveness ratings (estimated probability of use) for the five tablets within the spasmolytic group.
Error bars show 95% confidence intervals of means. MY = medium round yellow; SR = small round red;
OR = oblong red; SB = small round blue; SY = small round yellow
tablets were preferred to the other two, although significant differences among the three
white tablets were also found (medium round > small round > oblong; Fig. 1). In the seda2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
102
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
tive–hypnotic group, small round white tablets were preferred to all others, and SB ones were
preferred to two other combinations (small round red and medium round blue; Fig. 2). In the
spasmolytic group, small round red and yellow tablets were preferred to the three other possibilities (Fig. 3).
Discussion
Significant differences in the estimated probabilities of choice for different looking tablets
were found within every investigated effect group. Five out of the six tablets preferred in our
previous studies were clearly preferred in the present study, too. Since the task used in this
study was closer to a real life situation (one needs a curative with a given effect and makes a
choice from among the available tablets), the results are much more valid than those of the
previous studies (participants usually had to choose a tablet with a given look-and-feel for a
desired effect). According to our results, the perceptual characteristics of the tablets can play
a role in the selection process (at least when the choice is really free, e.g. OTC medicines).
The second hypothesis of the present study has also been confirmed. While the colour
played the most important role within the NSAID group (all three white tablets were preferred over the coloured ones), it influenced preferences in the other groups only in interaction with the shape/size of the tablets. In the sedative–hypnotic group, the small round white
tablet was more attractive than the other white and/or small round tablets and both small
round red and yellow tablets were preferred to medium yellow and OR ones among spasmolytics. Therefore, it cannot be simply stated that white colour is associated with sedative effect or yellow with spasmolytic effect in people’s mind, because it is true only for given
colour/size/shape combinations. The relationship between analgesic–antipyretic effects and
white colour seems to be more general. Moreover, tablets with the same perceptual characteristics were rated differently in different effect groups (e.g. SR tablets were preferred as
spasmolytics and rejected as sedatives). In summary, participants’ preferences usually depended on the combination of three features (effect, colour, shape/size) of the tablets. The
origin of these preferences may be in part inherited (general colour preferences) [18] and in
part culturally mediated [4, 14], but evidence of personal learning has also been found [17].
The perceived associations between perceptual characteristics of tablets and their effects
can have at least two therapeutic implications: they can (1) increase or decrease the overall
effectiveness of curatives (e.g. via non-specific effects) and (2) can influence patients’ compliance (adherence). It is well known that the effectiveness of hypnotic and especially analgesic drugs can easily be enhanced by non-specific interventions, typically suggestions
[19, 20]. While there is only weak empirical evidence regarding the physiological effects
generated by look-and-feel of medicines [16], this possibility seems to be acceptable from a
theoretical point of view. Concerning the underlying mechanisms, both expectations generated by and conditioned responses based on look-and-feel of medicines previously used
can elicit psychophysiological effects [1]. According to the direction of previous (personal
and/or cultural) learning, these non-specific effects can be beneficial (placebo) or harmful
(nocebo) as well. As for compliance, the cognitive dissonance evoked by the discrepancy
between expected and actual look-and-feel of medicines can be mainly harmful, as it can
result in quitting the therapy [21, 22].
CEMED
103
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Conclusions
Considering tablets with a given effect, patient’s choice is influenced by the combination of
colour and shape/size. Discrepancies between the expected and the actual perceptual characteristics of medicines can influence their overall effectiveness and patient’s adherence to the
treatment.
References
[1] Kirsch, I.: Specifying nonspecifics: psychological mechanisms of placebo effects. In: Harrington, A. (ed):
The Placebo Effect. An Interdisciplinary Exploration. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1997, pp. 166–
186.
[2] Ross, S., Buckalew, L. W.: Placebo agentry: assessment of drug and placebo effects. In: White, L., Tursky, B.,
Schwartz, G. E. (eds): Placebo – Theory, Research, and Mechanisms. Guilford, New York, 1985, pp. 67–82.
[3] Leslie, A.: Ethics and practice of placebo therapy. Am. J. Med., 1954, 16, 854–862.
[4] Moerman, D. E.: Explanatory mechanisms for placebo effects: cultural influences and the meaning response. In: Guess, H. A., Kleinman, A., Kusek, J. W., Engel, L. W. (eds): The Science of the Placebo. Toward
an Interdisciplinary Research Agenda. BMJ Books, London, 2002, pp. 77–107.
[5] Nash, H.: Psychologic effects of amphetamines and barbiturates. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1962, 134, 203–217.
[6] Hussain, M. Z.: Effect of shape of medication in treatment of anxiety states. Br. J. Psychiatry, 1972, 120,
507–509.
[7] Buckalew, L. W., Ross, S.: Medication property effects on expectations of action. Drug Dev. Res., 1991, 23,
101–108.
[8] Lasagna, L.: Placebos. Sci. Am., 1955, 193, 68–71.
[9] Overgaard, A. B., Møllerdash Sonnergaard, J., Christrup, L. L. et al.: Patients’ evaluation of shape, size and
colour of solid dosage forms. Pharm. World Sci., 2001, 23, 185–188.
[10] Sallis, R. E., Buckalew, L. W.: Relation of capsule color and perceived potency. Percept. Mot. Skills, 1984, 58,
897–898.
[11] Coffield, K. E., Buckalew, L. W.: A study for color preferences of drugs and implications for compliance
and drug-taking. J. Alcohol Drug Educ., 1988, 34, 28–36.
[12] Jacobs, K. W., Nordan, F. M.: Classification of placebo drugs: effect of color. Percept. Mot. Skills, 1979, 49,
367–372.
[13] Buckalew, L. W., Coffield, K. E.: An investigation of drug expectancy as a function of capsule colour, size,
and preparation form. J. Clin. Psychopharmacol., 1982, 2, 245–248.
[14] Buckalew, L. W., Coffield, K. E.: Drug expectations associated with perceptual characteristics: ethnic factors. Percept. Mot. Skills, 1982, 55, 915–918.
[15] Köteles, F., Bárdos, Gy.: Expectations of drug effects based on colours and sizes of tablets. Mentálhig.
Pszichoszom., 2007, 8, 277–290 (in Hungarian with English abstract).
[16] de Craen, A. J., Roos, P. J., Leonard de Vries, A. et al.: Effect of colour of drugs: systematic review of
perceived effect of drugs and of their effectiveness. Br. Med. J., 1996, 313, 1624–1626.
[17] Köteles, F., Fodor, D., Cziboly, Á. et al.: Expectations of drug effects based on colours and sizes – the importance of learning. Clin. Exp. Med. J., 2009, 3, 99–107.
[18] Adams, F. M., Osgood, C. E.: A cross-cultural study of the affective meanings of color. J. Cross Cult. Psychol.,
1973, 4, 135–156.
[19] Geers, A. L., Kosbab, K., Helfer, S. G. et al.: Further evidence for individual differences in placebo responding: an interactionist perspective. J. Psychosom. Res., 2007, 62, 563–570.
[20] Benedetti, F., Amanzio, M., Vighetti, S. et al.: The biochemical and neuroendocrine bases of the hyperalgesic nocebo effect. J. Neurosci., 2006, 26, 12014–12022.
[21] Buckalew, L. W.: A cognitive dissonance perspective on the patient compliance problem. Psychol. Bull., 1982,
3, 28–33.
[22] Buckalew, L. W., Sallis, R. E.: Patient compliance and medication perception. J. Clin. Psychol., 1986, 42,
49–53.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
104
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
The “HÍVÁS” Club: Social Support
in Post Cancer Recovery
KORNÉLIA ROZÁLIA LAZÁNYI1, PÉTER MOLNÁR1,
ANTAL BUGÁN1, LÁSZLÓ DAMJANOVICH3, ZOLTÁN GARAMI3,
BALÁZS FÜLÖP3, KORNÉLIA SZLUHA2
Institute of Behavioural Sciences
2
Department of Radiotherapy
3
Department of Surgery,
Medical and Health Science Center, University of Debrecen, Hungary
1
The mental and emotional state of the individuals have a strong effect on the course of their illnesses as well as the
speed of recovery. Adequate quantity and quality of information and social support are a prerequisite for mental, and
often for physical well-being. In our investigation at the DE OEC, we gathered data on the psychological and
physical states of 100 breast cancer patients in order to reveal the role of a helping atmosphere in the recovery phase
of their illness. The results suggested that patients attending the HÍVÁS support group could cope with their disease
and its side effects better, and experienced a higher level of well-being.
Keywords: social support, support groups, breast cancer, post cancer recovery
Introduction
The mental consequences of suffering from cancer are numerous. It has been proven, however, by many that the mental state of the patient also has effects on the formation and the
course of the cancer itself. According to data from the literature, strong personal distress,
acute stress events, depression, deception, and the loss of hope are strongly correlated with
the frequency of cancer turnout [1–6]. The complex process of coping also largely influences
the disease and its treatment [7]. While positive thoughts are associated with increased subjective well-being, negative thoughts and emotions are not only destructive in mental, but
also in a direct biological sense. Improved (more positive and less negative) affective states
are associated with changes in immune functioning, which are thought to enhance one’s ability to fight off infectious agents. According to Rabin [8], the appropriate mood influences
immunity by altering circulating levels of hormones (primarily epinephrine, norepinephrine,
and cortisol) that regulate the immune response [9]. According to Koh and Lee [6], and Herbert and Cohen [5], a negative personal equation impedes the resilient processes of the self
and of coping by means of a diminished functioning of the immune system.
Mental factors influencing the coping process were thoroughly examined in numerous
scientific studies. The topics most often considered are the following: adjustment, intrusive
thoughts, information needs, body integrity and social support. (A short summary of these
topics will be provided in the following section).
Corresponding address: Kornélia Rozália Lazányi MD, Bogár u. 29/e, 1022 Budapest, Hungary.
E-mail: kornelialazanyi@yahoo.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.11
105
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
105–113.
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Adjustment
Anxiety or worry is the most widespread form of distress in cancer patients [10, 11]. The first
possible incident of maladjustment is the moment of the diagnosis. Besides, the highest anxiety levels due to cancer can be measured at the end of the primary treatment, when the duty
of checking for symptoms falls back onto the patient, in the case of recurrences or when a
bad prognosis is disclosed. The incidence of the following risk factors also impedes optimal
adjustment [12]:
– Inability to accept physical changes caused by the disease or treatment,
– Lack of support from family members and/or friends,
– Lack of involvement in satisfying activities,
– Previous bad experience of cancer in the family,
– Low expectations with regard to the effectivity of the treatment.
Adjustment is especially difficult when the patient is young at the time of the diagnosis or
already has a psychiatric history [13].
Opening up to one’s spouse, family members or close friends, or engaging in activities
such as journal writing or artistic expression, can have a significant positive effect on how a
patient copes with breast cancer [14, 15]. It can decrease the number of the visits to the doctor
and can help in achieving improved overall health.
Intrusive Thoughts
Intrusive thoughts constitute one of the re-experiencing symptoms in post-traumatic stress
disorder. They cause intermittent depression and slow down the process of recovery [16].
Cancer survivors frequently report distressing, cancer-related recollections. Matsuoka et al.
[17] suggest that disturbing feelings are predictors of the continuous presence of psychological distress in cancer survivors. Their somatic consequences can be seen in non-cancer patients as well [18, 19]. There are reports about psychological treatments that not only wipe
out intrusive thoughts, but positively alter the immune system as well. For example, Bakke
[20] record that hypnotic-guided imagery in the form of an 8-week imagery training caused
positive changes in psychological well-being and decreased the prevalence of intrusive
thoughts.
Experienced Insecurity
Nothing is certain in the life of cancer patients. The cancer diagnosis transfers them into a
previously unfamiliar world. Most patients are desperately seeking information to find their
way (out). Jahraus et al. [21] found that the majority of breast cancer patients desire as much
information as possible (good and bad), in as many details as possible, and are willing to
participate in decision-making. Information-seeking activities and the acquisition of all available knowledge concerning cancer are essential parts of the coping process for women facing
increased stress because of breast cancer diagnosis [22]. Golant [23] reported significant
decreases in ambiguity resulting from a half-day patient education conference. Participants
indicated that the education materials and the specific mind–body techniques reinforcing the
importance of side effect management were useful in everyday problems with work or in
other daily activities.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
106
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Self-Image and Body Integrity
Concerns about body integrity are related to an adverse impact on social and recreational
activities, to deterioration in feelings of sexual desirability, and to feelings of alienation from
the self (feeling “not like yourself any more”). Body image is not only physical appearance,
but there is also a body image pertaining to integrity, wholeness, and normal functioning
[24]. People greatly concerned about either aspect of their body image are defenseless against
psychosocial distress when confronting treatment for breast cancer. Carver et al. [25] found
that investment in appearance made women more resilient against deterioration in their perceptions of attractiveness.
Social Support
Care of cancer patients must encompass their emotional and spiritual needs as well as their
physical requisites [26]. One should be aware that some patients are emotionally more vulnerable than others. Those at increased risk of distress should be offered and should experience more support [27].
Social integration is a personal characteristic referring to the extent to which one
participates in his/her social community [28]. Social ties provide a purpose to life [29]. The
ability to meet the social environment’s expectations might result in cognitive benefits such
as increased feelings of self worth, purpose and meaning of life, and control over one’s environment, which may influence health through a variety of pathways [30, 31]. Community
studies of prospects indicate that greater levels of social integration are associated with fewer
depressive symptoms and lower rates of mortality [32]. Corresponding studies found that
social integration is associated with a slighter likelihood of suffering a recurrence of cancer
[33, 34]. Lewis et al. [35] states that in the case of women with low levels of appraisal support, the relationship between cancer-related intrusive thoughts and the quality of life was
significant and negative, while in women with high levels of appraisal support, cancer-related
intrusive thoughts had no significant relationship with their quality of life. Cohen [36] found
that the greater the social diversity, the better the resistance to infectious diseases. This relationship was independent of the number of people in the given social network and of personality characteristics thought to influence social participation.
Mose et al. [37] testified that the psychosocial care of the medical staff is also an important form of support for the reduction of anxiety. Communication with the medical staff
makes it easier to withstand the irradiation treatment, and further moderates situation-related
distress [38].
Purpose
In 1999, we established a Breast Cancer Club in Debrecen called HÍVÁS (an anagram with
the meaning of “Call”) standing for “Hívunk, Várunk, Segítünk” (We call on you; We expect
you; We support you.) The HÍVÁS is a rehabilitation Club that gathers together women with
a history of breast cancer. The supportive staff consists of a psychologist, a priest, a gymnastics trainer, an oncologist, and volunteers of all kinds. The aim of our survey was to take a
closer look at the psychosocial state of breast-cancer patients after their course of irradiation
has ended, and to demonstrate the efficacy of the HÍVÁS Club.
CEMED
107
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Participants of the Survey, Methods
For our study, 100 breast cancer patients filled in our questionnaire, on a voluntary basis. The
following two departments of the Medical and Health Science Center at the University of
Debrecen (DE OEC) participated in our survey:
– Department of Radiotherapy,
– Department of Surgery I.
The members of the research group were female patients all receiving radiotherapy. Our
sample was representative in comparison with other treatment methods applied in the wake
of other forms of cancer treatment such as chemotherapy and surgery. Some of the participants of this study attended the HÍVÁS Club, while others did not. The relative ratio of the
two groups of patients (37/63) is appropriate for average breast cancer patients at the University of Debrecen.
The questionnaire contained items on the following particulars:
– Personal data,
– Factors that might induce breast-cancer according to data from the literature,
– Clinical anamnesis,
– Somatic side effects,
– Psychological factors,
– “Services” supplied by the physician,
– Devices and products that promote recovery.
Results
The average age of the volunteers was 55.4. There was no significant difference between
the average age of HÍVÁS members and non-members. Forty-nine percent of the HÍVÁS
members (N1 = 18) had a previous anamnesis of cancer among the female ancestry, and 60%
of them (N2 = 22) had breast cancer patient(s) among their close (relatives). The non-members had a much better family anamnesis (N1 = 22, that is 35% and N2 = 2, that is only 3%).
The most probable explanation for this ratio of support group membership for those with bad
family anamnesis is that those with preliminary experiences with cancer are more likely to
ask for and are not ashamed of receiving help from others needing guidance and assistance.
In some aspects, we could not detect any significant difference between the HÍVÁS
members and non-members. For example, in both groups, patients with higher than secondary education sensed psychical complaints more vividly than others with primary or secondary education. Patients with lower education were the most concerned about the alteration of
their body image. Most of the patients were devastated by their altered body image and the
decreased sense of femininity. Almost 85% of the patients were at the postmenopausal age.
Patients above 50 reported a lower level of mental confusion than the younger members of
our sample. They could more easily adapt to the altered body image, to decreased self-regard,
to intrusive thoughts, and a decreased sense of femininity.
In other fields, the impact of the HÍVÁS Club was well measurable. Somatic and psychological complaints, for example, decreased significantly, due to support group membership. They were the least frequent in the group of irradiated breast cancer patients. The other
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
108
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 1 The somatic and psychological complaints of the researched patients
three forms of treatments (chemotherapy, surgery, and both of them following radiotherapy)
led to bodily complaints in almost 100% of the patients. The highest level of psychological
disturbance was reported in patients having undergone surgery (mastectomy and quadrantectomy). Chemotherapy patients, mainly because of the loss of hair and nausea, were the second most affected group. The weighted average of somatic psychological complaints was, in
all four groups, lower for the HÍVÁS members than for non-members. It is interesting,
though, that the level of somatic complaints was also lower. Although the difference was
statistically not significant, the same tendency can be found in data from the literature as well
[6, 38]. According to Cassel [39], somatic symptoms are biased by emotional and psychological factors, since suffering is not an objectively measurable phenomenon, but rather a
subjectively perceived state of self (Fig. 1).
According to survey data, the HÍVÁS members had a broader and more diverse social
support system. Their relationship with family members, friends and co-workers was harmed
less than that of the non-members. Table 1 shows the power of the HÍVÁS members’ social
network.
There was no significant difference between the members and the non-members considering their claim for external aid or managing their problems alone. But, according to survey
data, 90% of the HÍVÁS members could manage their disease (in contrast with 60% of nonmembers), and 40% of them, with the help of friends or family members. Consequently, the
greatest discrepancy can be found in the number of patients receiving assistance from their
social network.
Both members and non-members found the amount of information provided by their
physician satisfactory. Notwithstanding, the HÍVÁS members and, certainly, the support
group, were better informed concerning the availability of rehabilitation techniques, medical
aid than the non-member participants of the survey. Some of the HÍVÁS members were also
given religious support when desired; that is why, when they learnt about this service, more
of them requested spiritual assistance as well (Table 2).
Tables 3 and 4 demonstrate the degree to which survey participants were conscious of
their illness. The first one represents the individual differences of the volunteers in the extent
CEMED
109
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Table 1 The way of coping of HÍVÁS members and non-members
HÍVÁS members
Non-members
%
N
%
N
I could manage my problems alone
21.6
8
19
12
I could manage my problems with the help
of family members or friends
40.5
15
22.2
14
I could manage my problems with the help
of a psychiatrist or religion
27
10
17.5
11
I locked myself up
10.8
4
41.3
26
Total
100
37
100
63
Table 2 The research participants’ knowledge on rehabilitation possibilities
HÍVÁS members
Non-members
%
N
%
N
Medical aid
67.6
25
28.6
18
Physical therapy
70.3
26
54
34
Natural healing treatments, methods
64.9
24
60.3
38
Religion
24.3
9
3.2
2
Psychologist
56.8
21
36.5
23
Support group
94.6
35
49.2
31
Table 3 The researched patients’ relation to their own disease
HÍVÁS members
Non-members
%
N
%
N
5.4
2
25.4
16
I learned how to live with my disease
54.1
20
55.6
35
I do not contemplate my disease
40.5
15
19
12
37
100
63
I contemplate my disease a lot
Total
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
100
110
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Table 4 Comparison of the HÍVÁS members’ and non-members’ sense of illness
HÍVÁS members
Non-members
%
N
%
N
I have recurrence
5.4
2
4.8
3
I have metastases
5.4
2
6.3
4
I have neither recurrence nor metastases
10.8
4
28.6
18
I consider myself healthy
78.4
29
60.3
38
Total
100
37
100
63
to which they dealt with their breast cancer, while the second one contrasts the lack of somatic manifestations with the feeling of being a healthy person.
These survey data suggest that the members of the HÍVÁS Club have learnt how to live
with their breast cancer anamnesis to the same degree as the non-members. The difference
lies in the coping mechanism. While 25.4% of the non-members contemplate their disease
day after day, most HÍVÁS members do not have permanent concerns about breast cancer.
The last table shows that although the ratio of cured patients (without recurrence and
metastases) is almost the same in both groups, 28.6% (three times more) of the non-members
do not consider themselves as cured.
Conclusions
We have arrived at the conclusion that social support affects the patients’ attitude towards
their disease, in a number of ways. We have also found that the social context of the breast
cancer patients largely influences their sense of disease and the results of their treatment.
Besides talking to family members or close friends, joining a cancer support group has proved
the best possibility for participation in a broad social network. As we have seen, affiliation to
support groups helps the patients cognitively reframe their situation. It also teaches them how
to reframe their need for depending on others as a form of return on the emotional investment
they made in the relationship over the years.
As we have also learnt, 37% of general breast cancer patients at the University of
Debrecen are members of the HÍVÁS Club. The HÍVÁS members not only sense somatic
and psychological spillovers less intensely, but can also live with their disease more easily.
Our results show that patients attending the support group could more easily adapt to cancer
and its side effects. Members of the HÍVÁS Club had better relationships with family members, friends or co-workers. Also, being among companions in distress helped them tolerate
their altered body image better. On the whole, we can conclude that breast cancer has less
effect on these patients’ social ties, body image, sexual life, self respect and self reliance.
CEMED
111
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
On the basis of our data, we can state that support group membership helps diminish the
number of patients who withdraw into themselves, while it helps increase the number of
those who consider themselves cured and do not contemplate breast cancer each day, any
more.
References
[1] Paget, J.: On disease of the mammary areola preceding cancer of the mammary gland. St. Bartholomew
Hosp. Rep., 1874, 10, 87–89.
[2] Parker, S. L., Davis, K. J., Wingo, P. A. et al.: Cancer statistics by race and ethnicity. CA Cancer J. Clin., 1998,
48, 31–48.
[3] LeShan, L.: Psychological states as factors in the development of malignant disease: a critical review.
J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 1959, 22, 1–18.
[4] Grossarth-Maticek, R., Schmidt, P., Vetter, H. et al.: Psychotherapy research in oncology. In: Steptoe, A.,
Mathews, A. (eds): Health Care and Human Behavior. Academic Press, London, 1984, pp. 325–341.
[5] Herbert, T. B., Cohen, S.: Depression and immunity: a meta-analytic review. Psychol. Bull., 1993, 113, 472–
486.
[6] Koh, K. B., Lee, B. K.: Reduced lymphocyte proliferation and interleukin-2 production in anxiety disorders. Psychosom. Med., 1998, 60, 479–483.
[7] Davidson, L., Strauss, J. S.: Beyond the biopsychosocial model: integrating disorder, health and recovery.
Psychiatry, 1995, 58, 44–55.
[8] Rabin, B. S.: Stress, Immune Function and Health: The Connection. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999.
[9] Sklar, L. S., Anisman, H.: Stress and cancer. Psychol. Bull., 1981, 89, 369–406.
[10] Sklar, L. S., Anisman, H.: Stress and coping factors influence tumour growth. Science, 1979, 205, 513–515.
[11] Schwarger, R., Leppin, A.: Social support and health: a meta-analysis. Psychol. Health, 1989, 3, 1–15.
[12] Carr, J. E.: Stress and illness. In: Wedding, D. (ed): Behavior and Medicine. Hogrefe and Huber, Bern,
2001, pp. 231–245.
[13] Spiegel, D., Bloom, J. R., Kraemer, H. C. et al.: Effect of psychosocial treatment on survival of patients
with metastatic breast cancer. Lancet, 1989, 2, 901–918.
[14] Stoll, B. A.: Psychosomatic aspects of cancer. In: Christine, M. J., Mellett, P. G. (eds): The Psychosomatic
Approach Contemporary Practice of Whole-Person Care. Wiley, New York, 1986, pp. 395–423.
[15] Kopp, M.: A reménytelenség szerepe a betegségek létrejöttében. (In Hungarian) Kórház, 1997, 4, 4–9.
[16] Matsuoka, Y., Nakano, T., Inagaki, M. et al.: Cancer-related intrusive thoughts as an indicator of poor psychological adjustment at 3 or more years after breast surgery: a preliminary study. Breast Cancer Res. Treat.,
2002, 2, 117–124.
[17] Glaser, R., Rice, J., Sheridan, J. et al.: Stress related immune suppression: health implications. Brain Behav.
Immun., 1987, 1, 7–20.
[18] Cohen, M., Klein, E., Kuten, A. et al.: Increased emotional distress in daughters of breast cancer patients is
associated with decreased natural cytotoxic activity, elevated levels of stress hormones and decreased secretion of Th1 eytokines. Int. J. Cancer, 2002, 3, 347–354.
[19] Bakke, A. C., Purtzer, M. Z., Newton, P.: The effect of hypnotic-guided imagery on psychological wellbeing and immune function in patients with prior breast cancer. J. Psychosom. Res., 2002, 6, 1131–1137.
[20] Jahraus, D., Sokolsky, S., Thurston, N. et al.: Evaluation of an education program for patients with breast
cancer receiving radiation therapy. Cancer Nurs., 2002, 3, 231–245.
[21] Blechman, E. A., Brownell, K. D.: Behavioral Medicine and Women. Guilford Press, New York, 1997.
[22] Golant, M., Altman, T., Martin, C.: Managing cancer side effects to improve quality of life: a cancer psycho
education program. Cancer Nurs., 2003, 1, 37–44.
[23] Fava, G. A.: Behavioral treatment of altered brain-gut mechanisms. In: Corazziari, E. (ed): Neuro Gastroenterology. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1996, pp. 109–113.
[24] Carver, C. S., Pozo-Kaderman, C., Price, A. A. et al.: Concern about aspects of body image and adjustment to
early stage breast cancer. Psychosom. Med., 1998, 2, 168–174.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
112
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[25] Drossman, D. A.: Irritable bowel syndrome: the role of psychosocial factors. Stress Med., 1994, 10, 49–55.
[26] Dunbar, J. M., Marshall, G. D., Howell, M. F.: Behavioral strategies for improving compliance. In: Haynes,
D. W., Sackett, D. L. (eds): Compliance in Health Care. Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, 1979,
pp. 174–190.
[27] Blaser, D.: Social support and mortality in an elderly community population. Am. J. Epidemiol., 1982, 115,
684–694.
[28] Kawachi, I., Berkman, L. F.: Social cohesion, social capital and health. In: Berkman, L. F., Kawachi, I. (eds):
Social Epidemiology. Oxford University Press, New York, 2000, pp. 174–190.
[29] Caldwell, R. A., Pearson, J. L., Chin, J. R.: Stress moderating effects: social support in the context of gender
and locus of control. Pers. Soc. Psychol. Bull., 1987, 13, 5–17.
[30] Sarason, B. R., Sarason, I. G., Pierce, G. R.: Social Support: An Interactional View. Wiley, New York, 1990.
[31] Berkman, L. F.: The role of social relations in health promotion. Psychosom. Med., 1995, 57, 245–254.
[32] Helgeson, V. S., Cohen, S., Fritz, H. L.: Social ties and the onset and progression of cancer. In: Holland, J. (ed):
Textbook of Psycho-Oncology. Oxford University Press, New York, 1998, pp. 99–109.
[33] Caserta, M., Lund, D.: Intrapersonal resources and the effectiveness of self-help groups of bereaved older
adults. Gerontologist, 1993, 33, 619–629.
[34] Lewis, J. A., Manne, S. L., Duttamel, K. N. et al.: Social support, intrusive thoughts, and quality of life in
breast cancer survivors. J. Behav. Med., 2001, 3, 231–245.
[35] Cohen, S., Wills, T. A.: Stress, social support, and the buffering hypothesis. Psychol. Bull., 1985, 98, 310–
357.
[36] Mose, S., Rahn, A. N., Budischewski, K. M. et al.: The effect of adjuvant radiotherapy on the mental health
of female patients with breast-conserving operated breast carcinoma. Strahlenther. Onkol., 1999, 3, 112–118.
[37] Knight, C., Barthel, H.: Quality Hospice Care. A Hospice Staff Training Manual. Embi, Texas, 1993.
[38] Cohen, J. J.: Individual variability and immunity. Brain Behav. Immun., 1999, 13, 76–79.
[39] Cassel, J.: Psychosocial processes and “stress”: theoretical formulation. Int. J. Health Serv., 1974, 4, 471–
482.
CEMED
113
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Gastric Ulcer Protective Activity
of Hibiscus sabdariffa: An Experimental,
Biochemical and Histological Study
SALEH ALQASOUMI1, 2, MOHAMMED AL-DOSARI1,
MOHAMMED AL-SOHAIBANI3, TAWFEQ AL-HOWIRINY1,
MOHAMMED AL-YAHYA1, SYED RAFATULLAH2
Department of Pharmacognosy, College of Pharmacy, P.O. Box 2457,
King Saud University, Riyadh 11451, Saudi Arabia
2
Medicinal, Aromatic and Poisonous Plants Research Center, College of Pharmacy, P.O. Box 2457,
King Saud University, Riyadh 11451, Saudi Arabia
3
Department of Pathology, P.O. Box 2925, King Khalid University Hospital,
King Saud University, Riyadh 11461, Saudi Arabia
1
Hibiscus sabdariffa L. (Roselle) is a vegetable known to possess various therapeutic properties. We evaluated the
anti-ulcerogenic property of ethanolic extract of dried calyces (EEHS) in different ulcer models in Wistar albino rats.
The extract at 250 and 500 mg/kg body weight, orally has a significant effect in cold restraint stress, pylorus ligation,
necrotizing agents (80% ethanol, 0.2 M NaOH and 25% NaCl) and indomethacin-induced gastric ulcer models.
The extract showed an ability to significantly protect against gastric mucosal injury in all models used. Furthermore,
EEHS has significantly decreased the basal gastric acid secretion, as well as significantly increased gastric wall
mucus secretion (GWM) and non-protein sulfhydryl (NP-SH) concentrations in gastric tissue. Whereas, the extract
significantly reduced the ethanol-induced elevated levels of malondialdehyde (MDA) in the rat stomach. These
pharmacological and biochemical findings were further supported by the histological assessment of the stomach.
The phytochemical constituents present in the H. sabdariffa calyces may contribute to its anti-ulcer activity through
one or more mechanism(s), including the antisecretory and antioxidant nature of the extract.
Keywords: Hibiscus sabdariffa, Roselle, gastric anti-ulcer, cytoprotection, antioxidant
Abbreviations
EEHS = ethanolic extract of Hibiscus sabdariffa; GWM = gastric wall mucus; NP-SH = non-protein sulfhydryl;
MDA = malondialdehyde
The consumption of a variety of herbs and vegetables by people is thought to contribute a
great deal to the improvement of human health with regard to prevention and/or cure of diseases because plants have long served as useful and rational source of therapeutic agents [1].
Natural sources such as plants present promise of cure as they have been the raw materials
for the synthesis of drugs and important source of new therapeutic agents [2]. Various phytochemical constituents have been identified from herbal ingredients with anti-ulcer activity
[3]. In recent years, attention has been focused on anti-ulcer properties of edible plants, as an
important source for the prevention of diseases.
Corresponding address: Syed Rafatulah MD, Medicinal, Aromatic and Poisonous Plants Research Center (MAPPRC), College of Pharmacy, P.O. Box 2457, King Saud University, Riyadh 11451, Saudi Arabia.
E-mail: srafat@ksu.edu.sa; srafatullah@yahoo.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.12
115
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
115–127.
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Hibiscus sabdariffa L. is a genesis of the Malvaceae family. It is called by different local
names in various countries. In Saudi Arabia, it is called Karkade. In English-speaking countries and in India, it is named Roselle or Red Sorrel and Lal Ambada, respectively. As a traditional medicine, it is claimed to possess various therapeutic and pharmacological activities.
The calyces are used to make beverages and have been used in Arab traditional and Unani
medicines as diuretic, stomachic, aphrodisiac, cholagogue, digestive, laxative, and as a remedy for heart ailment, hypertension and for thinning the blood viscosity [4]. Moreover, the
calyx of Roselle is reported to have antioxidant properties [5]. A clinical trial on hypertensive
patients revealed the antihypertensive effect of H. sabdariffa aqueous extract [6]. It is also
used as an anticancer [7], anticlastogenic [8], antispasmodic [9], antistress [10], and antidiarrheal [11, 12] agent, and as a diuretic and hypolipidemic [13, 14] agent in traditional medicine of various countries.
The Roselle contains a number of phytochemical constituents including quercetin, anthocyanin, L-ascorbic acid and protocatechuic acid [15]. It also contains anisaldehyde,
arachidic acid, β-carotene, β-sitosterol, delphinidin, gossypetin and hibiscetin [16]. In the
current study, we investigated the gastroprotective effects of ethanolic extract of the calyces
of H. sabdariffa (EEHS) by employing hypothermic resistant stress- and various chemicalinduced gastric ulcer models alongside biochemical and histological assessment of gastric
tissue in rats.
Material and Methods
Plant Material and Preparation of Extract
Dried calyces of H. sabdariffa were purchased from a local vegetable market in Riyadh, and
the identity of these calyces was confirmed by an expert taxonomist of the Department of
Pharmacognosy, where a voucher specimen (no. 6709) of the plant has been kept in the Herbarium of the College of Pharmacy, KSU, Riyadh. The dried, coarsely pulverized calyces of
H. sabdariffa were placed in a glass percolator with ethanol and were allowed to stand at
room temperature for about 72 h. The percolate was collected and dried under reduced pressure in vacuo. The extract obtained was later used and dissolved in distilled water for evaluation of anti-ulcer activity.
Animals and Dosing
The animal study protocol was approved by the Research and Ethics Committee of the Experimental Animal Care Society, College of Pharmacy, King Saud University, Riyadh, Saudi
Arabia. Albino Wistar rats of either sex, approximately of the same age, weighing 150–200 g
and fed on a diet of standard chow were used in this study. They were randomly divided into
experimental groups of six rats each. Aqueous solutions of ulcerogens and EEHS were freshly prepared before administration. EEHS at doses of 250 and 500 mg/kg were given orally
in the anti-ulcer studies and intraperitoneally for gastric secretion evaluation. The rats were
sacrificed and the stomachs removed and opened along the greater curvature. After washing
with saline, the gastric lesions were quantified by a person unaware of the treatments.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
116
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Hypothermic Restraint Stress-Induced Ulcers
The method described by Senay and Levine [17] was adopted with slight modifications. Animals were fasted for 36 h but had access to water ad libitum. Thirty minutes after the oral
administration of EEHS (250 and 500 mg/kg), the rats were immobilized in restraint cages
and placed inside a ventilated refrigerator maintained at 3 ± 1 °C for 3 h. The animals were
then sacrificed and the stomachs were excised. They were examined for ulceration and the
severity of intraluminal bleeding according to the following arbitrary scale described by Chiu
et al. [18]. 0 = no blood detectable; 1 = thin blood follows the rugae; 2 = thick blood follows
the rugae; 3 = thick blood follows the rugae with blood clots in certain areas; and 4 = extensive covering of the whole gastric mucosal surface with thick blood.
Pylorus-Ligated (Shay) Rats (Anti-Secretory Studies)
Rats were fasted for 36 h with access to water ad libitum before pylorus ligation. Care was
taken not to cause bleeding or to occlude blood vessels [19]. EEHS was administered intraperitoneally immediately after pylorus ligation (Shay). The rats were sacrificed at 6 h after
pylorus ligation. The stomachs were removed; the contents were collected, volumes measured, centrifuged and analyzed for titratable acidity against 0.01 mol/L NaOH at pH 7.
Gastric Lesions Induced by Necrotizing Agents (Cytoprotection)
Each rat was administered 1 mL of a necrotizing agent (80% ethanol, 0.2 mol/L NaOH or
25% NaCl). EEHS was given 30 min before the administration of necrotizing agents. One
hour after the administration of ethanol and the alkalis, the rats were sacrificed and examined
for stomach lesions. The scoring of stomach lesions was as follows: patchy lesions of the
stomach induced by ethanol were scored according to the method described by Robert et al.
[20] using the following scale: 0 = normal mucosa; 1 = hyperemic mucosa or up to three
small patches; 2 = from four to ten small patches; 3 = more than ten small or up to three
medium-sized patches; 4 = from four to six medium-sized patches; 5 = more than six medium-sized or up to three large patches; 6 = from four to six large patches; 7 = from seven to
ten large patches; 8 = more than ten large patches or extensive necrotic zones. “Small” was
defined as up to 2 mm across (max. diameter), “medium-sized” between 2 and 4 mm across
and “large” more than 4 mm across.
Determination of Gastric Wall Mucus (GWM)
GWM was determined according to the modified procedure of Crone et al. [21]. The glandular segment of the stomach was separated from the rumen of the stomach, weighed, and
transferred immediately to 10 mL of 0.1% w/v Alcian blue solution (in 0.16 mmol/L sucrose
solution buffered with 0.05 mL sodium acetate at pH 5). Tissue was stained for 2 h in Alcian
blue and excess dye was removed by two successive rinses with 10 mL of 0.25 mmol/L sucrose, first after 15 min and then after 45 min. Dye complexed with the GWM was extracted
with 10 mL of 0.5 mmol/L magnesium chloride, which was intermittently shaken for 1 min
at 30 min intervals for 2 h. Four milliliters of blue extract were then vigorously shaken with
an equal volume of diethyl ether. The resulting emulsion was centrifuged at 4,000 r/min for
CEMED
117
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
10 min and the absorbance of the aqueous layer was recorded at 580 nm. The quantity of Alcian blue extracted per gram of wet glandular tissue was then calculated.
Gastric Lesions Induced by Indomethacin
Indomethacin was suspended in 1.0% carboxy-methylcellulose (CMC) in water (6 mg/mL)
and administered orally to the 36 h fasted rats at a dose of 30 mg/kg body weight. Control rats
were treated similarly with an equivalent amount of vehicle [22]. The H. sabdariffa extract
was given 30 min prior to indomethacin administration at a dose of 250 and 500 mg/kg. The
animals were sacrificed 6 h after treatment. The stomachs were excised, rinsed with normal
saline and examined for ulceration.
Determination of Total Protein (TP)
TP was estimated by the kit method, supplied by Crescent Diagnostics, Jeddah, Saudi
Arabia.
Estimation of Non-Protein Sulfhydryls (NP-SH)
Gastric mucosal NP-SH were measured according to the method of Sedlak and Lindsay [23].
The glandular part of the stomach was homogenized in ice-cold 0.02 mmol/L ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). Aliquots of 5 mL of the homogenates were mixed in 15 mL
test tubes with 4 mL of distilled water and 1 ml of 50% trichloroacetic acid (TCA). The tubes
were shaken intermittently for 10 min and centrifuged at 3,000 r/min. Two milliliters of supernatant were mixed with 4 mL of 0.4 mol/L Tris buffer at pH 8.9. 0.1 mL of 5,5´-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (DTNB) was added and the sample was shaken. The absorbance was
measured within 5 min of DTNB addition at 412 nm against a reagent blank.
Determination of Malondialdehyde (MDA)
The method reported by Utley et al. [24] was followed. The animals were killed 1 h after
ethanol administration. The stomachs were removed and each was homogenized in 0.15
mol/L KCl (at 4 °C) in a Potter–Elvehjem type C homogenizer to give a 10% w/v homogenate. Aliquots of homogenate 1 mL in volume were incubated at 37 °C for 3 h in a metabolic
shaker. Then 1 mL of 10% aqueous TCA was added and mixed. The mixture was then centrifuged at 800 g for 10 min. One milliliter of the supernatant was removed and mixed with
1 mL of 0.67% w-thiobarbituric acid in water and placed in a boiling water bath for 10 min.
The mixture was cooled and diluted with 1 mL distilled water. The absorbance of the solution
was then read at 535 nm. The content of MDA (nmol/g wet tissue) [index of the magnitude
of lipid peroxidation (LPO)] was then calculated by reference to a standard curve of MDA
solution.
Histopathological Evaluation
Gastric tissue samples were fixed in neutral buffered formalin for 24 h. Sections of gastric
tissue were histopathologically examined to study the ulcerogenic and/or anti-ulcerogenic
activity of EEHS. The tissues were fixed in 10% buffered formalin and processed using a VIP
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
118
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
tissue processor. The processed tissues were embedded in paraffin blocks and sections about
5 μm thick were cut using an American optical rotary microtome. These sections were stained
with haematoxylin and eosin using routine procedures [25]. The slides were examined microscopically for pathomorphological changes such as congestion, hemorrhage, necrosis, edema,
and erosions using an arbitrary scale for severity assessment of these changes.
Statistical Analysis
Values in tables and figures are given as means ± SE. Data were analyzed by using one-way
analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Student’s t-test.
Results
Effect of EEHS on Hypothermic Restraint Stress-Induced
Gastric Mucosal Lesions
Table 1 shows that EEHS at a doses of 250 and 500 mg/kg body weight significantly inhibited intraluminal bleeding and ulcer formation induced by hypothermic restraint stress. Although the ulcer index was reduced at a dose of 250 mg/kg body weight, this reduction was
not found to be statistically significant.
Table 1 Effect of ethanolic extract of EEHS on hypothermic restrain stress-induced intraluminal bleeding and
gastric lesions in rats (mean ± SE)
Intraluminal bleeding
Gastric lesion
Score
Ulcer index
–
2.50 ± 0.83
20.66 ± 5.27
EEHS
250
00 ± 00
10.33 ± 3.72
EEHS
500
00 ± 00
5.83 ± 2.04*
Group
serial
Treatment
1
Control (distilled water)
2
3
Dose (mg/kg, i.g.)
Six rats were used in each group
*P < 0.05 vs. control (distilled water) group, student’s t-test
Effect of EEHS on Gastric Secretions in 6 h Pylorus-Ligated Rats
In the gastric secretion determination model, using ligated pylorus for 6 h, the treatment with
EEHS at both doses (250 and 500 mg/kg) significantly reduced the volume of basal gastric
secretion, titratable acidity and ulceration in comparison with the control group (Table 2).
Effect of EEHS on Necrotizing Agents-Induced Gastric Lesions
The treatment of rats with 80% ethanol, 0.2 mol/L NaOH and 25% NaCl produced extensive
gastric lesions in the glandular mucosa of the stomach in all the control rats. Pretreatment
CEMED
119
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Table 2 Effect of ethanolic extract of EEHS on gastric secretion, acidity and gastric lesions index in pylorus-ligated
shay rats (mean ± SE)
Group
serial
Treatment
Dose
(mg/kg, i.g.)
Volume of gastric
content (mL)
Titratable acidity
(mEq/L)
Ulcer index
1
Control (distilled water)
–
8.00 ± 0.89
170.26 ± 8.58
0.83 ± 0.75
2
EEHS
250
2.66 ± 0.81***
46.09 ± 9.52***
00 ± 00***
3
EEHS
500
2.16 ± 0.75***
34.99 ± 10.05***
00 ± 00***
Six rats were used in each group
***P < 0.001 vs. control (distilled water) group, student’s t-test
Table 3 Effect of ethanolic extract of EEHS on gastric on gastric lesions induced by necrotizing agents
(mean ± SE)
Group
serial
Treatment
1
Control (distilled water)
2
3
Dose
(mg/kg, i.g.)
Ulcer index
80% EtOH
0.2 mol/L NaOH
25% NaCl
–
5.5 ± 0.83
7.5 ± 0.83
7.33 ± 0.81
EEHS
250
5.1 ± 1.47
3.83 ± 1.32*
4.83 ± 0.75*
EEHS
500
2.00 ± 0.89*
2.00 ± 1.09**
3.33 ± 0.51**
Six rats were used in each group
*P < 0.05, **P < 0.01, vs. control (distilled water) group, student’s t-test
with EEHS at doses of 250 and 500 mg/kg significantly reduced the lesion index. Although
the ulcer intensity was found to be reduced in the animal groups that received 250 mg/kg
dose of extract in ethanol-induced mucosal damage, this reduction of ulceration was statistically insignificant, as shown in Table 3.
Effect of EEHS on Ethanol-Induced Changes in GWM
Rats treated with ethanol showed a significant decrease in the Alcian blue binding capacity of
GWM as compared to control rats. Pre-treatment of rats with EEHS at a dose of 500 mg/kg
significantly enhanced the Alcian blue binding capacity of gastric mucosa, but this enhancement of binding capacity was not found to be statistically significant with 250 mg/kg dose
(Fig. 1).
Effect of EEHS on Gastric Lesions Induced by Indomethacin
The oral administration of indomethacin induced marked damage in the rat glandular stomach. EEHS at the 500 mg/kg dose significantly prevented the development of gastric lesions
in the rat stomach (P < 0.05). However, no significant preventive effect of EEHS at the
250 mg/kg dose, in indomethacin-treated rats was observed (Table 4).
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
120
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 1 Effect of EEHS on induction of changes in gastric wall mucus (GWM) by 80% ethanol
Table 4 Effect of ethanolic extract of EEHS on indomethacin-induced gastric mucosal lesions (mean ± SE)
Group
serial
Treatment
Dose
(mg/kg, i.g.)
Ulcer index
1
Control (indomethacin only)
30
40.50 ± 4.63
2
EEHS
250
30.16 ± 7.05
3
EEHS
500
22.00 ± 3.89*
Six rats were used in each group
*P < 0.05 vs. control (indomethacin only) group, student’s t-test
Effect of EEHS on Ethanol-Induced Depletion of TP
Fig. 2 demonstrated the TP levels were significantly decreased in ethanol only treated group.
EEHS at both doses used afforded to significantly and dose-dependently elevated the protein
concentration in the gastric tissue.
Effect of EEHS on Ethanol-Induced Depletion of Gastric Mucosal NP-SH
The level of NP-SH in the gastric mucosa significantly decreased following the administration of 80% ethanol. Pre-treatment of rats with EEHS at 500 mg/kg significantly replenished
the ethanol-induced depletion of NP-SH concentration in the stomach. However, this increase was not significant with the 250 mg/kg dose (Fig. 3).
CEMED
121
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 2 Effect of EEHS on TP concentration in gastric ulcer induced by 80% ethanol
Fig. 3 Effect of EEHS on NP-SH concentration in gastric ulcer induced by 80% ethanol
Effect of EEHS on Ethanol-Induced Increase in MDA
As depicted in Fig. 4, MDA levels in the gastric mucosa were significantly higher in
the ethanol treated group than in the untreated control group. On the other hand, EEHS at
500 mg/kg dose significantly decreased the MDA content. The lower dose (250 mg/kg), however, decreased the MDA content, but insignificantly.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
122
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 4 Effect of EEHS on MDA concentration in gastric ulcer induced by 80% ethanol
Effect of EEHS on Histopathological Evaluation
Histopathological studies (Figs 5–8) further confirmed that pretreatment with EEHS prevented ethanol-induced necrosis and congestion in the superficial layers of the gastric mucosa.
Discussion
Investigation of ethanol extract of H. sabdariffa EEHS in the present study provides ample
indications of its strong gastric anti-ulcerogenic property. The extract showed anti-ulcer activity in all the models used, each of which produces ulcer through a different mechanism.
Hypothermic restraint stress-induced ulcer is a widely accepted model, in which peripheral
sympathetic activation plays an important role in producing the ulcers [26]. According to Cho
et al. [27], stress plays an important role in etiopathology of gastroduodenal ulceration by
increasing gastric motality and vagal over stimulation, besides mast cell degranulation [28],
decreased gastric mucosal blood flow [29] and reduction in prostaglandin generation. In the
cold plus restraint stress, the incidence of ulcers is considered to be due to increased acid
production and generation of free radicals. The observation in the present study, a significant
decrease in the ulcer index in this model suggests the ability of Roselle extract is involved in
decreasing the gastric acid secretion and stress-induced ulcers.
Furthermore, EEHS also showed a significant effectiveness by inhibiting basal gastric
acid secretion and ulcer formation in pylorus-ligated Shay rat model. Pyloric ligation-induced
ulcers are caused by imbalance between offensive and defensive mucosal factors [30]. The
pylorus-ligated ulcers occur because of an increase in acid–pepsin accumulation and result in
mucosal digestion. A considerable amount of mucus is secreted during superficial damage
CEMED
123
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 5 Normal control. Normal mucosa. Haematoxylin
and Eosin
Fig. 6 Pathogenic control (treated with 80% ethanol).
Ethanol-induced gastric mucosal congestion
and necrosis. Haematoxylin and eosin
Fig. 7 Pre-treatment of rats with EEHS 250 mg/kg.
Normal mucosa. Haematoxylin and eosin
Fig. 8 Pre-treatment of rats with EEHS 500 mg/kg.
Normal mucosa. Haematoxylin and eosin
that provides a favorable microenvironment in repair. In the present work, it was found that
the extract was able to reduce the titratable acidity and ulcer intensity.
EEHS significantly prevented gastric lesions induced by ethanol and strong alkalis, the
most commonly employed tests in the evaluation of anti-ulcer/cytoprotective activity [31].
It is suggested that oxygen-free radicals may contribute to the formation of ethanol and/or
acidified alcohol and strong alkalis-induced gastric mucosal lesions [32, 33] and the antioxidants are capable of exerting their protective ability against the damage caused by oxidants
[34]. It has also been reported that the calyx of Roselle have antioxidant properties [5].
Mucus secretion is an important factor in the protection of gastric mucosa from the gastric lesions produced by various insulting agents, and has been regarded as a vital defensive
factor in the gastric mucus barrier. A decrease in the synthesis of mucus gel has been implicated in the aetiology of gastric ulceration [35]. The wide distribution of adherent mucus
content in the gastrointestinal tract plays a central role in cytoprotection and repair of the
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
124
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
gastric mucosa [36, 37]. The replenishment of GWM in the present study by EEHS indicates
its cytoprotective action on experimentally induced gastric ulcers.
On the other hand, EEHS blocks the indomethacin-induced gastric lesions, due to the
ability of indomethacin, the most commonly used non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
(NSAID) which causes gastrointestinal ulceration, to suppress prostaglandin biosynthesis
[38], resulting in overproduction of leukotrienes and other products of 5-lipoxygenase pathway [39]. These agents break the mucosal barrier, provoking an increase in gastric mucosal
permeability to H+ and Na+ ions, and decrease in the transmucosal potential difference causing the erosion and ulcers [40]. It seems that EEHS may possibly increase and/or generate
synthesis of cytoprotective prostaglandin and inhibition of leukotrienes.
Administration of HSEE also increased the NP-SH and protein content of the gastric
mucosa of alcohol treated animals. It is well documented that increase in sulfhydryl compounds [41] and protein [42] contribute to protecting the stomach from ethanol injury. A large
part of NP-SH present in rat gastric mucosal tissue [43]. GSH has been shown to protect
gastric tissues against oxidative stress [44]. Besides, the extract of Roselle significantly reduced the MDA concentration in gastric tissue when challenged with ethanol. MDA is one of
the end products of LPO. LPO is the oxidative deterioration of polyunsaturated lipids. LPO
in vivo has been said to be of basic importance in aging, in damage to cells by air pollution,
in some phases of atherosclerosis, in some forms of liver and other tissue injury, and in oxygen toxicity [45]. The effectiveness of the extract helps in alleviating the chemically induced
oxidative stress-induced ulcer with marked depletion in LPO and enhancement in NP-SH and
protein levels, suggesting decrease in oxidative damage. This could be due to restoration of
balance of free radical scavenging enzyme NP-SH in the gastric mucosa by effectively counteracting the free radicals generation.
The ulcer protecting action of the EEHS was further supported by the histological findings with regard to gastric tissue.
In conclusion, the present findings demonstrate the anti-ulcer activity of the EEHS may
be due to its antisecretory and antioxidant nature by which it ultimately provides pre-dominantly mucosal defensive factors.
Acknowledgments
The authors are grateful to Dr. Mohd Nazam Ansari and Mr. Malik Sawood Ahmed for their
technical assistance.
References
[1] Roberts, J. E., Tyler, V. E.: Tyler’s Herbs of Choice. The Therapeutic Use of Phytomedicinals. The Haworth
Herbal Press, New York, 1999, p. 11.
[2] Andreo, M. A., Ballsteros, K. V. R., Hiruma-Lima, C. A. et al.: Effects of Mouriri pusa extracts on experimentally induced gastric lesions in rodents: role of endogenous sulfhydryls and nitric oxide in gastroprotection.
J. Ethanopharmacol., 2006, 107, 431–441.
[3] Lewis, D. A., Hanson, P. J.: Antiulcer drugs of plant origin. Prog. Med. Chem., 1991, 28, 201–231.
[4] Chopra, R. N., Neyar, S. L., Chopra, I. C.: Glossary of Indian Medicinal Plants. Council of Scientific & Industrial Research, New Delhi, 1956, p. 133.
CEMED
125
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[5] Hirumpanich, V., Utaipat, A., Morales, N. P. et al.: Antioxidant effects of aqueous extracts from dried calyx
of Hibiscus sabdariffa Linn. (Roselle) in vitro using rat low-density lipoprotein (LDL). Biol. Pharm. Bull.,
2005, 28, 481–484.
[6] Mozaffari-Khosravi, H., Jalali-Khanabadi, B. A., Afkhami-Ardekani, M. et al.: The effects of sour tea (Hibiscus sabdariffa) on hypertension in patients with type II diabetes. J. Hum. Hypertens., 2009, 23, 48–54.
[7] Lin, H. H., Huang, H. P., Huang, C. C. et al.: Hibiscus polyphenol-rich extract induces apoptosis in human
gastric carcinoma cells via p53 phosphorylation and p38 MAPK/FasL cascade pathway. Mol. Carcinog., 2005,
43, 86–99.
[8] Adetutu, A., Odunola, O. A., Owoade, O. A. et al.: Anticlastogenic effects of Hibiscus sabdariffa fruits against
sodium arsenite-induced micronuclei formation in erythrocytes in mouse bone marrow. Phytother. Res., 2004,
18, 862–864.
[9] Ali, M. B., Salih, W. M., Mohamed, A. H. et al.: Investigation of the antispasmodic potential of Hibiscus sabdariffa calyces. J. Ethnopharmacol., 1991, 31, 249–257.
[10] Ali, B. H., Mousa, H. M., El-Mougy, S.: The effect of a water extract and anthocyanins of Hibiscus sabdariffa
L. on paracetamol-induced hepatoxicity in rats. Phytother. Res., 2003, 17, 56–59.
[11] Salah, A. M., Gathumbi, J., Vierling, W.: Inhibition of intestinal motility by methanol extracts of Hibiscus
sabdariffa L. (Malvaceae) in rats. Phytother. Res., 2002, 16, 283–285.
[12] Herrera-Arellano, A., Flores-Romero, S., Chavez-Soto, M. A. et al.: Effectiveness and tolerability of a standardized extract from Hibiscus sabdariffa in patients with mild to moderate hypertension: a controlled and
randomized clinical trial. Phytomedicine, 2004, 11, 375–382.
[13] Mojiminiyi, B. O., Adegunloye, B. J., Egbeniyi, Y. A. et al.: An investigation of the diuretic effect of an aqueous
extract of the petals of Hibiscus sabdariffa. J. Med. Sci., 2000, 2, 77–80.
[14] Chen, C. C., Hsu, J. D., Wang, S. F. et al.: Hibiscus sabdariffa extract inhibits the development of atherosclerosis in cholesterol-fed rabbits. J. Agric. Food Chem., 2003, 51, 5472–5477.
[15] Hirunpanich, V., Utaipat, A., Morales, N. P. et al.: Hypocholes-terolemic and antioxidant effects of aqueous
extracts from the dried calyx of Hibiscus sabdariffa L. in hypercholesterolemic rats. J. Ethnopharmacol.,
2006, 103, 252–260.
[16] Gaet, N.: Hibiscus sabdariffa L. In: Iva, A. (ed.) Medicinal Plants of the World. Human Press, New York,
1999, pp. 165–170.
[17] Senay, E. C., Levine, R. L.: Synergism between cold and restraint for rapid production of stress ulcer in rats.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., 1967, 124, 1221–1231.
[18] Chiu, P. J. S., Gerhart, C., Brown, A. D. et al.: Effects of a gastric antisecretory cytoprotectant 2-methyl-8(phenylmethoxy)imidazo (1,2-a)-pyridine-3-acetonitrile (Sch 28080) on cysteamine, reserpine and stress
ulcers in rats. Arzneim. Forsch., 1984, 34, 783.
[19] Shay, H., Komarov, S. A., Fels, S. S. et al.: A simple method for the uniform production of gastric ulceration in the rat. Gastroenterology, 1945, 5, 43–61.
[20] Robert, A., Nezamis, J. E., Lancaster, C. et al.: Mild irritants prevent gastric necrosis through adaptive cytoprotection mediated by prostaglandins. Am. J. Physiol., 1983, 245, G113.
[21] Crone, S. J., Morrissey, S. M., Woods, R. J.: A method for the quantitative estimation of gastric barrier mucus.
J. Physiol., 1974, 242, 116–117.
[22] Bhargawa, K. P., Gupta, M. B., Tangri, K. K.: Mechanism of ulcerogenic activity of indomethacin and oxyphenbutazone. Eur. J. Pharmacol., 1973, 22, 191–195.
[23] Sedlak, J., Lindsay, R. H.: Estimation of total protein bound and nonprotein sulfhydryl group in tissue with
Ellman’s reagents. Anal. Biochem., 1968, 25, 192–205.
[24] Utley, H. G., Bernheim, F., Hochstein, P.: Effect of sulfhydryl reagents on peroxidation in microsomes. Arch.
Biochem. Biophys., 1967, 118, 29–32.
[25] Culling, C. F.: Handbook of Histopathological and Histochemical Techniques. 3rd edn., London, Butterworth
and Co., 1974, p. 37.
[26] Djahanguiri, B., Taubin, H. L., Landsburg, L.: Increased sympathetic activity in the pathogenesis of restraint
ulcer in rats. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1973, 184, 163–168.
[27] Cho, C. H., Ogle, C. W., Dai, S.: Acute gastric ulcer formation response to electrical vagal stimulation in rats.
Eur. J. Pharmacol., 1976, 35, 215–219.
[28] Cho, C. H., Ogle, C. W.: Cholinergic-mediated gastric mast cell degranulation with subsequent histamine
H1 and H2-receptor activation in stress ulceration in rats. Eur. J. Pharmacol., 1979, 55, 23–33.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
126
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[29] Hase, T., Moss, B. J.: Microvascular changes of gastric mucosa in the development of stress ulcer in rats.
Gastroenterology, 1973, 65, 224–234.
[30] Goel, R. K., Bhattacharya, S. K.: Gastroduodenal mucosal defense and mucosal protective agents. Indian
J. Exp. Biol., 1991, 29, 701–714.
[31] Schmeda-Hirschmann, G., Rodriguez, J., Astudillo, L.: Gastroprotective activity of the diterpene solidagenone and its derivatives on experimentally induced gastric lesions in mice. J. Ethnopharmacol., 2002, 81,
111–115.
[32] Trier, J. S., Szabo, S., Allan, C. H.: Ethanol-induced damage to mucosal capillaries of rat stomach. Ultrastructural features and effects of prostaglandin E2 and cysteamine. Gastroenterology, 1987, 92, 13–22.
[33] Matsumoto, T., Moriguchi, R., Yamada, H.: Role of polymorphonuclear leucocytes and oxygen-derived free
radicals in the formation of gastric lesions induced by HCl/ethanol, and a possible mechanism of protection
by antiulcer polysaccharide. J. Pharm. Pharmacol., 1992, 45, 535–539.
[34] Farina, C., Pinza, M., Pifferi, G.: Synthesis and anti-ulcer activity of new derivatives of glycyrrhetic, oleanolic and ursolic acids. Il Farmaco, 1998, 53, 22–32.
[35] Jainu, M. K., Mohan, V., Devi, C. S. S.: Gastroprotective effect of Cissus quadrangularis extract in rats with
experimentally induced ulcer. Indian J. Med. Res., 2006, 123, 799–806.
[36] Younau, F., Person, J., Allen, A. et al.: Changes in the structure of the mucus gel in the mucosal surface of the
stomach in association with peptic ulcer disease. Gastroenterology, 1982, 82, 827–831.
[37] Sanyal, A. K., Mitra, P. K., Goel, R. K.: A modified method to estimate dissolved mucosubstance in gastric
juice. Indian J. Exp. Biol., 1983, 21, 78–80.
[38] Wallace, J.: Mechanisms of protection and healing: current knowledge and future research. Am. J. Med.,
2001, 110, 19S–22S.
[39] Rainsford, K. D.: The effects of 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors and leukotriene antagonists on the development
of gastric lesions induced by non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. Agents Actions, 1987, 21, 316–319.
[40] Whittle, B. J.: Temporal relationship between cycloxygenase inhibition, as measured by prostacyclin biosynthesis, and the gastrointestinal damage induced by indomethacin in rat. Gastroenterology, 1981, 80, 94–98.
[41] Szabo, S., Trier, J. S., Frankel, P. W.: Sulfhydral compounds may mediate gastric cytoprotection. Science,
1981, 214, 200–202.
[42] Alqasoumi, S., Al-Sohaibani, M., Al-Howiriny, T. et al.: Rocket ‘Eruca sativa’: a salad herb with potential
gastric anti-ulcer activity. World J. Gastroenterol., 2009, 15, 1958–1965.
[43] Boyd, S. C., Sasame, H. A., Boyd, M. R.: High concentrations of glutathione in glandular stomachs. Possible
implication for carcinogenesis. Science, 1979, 205, 1010–1012.
[44] Stein, H. J., Hinder, R. A., Oosthuizeu, M. M. J.: Gastric mucosal injury caused hemorrhagic shock and reperfusion: protective role of the antioxidant glutathione. Surgery, 1990, 108, 467–474.
[45] Kwicien, S., Brzozowski, T., Konturek, S. J.: Effects of reactive oxygen species action on gastric mucosa in
various models of mucosal injury. J. Physiol. Pharmacol., 2002, 53, 39–50.
CEMED
127
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Antioxidant and Protective Effects of Spinach
(Spinacia oleracea L.) Leaves Against Carbon
Tetrachloride-Induced Liver Injury
MOHAMMED S. AL-DOSARI
Department of Pharmacognosy, College of Pharmacy, King Saud University,
Riyadh 11451, Saudi Arabia
Spinach, (Spinacia oleracea L.) is a popular vegetable. The hepatoprotective activity of the ethanolic extract of the
leaves of spinach (EESO) was studied against carbon tetrachloride (CCl4)-induced oxidative stress (OS) and liver
injury in rats. Pretreatment of rats with EESO, at 250 and 500 mg/kg body weight for 21 consecutive days significantly prevented the CCl4-induced hepatic damage as indicated by the serum marker enzymes (SGOT, SGPT, ALP
and GGT) and bilirubin levels. Parallel to these changes, the leaves extract also prevented CCl4-induced OS in rat
liver by inhibiting lipid peroxidation (LPO) and restoring the levels of antioxidant non-enzymatic biomarker, such
as total protein (TP) and non-protein sulfhydryl (NP-SH) in liver tissue. The biochemical changes were consistent
with the histological findings of the liver tissue suggesting marked hepatoprotective effect of the leaves extract in a
dose-dependent manner, besides, a significant reduction was also observed in pentobarbital-induced sleeping time in
mice. The results of spinach extract were comparable to that of silymarin. The protective effect of the EESO against
CCl4-induced acute hepatotoxicity could be attributed to the potent antioxidant constituents of the spinach.
Keywords: spinach, Spinacia oleracea L., hepatoprotection, carbon tetrachloride, antioxidant
Abbreviations
EESO = ethanolic extract of Spinacia oleracea; SGOT = serum glutamate oxalate transaminase; SGPT = serum
glutamate pyruvate transaminase; ALP = alkaline phosphatase; GGT = gamma-glutamyl transferase; TP = total protein; NP-SH = non-protein sulfhydryl; MDA = malondialdehyde; CCl4 = carbon tetrachloride
Chronic liver diseases represent a major global health concern and the cirrhosis of liver being the ninth leading cause of death in the USA [1]. Alcoholic liver disease, non-alcoholic
fatty liver disease, chronic viral hepatitis B and C and carcinoma of liver are the major entities. The treatment of these diseases by applying conventional medicine therapies are often
limited in efficacy and carry the risk of undesirable and/or side effects [2]. Therefore, the
treatment of liver diseases with herbal medicinal ingredients seems highly attractive. Consumption of vegetables and fruits is associated with a lower risk of various diseases, including cancer and cardiovascular diseases. This beneficial effect has been ascribed in part to the
antioxidant contents in plant-based foods [3].
Spinach, (Spinacia oleracea L.) belonging to the family Chenopodiaceae, locally known
as Ispanakh, is a vegetable plant with deep green leaves used as an aperient food and a soothing medicament in cystitis and gastroenteritis. The fresh leaves are cooked and taken as food
Corresponding address: Mohammed S. Al-Dosari MD, Department of Pharmacognosy, College of Pharmacy,
P.O. Box 2457, King Saud University, Riyadh 11451, Saudi Arabia. E-mail: msdosari@yahoo.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.13
129
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
129–140.
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[4]. In South-East Asia, spinach is regarded as carminative, laxative and as a drug that stimulates digestive secretions [5]. Fresh leaf juice of spinach increases breast milk and is used in
anemia, jaundice, cirrhosis of the liver and in conditions of general weakness. The juice of
leaves is cooling and very nutritive [6]. A decoction of the plant is prescribed in febrile affections, in lithiasis and inflammation of the lungs and bowels. The juice of the leaves is also
used as a diuretic and as a gargle in sore-throat. Poultices of the leaves or boiled seeds are
applied to soften tumors and promote the maturation of boils [7–9]. Very recently, it was suggested that the glycoglycerolipid fraction isolated from spinach is a safe and effective anticancer bioactive agent and/or food material [10]. Bhatia and Jain have reported the protective effect of methanolic extract of S. oleracea against radiation-induced oxidative stress
(OS) [11].
Spinach leaves have been shown to contain flavonoids and p-coumaric acid derivatives
as antioxidant components to combat effectively oxidative damage [12, 13]. Considering
their therapeutic usefulness in traditional medicine and their reported antioxidant chemical
constituents, the present study was undertaken to evaluate the protective effect of an ethanolic extract of spinach (S. oleracea) (EESO) leaves on carbon tetrachloride (CCL4)-induced
hepatotoxicity; additionally, the antioxidant activity of EESO in liver-injured rats was also
investigated.
Material and Methods
Plant Material and Preparation of Dosage Form
Fresh leaves of spinach were purchased from the vegetable market of Riyadh and identified
at the Department of Pharmacognosy, College of Pharmacy, King Saud University, Riyadh.
A voucher specimen (#6609) was deposited in the Herbarium of the Department of Pharmacognosy.
Shade-dried leaves of spinach (500 g) were submitted to maceration in ethanol (96%)
for 72 h at room temperature (26 ± 2 °C). Thereafter, the extract was filtered and then concentrated under reduced pressure (at approximately 4 °C). The maceration was repeated three
times and a green solid and dry ethanolic crude extract was obtained (6.1% w/w yield). The
dried extract was dissolved in distilled water and used in two doses of 250 and 500 mg/kg
body weight in all experiments.
Animals
Male Wistar albino rats, weighing 150–170 g, obtained from the Experimental Animal Care
Center, College of Pharmacy, King Saud University, Riyadh, were used in the experiment.
Swiss albino mice (25–30 g) were used for studies of sleeping time and acute toxicity test.
The animals were kept at a constant temperature (22 ± 2 °C), humidity (55%) and light–dark
conditions (12/12 h light/dark ratio). The animals were provided with Purina chow diet and
drinking water ad libitum. The conduct of experiments and the procedure of sacrifice (using
ether) were approved by the Ethics Committee of the Experimental Animal Care Society,
College of Pharmacy, King Saud University, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
130
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Phytochemical Screening
A phytochemical analysis of spinach leaves was conducted for the detection of alkaloids,
cardiac glycosides, flavonoids, tannins, anthraquinones, saponins, volatile oils, cyanogenic
glycosides, coumarins, sterols and/or triterpenes and sulphur-containing compounds [14].
Acute Toxicity Test
The acute toxicity of the ethanolic extract of spinach leaves was evaluated in mice using the
up-and-down procedure [15].
Six female rats (weight: 200–250 g) received EESO starting at 2 g/kg orally by gavage. The animals were observed for toxic symptoms continuously for the first 4 h after dosing. Finally, the number of survivors was noted after 24 h and these animals were then maintained for a further 13 days with daily observations [15].
CCL4-Induced Liver Toxicity
Rats were divided into five groups (I–V) (N = 6 animals/group). Group I was kept as a control. Group II–V received CCl4 in liquid paraffin (1:1) 1.25 mL/kg body weight intraperitoneally [16]. Groups III and IV were administered with spinach extract 250 and 500 mg/kg, body
weight per day orally for 21 days; group V was treated with silymarin 10 mg/kg per day body
weight for the same period. Spinach and silymarin treatment was started 21 days prior to
CCl4 administration and continued until the end of the experiment. After 48 h, following CCl4
administration, blood was collected by heart puncture, allowed to clot and serum was separated for biochemical estimations. After blood collection, all groups of animals were sacrificed using anaesthetic ether and their livers were dissected for biochemical and histopathological assessment.
Estimation of Marker Enzymes and Bilirubin
Serum glutamate oxaloacetate transaminase (SGOT) [17], serum glutamate pyruvate transaminase (SGPT) [17], alkaline phosphatase (ALP) [18], γ-glutamyl transferase (GGT) [19] and
bilirubin [20] were determined using Reflotron® Plus Analyzer and Roche kits.
Lipid Peroxidation (LPO) Determination
The method reported by Utley et al. [21] was followed. The liver tissue was homogenized in
0.15 M KCl (at 4 °C, Potter–Elvehjem type C homogenizer) to give a 10% w/v homogenate.
Aliquots of homogenate (1 mL) were incubated at 37 °C for 3 h in a metabolic shaker. Then,
1 mL of 10% aqueous trichloroacetic acid (TCA) was added and mixed. The mixture was
then centrifuged at 800g for 10 min. Then, supernatant (1 mL) was mixed with 1 mL of
0.67% w-thiobarbituric acid and placed in a boiling water bath for 10 min. The mixture was
cooled and diluted with 1 mL distilled water. The absorbance of the solution was then read
using spectrophotometer (UVmini-1240, Shimadzu Italia, Milano) at 535 nm. The content of
malondialdehyde (MDA) (nmol/g wet tissue) was then calculated, by reference to a standard
curve of MDA solution.
CEMED
131
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Estimation of Non-Protein Sulfhydryl Groups (NP-SH)
Hepatic NP-SH was measured according to the method of Sedlak and Lindsay [22]. The liver
was homogenized in ice-cold 0.02 M ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA). Aliquots of
5 mL of the homogenates were mixed in 15 mL test tubes with 4 mL of distilled water and
1 mL of 50% TCA. The tubes were shaken intermittently for 10 min and centrifuged at 3,000
rpm. Two milliliters of supernatant were mixed with 4 mL Tris buffer (0.4 mol/L, pH 8.9) and
0.1 mL of 5,5´-dithio-bis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (DTNB) and the sample was shaken. The
absorbance was read using spectrophotometer (UVmini-1240, Shimadzu Italia, Milano)
within 5 min of addition of DTNB at 412 nm against a reagent blank.
Determination of Total Protein (TP)
The TP was estimated by the kit method, supplied by Crescent Diagnostics, Jeddah, Saudi
Arabia.
Histopathological Studies
The liver tissues were fixed in 10% buffered formalin and processed using a VIP tissue processor. The processed tissues were then embedded in paraffin blocks and sections of about
5 μm thickness were cut by employing an American optical rotary microtome. These sections
were stained with haematoxylin and eosin using routine procedures [23]. The slides were
examined for pathomorphological changes under a research microscope by a person who was
not aware of experimental protocols.
Measurement of Pentobarbital Sleeping Time
The sleeping time in mice was measured using pentobarbital. Mice were divided into four
groups of ten animals each. Group I received the vehicle (0.3 mL of saline), group II received
CCl4 only, and groups III and IV received spinach extract (250 and 500 mg/kg body weight).
Thirty minutes later, the animals of groups II–IV were treated with sodium pentobarbital
(50 mg/kg, intraperitoneally). The time interval between the onset and the regaining of the
righting reflex was measured as the sleeping time [24].
Statistical Analysis
Values are given as arithmetic means ± standard error of the mean (SEM). The data were
statistically analysed by using a one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA), followed by Dunnett’s t-test.
Results
Phytochemical Screening
The preliminary qualitative phytochemical screening of spinach leaves revealed the presence
of flavonoid, tannins, sterols and/or triterpenes.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
132
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Acute Toxicity Test
No death was recorded during the 14 days of observation period in the female animals given
2 g/kg of the EESO orally. The animals did not show any changes in their general appearances during the observation period.
Effect of EESO on Marker Enzymes and Bilirubin in Serum
The effect of ethanolic extract of spinach pretreatment on the CCl4-induced elevation of the
levels of serum GOT, GPT, ALP, GGT and bilirubin are shown in Table 1. Administration of
CCl4 significantly elevated the release of GOT, GPT, ALP, GGT and bilirubin contents in
serum. Pretreatment of rats with EESO significantly prevented the elevation of GOT, GPT,
ALP, GGT and bilirubin at both doses used. However, the low dose (250 mg/kg) caused an
insignificant decrease in GPT, ALP and GGT levels. Silymarin, on the other hand, diminished
the levels of all marker enzymes and bilirubin as compared to the CCl4 only treated group.
Table 1 Effect of EESO on CCl4-induced hepatotoxicity in rats
Groups (n = 6)
Dose
(mg/kg,
orally)
SGOT (IU/L)
SGPT (IU/L)
ALP (IU/L)
GGT (IU/L)
Bilirubin
(mg/dL)
Control
Normal
saline
104.80 ± 14.19
32.65 ± 2.02
341.33 ± 11.59
2.98 ± 0.13
0.42 ± 0.04
CCl4 only
1.5 ml/kg 385.67 ± 11.47*** 257.50 ± 12.34*** 919.00 ± 13.62*** 20.88 ± 2.13*** 3.41 ± 0.02***
Spinach + CCl4
250
304.33 ± 9.65*** 272.16 ± 14.20
Spinach + CCl4
500
228.33 ± 10.83*** 159.83 ± 8.09*** 679.83 ± 18.06*** 7.90 ± 0.18*** 1.40 ± 0.01***
Silymarin + CCl4 10
877.16 ± 14.10
19.15 ± 2.14
1.36 ± 0.01***
215.33 ± 9.22*** 123.00 ± 7.33*** 520.00 ± 11.03*** 6.58 ± 0.42*** 1.03 ± 0.01***
Data are mean ± SE, ***P < 0.001, ANOVA, followed by Dunnett’s t-test
Effect of EESO on Hepatic MDA
As illustrated in Fig. 1, the MDA, an end product of LPO, in the rats’ liver tissue, treated with
CCl4 was markedly increased when compared with the normal control rats. Pretreatment of
rats with EESO resulted in a significant decrease in the concentration of MDA in liver tissue
homogenate. Silymarin treatment also significantly reduced the MDA concentration.
Effect of EESO on Hepatic NP-SH
As depicted in Fig. 2, the reduced levels of NP-SH caused by CCl4 treatment, the EESO used
at both doses afforded to significantly and dose-dependently elevate the NP-SH concentration in the liver tissue. Silymarin treatment showed a significantly enhanced NP-SH level.
CEMED
133
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 1 Effect of EESO on MDA concentration in rat liver tissue in CCl4-induced hepatic injury
Data are mean ± SE, *P < 0.05, **P < 0.01, ***P < 0.001, ANOVA, followed by Dunnett’s t-test
Fig. 2 Effect of EESO on NP-SH concentration in rat liver tissue in CCl4-induced hepatic injury
Data are mean ± SE, **P < 0.01, ***P < 0.001, ANOVA, followed by Dunnett’s t-test
Effect of EESO on Hepatic TP
Fig. 3 demonstrates that the TP levels were significantly decreased in CCl4 only treated group.
EESO, at both doses used, caused significant and dose-dependent elevation in the protein
concentration in the liver tissue. Silymarin-treated rats also showed a significantly increased
level of TP.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
134
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 3 Effect of EESO on TP concentration in rat liver tissue in CCl4-induced hepatic injury
Data are mean ± SE, *P < 0.05, ***P < 0.001, ANOVA, followed by Dunnett’s t-test
Effect of EER on Histopathological Evaluation
Histopathological studies also provided substantial evidence for biochemical findings.
The photomicrographs of the liver showed sever necrosis and inflammation in CCl4 only
treated rats (Fig. 4) in comparison with normal control (Fig. 5). The EESO treated (250 and
500 mg/kg, p.o.) groups showed minimal inflammation (Figs 6 and 7). The silymarin-treated
group showed scattered foci of inflammation with the absence of necrosis (Fig. 8).
Fig. 4 Liver (treated with 1.5 mL/kg CCl4). Hepatocytes showed severe necrosis and inflammation.
Haematoxylin and eosin
CEMED
Fig. 5 Liver (normal). Normal hepatocytes. Haematoxylin and eosin
135
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Fig. 6 Liver (treated with CCl4 and 250 mg/kg EESO).
Almost normal hepatocytes. Haematoxylin and
eosin
Fig. 7 Liver (treated with CCl4 and 500 mg/kg EESO).
Almost normal hepatocytes. Haematoxylin and
eosin
Fig. 8 Liver (treated with CCl4 and 10 mg/kg silymarin). Scattered foci of inflammation with absence of necrosis. Haematoxylin and eosin
Effect of EESO on Pentobarbital-Induced Sleeping Time
There was a significant shortening of pentobarbital-induced sleeping time following the
administration of the EESO in the CCl4-induced acute liver injury model (Table 2).
Discussion
The present study reports the potential hepatoprotective activity of spinach extract against
hepatic injury produced by CCl4 in rats. For the screening of hepatoprotective activity of
crude drugs or plant extracts, CCl4 is the most commonly used hepatotoxin. CCl4 administration to rats increases serum GOT, GPT, ALP, GGT and bilirubin levels which reflects the intensity of liver toxicity [25]. The elevated serum enzyme levels such as GOT and GPT are
indicative of cellular leakage and functional integrity of cell membrane in liver [26]. In CCl42010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
136
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
Table 2 Effect of EESO on pentobarbital sleeping time in mice
Group (n = 6)
Sleeping time (min)
% Reduction
Control group (pentobarbital 50 mg/kg + vehicle 5 ml/kg)
68.30 ± 6.12
–
CCl4 + pentobarbital (50 mg/kg)
159.90 ± 12.75***
–
Spinach (250 mg/kg) + CCl4 + pentobarbital (50 mg/kg)
139.10 ± 10.99
13.00a
Spinach (500 mg/kg) + CCl4 + pentobarbital (50 mg/kg)
96.90 ± 11.84**
39.39a
Data are mean ± SE, **P < 0.01, ***P < 0.001, ANOVA, followed by Dunnett’s t-test
a
As compared with CCl4 + pentobarbital treated group
induced experimental hepatopathy, the biotransformation of metabolites by cytochrome
P-450 such as trichloromethyl radical (CCl3•) and trichloromethyl peroxyl radical (CCl3O2•)
are reported to initiate peroxidation [27] and involved in the pathogenesis of liver [28]. Both
radicals are capable of binding to proteins or lipids, leading to membrane LPO and finally,
cell apoptosis [27]. The determination of enzyme levels such as SGOT and SGPT is largely
used. The hepatic cell membrane damage releases the enzyme into circulation, which can be
measured in serum. High levels of SGOT indicate liver damage, such as that due to viral
hepatitis as well as cardiac infarction and muscle injury. SGPT catalyses the conversion of
alanine to pyruvate and glutamate, and is released in a similar manner. Therefore, SGPT is
more specific to the liver, and is, thus, a better parameter for detecting liver injury [29]. The
results obtained indicated that the EESO caused significant inhibition to the marker enzymes
SGOT, SGPT and ALP, as activity of serum ALP was also elevated during CCl4 administration. ALP is excreted normally via bile by the liver. In liver toxicity due to hepatotoxin, there
is a defective excretion of bile by the liver which is reflected in their increased levels in serum. On the other hand, the bilirubin level was also significantly reduced in the groups of rats
treated with spinach extract. Hyperbilirubinaemia is a very sensitive test to substantiate the
functional integrity of the liver and severity of necrosis which increases the binding, conjugation and excretory capacity of hepatocytes that is proportional to the erythrocyte degeneration rate [30]. Reduction in the elevated bilirubin level, together with the suppression of
activity of ALP in serum of rats treated with EESO, suggests a stabilization of the biliary
dysfunction of rat liver and points towards an early improvement in the secretory mechanism
of the hepatic cells. A similar protective effect of silymarin pretreatment was also observed
in CCl4-induced liver impaired function by protecting the plasma membrane of hepatocytes
[31], and diminished levels of marker enzymes. The hepatoprotective activity of the test
substance (EESO) was also assessed for the status of GGT enzyme, this enzyme is widely
used as a biomarker of liver dysfunction produced by chemical change [32]. Furthermore, an
increase in serum GGT may be interpreted as a defence mechanism, reflecting the induction
of cellular GGT under OS [33]. The enhanced activity of GGT was observed in CCl4-treated
rats and significant reduction of its activity in animals given the extract of spinach and silymarin points towards a potent hepatoprotection.
The recovery in the CCl4-induced depleted concentration of NP-SH and the TP contents
in the liver tissue shown by the EESO-treated group is characteristic of phytoconstituents in
CEMED
137
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
spinach with a protective role against CCl4 [34]. As sulfhydryls are known to play an important physiological function in the human body as an antitoxic agent, NP-SH may act directly
through a conjugative reaction with CCl4 or its metabolites, leading to inhibition of its hepatotoxic action [35, 36]. However, NP-SH also acts as a non-enzymatic antioxidant that reduces H2O2, hydroperoxides (ROOH) and xenobiotic poisoning [37].
OS is a state of imbalance between the generation of reactive oxygen species (ROS) and
the level of antioxidant defence system. Nutritional antioxidant deficiency may also lead to
OS [38]. In this study, elevation in the level of the end product of LPO in the liver of rat
treated with CCl4 was observed. LPO by free radical derivatives of CCl4-induced liver injury
[39] and increase in the MDA level by CCl4 intoxication in liver suggest enhanced LPO, leading to tissue damage and failure of the antioxidant defence mechanism to prevent the formation of excessive free radicals [40]. Spinach ethanolic extract pretreatment at both doses
significantly reversed these changes due to its reportedly strong antioxidant effects, which
were comparable with that of the silymarin-treated group. The present finding is in accordance, as earlier reports described a very effective LPO preventative activity of spinach
in vivo and in vitro systems [41]. The screening of phytochemical constituents from spinach
leaves showed the presence of flavonoids, tannins, sterols and/or triterpenes.
Previously, it was reported that the flavonoids are typical phenolic compounds and
powerful chain-breaking antioxidants [11]. It was also reported that LPO can be inhibited
by flavonoids, possibly through their activity as strong scavengers [42]. A large number of
naturally occurring flavonoids have been reported to have antioxidant properties which scavenge free radicals [43]. Additionally, the pretreatment of EESO exhibited its capacity to
stimulate hepatic drug metabolizing enzymes by causing a significant reduction in the time
of pentobarbital-induced narcosis. It is now accepted that hepatic damage prolongs the loss
of righting reflex induced by short-acting barbiturates, such as pentobarbital, which is a measure of the function of the capacity of liver drug metabolizing enzymes. Prior treatment of
animals with the drugs that stimulate liver drug metabolizing enzymes considerably shortens
the duration of barbiturates-induced narcolepsy [44]. The ability of spinach extract to protect
the liver from toxic challenge was further confirmed by the histopathological assessment of
the liver tissue, which basically supported the results from the serum enzymatic assays.
In summary, the present data indicate the efficiency of the ethanolic extract of S. oleracea leaves in protecting and/or attenuating CCl4-induced liver toxicity as shown by the reduction of serum hepatic specific enzymes activity and enhanced antioxidant defence. The protecting of hepatic enzymes leakage was comparable to that demonstrated by the reference
standard substance, silymarin.
References
[1] Kim, W. R., Brown, R. S., Terrault, N. A. et al.: Burden of liver disease in the United States: summary of workshop. Hepatology, 2002, 36, 227–242.
[2] Stickel, F., Schuppan, D.: Herbal medicine in the treatment of liver diseases. Dig. Liver Dis., 2007, 39, 293–
304.
[3] Nicolle, C., Cardinault, N., Gueux, E. et al.: Health effect of vegetable-based diet: lettuce consumption improves cholesterol metabolism and antioxidant status in the rat. Clin. Nutr., 2004, 23, 605–614.
[4] Kamal, H.: Encyclopaedia of Islamic Medicine. General Egyptian Book Organization, Cairo, p. 598, 1975.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
138
CEMED
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[5] Perry, L. M.: Medicinal Plants of East and Southeast Asia: Attributed Properties and Uses. The MIT Press,
Cambridge, p. 78, 1986.
[6] Yusuf, M., Chowdhury, J. U., Wahab, M. A., et al.: Medicinal Plants of Bangladesh. Bangladesh Council of
Scientific and Industrial Research, Dhaka 1205, Bangladesh, p. 231, 1994.
[7] Chopra, R. N., Nayar, S. L., Chopra, I. C.: Glossary of Indian Medicinal Plants. Council of Scientific and Industrial Research, New Delhi, p. 232, 1956.
[8] Dymock, W., Warden, C. J. H., Hooper, D.: Pharmacographia Indica; A History of the Principal Drugs of
Vegetable Origin, Met with in British India. Education Society’s Press, Byculla, Bombay, p. 367, 1890.
[9] Aman, M.: Medicinal Secrets of Your Food. 2nd edn., Indo-American Hospital, Mysore, India, pp. 430–432,
1969.
[10] Maeda, N., Kokai, Y., Ohtan, S. et al.: Inhibitory effects of preventive and curative orally administered spinach glycoglycero-lipid fraction on the tumor growth of sarcoma and colon in mouse graft models. Food
Chem., 2009, 112, 205–210.
[11] Bhatia, A. L., Jain, M.: Spinacia oleracea L. protects against gamma radiations: a study on glutathione and
lipid peroxidation in mouse liver. Phytomedicine, 2004, 11, 607–615.
[12] Bergman, M., Varshavsky, L., Gottlieb, H. E. et al.: The antioxidant activity of aqueous spinach extract:
chemical identification of active fraction. Phytochemistry, 2001, 58, 143–152.
[13] Bergman, M., Perelman, A., Dubinsky, Z. et al.: Scavenging of reactive oxygen species by a novel glucuronidated flavonoid antioxidant isolated and purified from spinach. Phytochemistry, 2003, 63, 753–762.
[14] Fransworth, N. R.: Biological and phytochemical screening of plants. J. Pharm. Sci., 1966, 55, 225–272.
[15] The Organization of Economic Co-operation Development (OECD): The OECD Guideline for Testing of
Chemical: 420 Acute Oral Toxicity. OECD, Paris, pp. 1–14, 2001.
[16] Rafatullah, S., Al-Sheikh, A., Alqasoumi, S. et al.: Protective effect of fresh radish juice (Raphanus sativus L.)
against carbon tetrachloride-induced hepatotoxicity. Int. J. Pharmacol., 2008, 4, 130–134.
[17] Reitman, S., Frankel, A.: A colorimetric method for the determination of serum glutamic oxaloacetic acid and
glutamic pyruvic transaminases. Am. J. Clin. Pathol., 1957, 28, 56–63.
[18] King, E. J., Armstrong, A. R.: Calcium, phosphorus and phosphate. In: Varley, H. (ed.): Practical Clinical
Biochemistry. CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 1988, p. 458.
[19] Fiala, S., Fiala, A. E., Dixon, B.: Gamma glutamyl transpeptidase in transplantable chemically induced rat
hepatomas and spontaneous mouse hepatomas. J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 1972, 48, 1393–1409.
[20] Stiehl, A.: Hyperbilirubinämie bei Lebererkrankungen. Fortschr. Med., 1982, 100, 842–845.
[21] Utley, H. G., Bernheim, F., Hochstein, P.: Effect of sulfhydryl reagents on peroxidation in microsomes. Arch.
Biochem. Biophys., 1967, 118, 29–32.
[22] Sedlak, J., Lindasy, R. H.: Estimation of total protein bound and nonprotein sulfhydryl group in tissue with
Ellman’s reagents. Anal. Biochem., 1968, 25, 192–205.
[23] Culling, C. F.: Handbook of Histopathological and Histochemical Techniques. 3rd edn., Butterworth and Co.,
London, p. 37, 1974.
[24] Dandiya, P. C., Collumbine, H.: Studies on Acorus calamus: pharmacological actions of essential oil. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1959, 125, 353–359.
[25] Srivastava, A., Shivanandappa, T.: Hepatoprotective effect of the root extract of Decalepis hamiltonii against
carbon tetrachloride-induced oxidative stress in rats. Food Chem., 2010, 118, 411–417.
[26] Kumar, S. S., Kumar, B. R., Mohan, G. K.: Hepatoprotective effect of Trichosanthes cucumerina var. cucumerina L. on carbon tetrachloride induced liver damage in rats. J. Ethnopharmacol., 2009, 123, 347–350.
[27] Recknagel, R. O., Glende, E. A. Jr., Dolak, J. A. et al.: Mechanisms of carbon tetrachloride toxicity. Pharmacol. Ther., 1989, 43, 139–154.
[28] Recknagel, R. O.: Carbon tetrachloride hepatotoxicity. Pharmacol. Rev., 1967, 19, 145–208.
[29] Gupta, M., Mazumdar, U. K., Kumar, T. S. et al.: Antioxidant and hepatoprotective effects of Bauhinia racemosa against paracetamol and carbon tetrachloride induced liver damage in rats. Iran. J. Pharmacol. Ther.,
2004, 3, 12–20.
[30] Sreelatha, S., Padma, P. R., Umadevi, M.: Protective effects of Coriandrum sativum extracts on carbon tetrachloride-induced hepatotoxicity in rats. Food Chem. Toxicol., 2009, 47, 702–708.
[31] Ramellini, G., Meldolesi, J.: Liver protection by silymarin. In vitro effect on dissociated rat hepatocytes.
Arzneim. Forsch. (Drug Res.), 1976, 26, 69–73.
[32] Vodela, J. K., Dalvi, R. R.: Effect of chlorpyrifos on hepatic γ-glutamyl transferase, serum cholinesterase and
xenobiotic metabolizing enzyme activities in rats. Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol., 1997, 57, 796–801.
CEMED
139
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
ORIGINAL PAPERS
[33] Lee, D. H., Blomhoff, R., Jacobs, D. R. Jr.: Is serum γ-glutamyltransferase a marker of oxidative stress? Free
Radic. Res., 2004, 38, 535–539.
[34] Moon, J. O., Park, S. K., Nagano, T.: Hepatoprotective effect of Fe-TPEN on carbon tetrachloride induced
liver injury in rats. Biol. Pharm. Bull., 1998, 21, 284–288.
[35] Kumar, S.: Studies on radioprotectors in mammals and their possible use in radiotherapy. Radiobiol. Radiother., 1985, 26, 359–365.
[36] Sakr, S. A., Abdel-Aal, W. E., Boulos, M. N. et al.: Prevention by thiola of histological alteration in rat liver
induced by carbon tetrachloride. J. Egypt. Soc. Pathol., 1994, 14, 451–458.
[37] Kadiska, M. B., Gladen, B. C., Baird, D. D. et al.: Biomarkers of oxidative stress study: are plasma antioxidants markers of CCl4 poisoning? J. Free Radic. Biol. Med., 2000, 28, 838–845.
[38] Gutteridge, J. M. C., Halliwell, B.: Antioxidants in Nutrition Health and Disease. Oxford University Press,
Oxford, 1994.
[39] Hsu, Y. W., Tsai, C. F., Chang, W. H. et al.: Protective effects of Dunaiella salina – a carotenoids-rich alga,
against carbon tetrachloride-induced hepatoxicity in mice. Food Chem. Toxicol., 2008, 46, 3311–3317.
[40] Naik, S. R.: Antioxidants and their role in biological functions: an overview. Indian Drugs, 2003, 40, 501–
516.
[41] Lomnitski, L., Nyaska, A., Ben-Shaul, V. et al.: Effects of antioxidants apocyanin and the natural water-soluble
antioxidant from spinach on cellular damage induced by lipopolysaccharide in rats. Toxicol. Pathol., 2000,
287, 580–587.
[42] Baumann, J., Wurm, J., von Bruchhausen, F.: Prostaglandin synthetase inhibition by flavonoids and phenolic compounds in relation to their O2-scavenging properties. Arch. Pharm. (Weiheim), 1980, 313, 330–337.
[43] Castenmiller, J. J. M., Linssen, J. P. H., Heinonen, I. M. et al.: Antioxidant properties of differently processed spinach products. Nahrung, 2002, 46, 290–293.
[44] Sreedevi, C. D., Latha, P. G., Ancy, P. et al.: Hepatoprotective studies on Sida acuta Burm. f. J. Ethanopharmacol., 2009, 124, 171–175.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
140
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
CLINICAL STUDIES
Effects of Oligofructose Containing Diet
in Obese Persons
MAGDA ANTAL1, SZABOLCS PÉTER1,
ANDREA REGÖLY-MÉREI1, LAJOS BIRÓ1, GYÖRGYI ARATÓ1,
JUDIT SCHMIDT1, KATALIN NAGY1, ERIKA GREINER1, NATÁLIA LÁSZTITY2,
CSABA SZABÓ1, ÉVA MARTOS1
1
National Institute for Food and Nutrition Science, Budapest, Hungary
Heim Pál Children’s Hospital – Outpatient Clinic, Budapest, Hungary
2
In the treatment of obesity, the introduction of a low-calorie diet is a fundamental requirement. The enhancement of
the fiber content of food causing satiety may contribute to the observation of dietary prescriptions. Oligofructoses
belong to the group of dietary fibers. Aim: To study the effects of the consumption of a low-energy diet (2,000 kcal/
day) completed with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate in obese adolescents and adults. Methods: 12 obese students
(6 boys and 6 girls) and 6 obese women were put on a low-calorie regimen for 12 weeks, whereas 16 obese students
(10 boys and 6 girls) and 17 obese women consumed the same low-calorie diet also completed with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate containing 14 g/day oligofructose. The sensation of fullness was estimated. In addition to anthropometric parameters, serum biomarkers of lipid and carbohydrate metabolism and adipokines were determined.
Results: The consumption of the low-calorie diet completed with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate resulted in a diminished sensation of hunger. The body mass index and body fat percentage decreased significantly. In girls and
women, the serum levels of triglyceride also significantly reduced and the rate of insulin resistance (IR) estimated
on the basis of homeostasis model assessment also improved. Conclusions: The results of this pilot study appear to
demonstrate that the Jerusalem artichoke concentrate produced by a new technology can be a promising component
of future diet therapy.
Keywords: obesity, adolescents, adults, oligofructose
Abbreviations
BMI = body mass index; BF% = body fat percentage; HOMAIR = homeostasis model assessment of insulin resistance
The big challenge of the twenty-first century is to change the trend of nutrition to ensure
optimal physiological functions to each individual, opening the door at the same time to disease risk’s reduction to a minimum. In the spirit of this conception arose the functional food
products, and one of their candidates is the Jerusalem artichoke concentrate containing oligofructose, prepared with the help of a new technology from an improved variety of artichoke.
Oligofructose is derived from the inulin content of artichoke. Considering its chemical
structure, inulin is a linear polyfructosane containing on an average 10–30 fructose units in
β-1,2 binding. The structure and biological properties of oligofructose are similar to inulin,
Corresponding address: Magda Antal MD, National Institute for Food and Nutrition Science, Budapest, Hungary.
E-mail: antalmagda@gmail.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28387
141
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
141–152.
CLINICAL STUDIES
however, it contains only five fructose molecules. The glycoside binding of fructose molecules cannot be decomposed by the enzymes of the small intestine. Colon bacteria produce
short chain fatty acids, such as lactate, acetate, propionate, and butyrate from them by releasing H2, CO2, and CH4. Inulin and oligofructose come under the category of dietary fibers.
In their capacity as dietary fibers, they foster the sensation of fullness and favorably influence
colon microflora, therefore, they are classified as prebiotics. According to certain scientific
investigations, they decrease the serum levels of cholesterol and triglyceride and reduce the
risk of colon tumor development in animals. Thus, their actions can be promising in dietotherapy. Fructo-oligosaccharides found in nature and produced industrially can be consumed
safely and do not have any side effects, even by an intake of 2,170 mg/kg/day [1–4].
The prevalence of overweight and obesity is growing year by year, not only in the adult
population but also among children. It is known that childhood obesity is a major risk factor
of obesity in adulthood. Obesity is regarded as a significant risk factor of cardiovascular
diseases and type 2 diabetes [5]. About 17 million people die worldwide every year due to
cardiovascular diseases; one of the most important etiologic factors of these conditions is
diabetes mellitus. A considerable part of this disease can be prevented through the elimination of primary risk factors, that is, change in lifestyle [6, 7].
One of the most fundamental steps in obesity prevention and treatment is adoption of a
proper diet [8, 9]. In the case of overweight or obese adults, dietary intervention is declared
clinically significant if it results in at least 5% loss in body weight, but in obese children,
there is no uniform consensus in this respect [10]. Regarding the composition of low-energy
(1,200–1,500 kcal) diet recommended for adults, fat-, carbohydrate- and protein contents in
energy% are <30, 55, and 15, respectively. A moderate low-energy diet (−300, −500 kcal) is
recommended in childhood obesity, with a fat-, carbohydrate- and protein ratio of 25–30,
55–60, and 15 energy%, respectively [8, 9].
Results of both national and international studies appear to indicate that adjustment of
an effective weight loss diet is more complicated in obese children than in adults. The key
issue in the observation of rules of a low-energy diet is how to overcome the increased sensation of hunger. The favorable properties of oligofructoses may hopefully contribute to the
success of obese persons’ dietotherapy by including Jerusalem artichoke-derived products.
The aim of our study was to investigate the effect of a diet supplemented with Jerusalem
artichoke concentrate containing oligofructose, used in the dietotherapy of obese adolescents
and adults. In the present survey, we wished to find out whether the effects of a dietotherapy
of 12-week duration introduced to obese persons judged by body fat percent (BF%) are improved by supplementation with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate containing oligofructose,
as compared to the actions of an identically composed dietary regimen, but without Jerusalem artichoke concentrate.
Methods
The investigations were carried out in two metropolitan elementary schools, starting in September 2007.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
142
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Selection of Obese Persons
Selection of participants for the study was performed in several steps:
– In both schools, according to the WHO instructions, body height, body weight (medical
weighing machine with standardized stadiometer: SECA Medizinische Waagen und Messsysteme, Hamburg, Germany), and waist circumference (standardized tape-measure with
decimal scale) were measured among school children from the upper classes (a total of
455 students, age: 10–14 years), and volunteered teachers and parents (a total of 35 persons) [11]. Body mass index (BMI) was calculated.
– The body composition of persons classified as overweight/obese on the basis of BMI was
determined using an 8-electrode bioimpedance analyzer (InBody 3.0, Biospace, Seul,
Korea), in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. BF% was calculated by the
instrument [12], boys/men were considered obese if BF% ≥ 25, girls/women if BF% ≥ 30,
respectively. Altogether, 95 students and 31 adults were classified as obese. Evaluating the
results, the BMI calculated by the analyzer was taken into account at the beginning and at
the end of the interventions.
– All of the parents of 95 obese children and 31 adults were notified in writing of the study’s
purpose, and after obtaining their informed consent, we included them in the intervention
program. Exclusion criterion was a disease officially certified by a family doctor. After
returning the signed informed consent, we started the program with 38 volunteer students
(19 boys and 19 girls) and 28 adults (24 female teachers and 4 mothers).
The investigations were carried out in conformity with the national regulations, with the authorization of the Regional Ethical Committee (TUKEB number: 84/2007).
Diets
Prior to the interventions, persons involved in the study completed a 3-day food-record diary
compiled by our institute; the data were validated by qualified dieticians. The daily energyand nutrient intake was calculated relying upon these findings. A validation of participants’
intake values was performed in the knowledge of their basal metabolism.
Compiling the low-energy diet (2,000 kcal/day energy intake), we essentially reduced
the fat- and increased the complex carbohydrate intake. Table 1 indicates the calculated and
planned energy- and nutrient intake values.
The participants were divided into two groups: persons in one group received Jerusalem
artichoke-free products (orange juice and applebar) for their mid-morning and mid-afternoon
Table 1 Calculated and planned energy- and nutrient intake
Energy
Protein
Fat
Carbohydrate
kcal
Energy%
Animal/plant
Energy%
Animal/plant
Energy%
Students
2,416
15
56/44
34
53/47
51
Adults
2,325
14
57/43
38
58/42
49
Planned diet
2,000
15
53/47
27
33/67
58
CEMED
143
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
snacks, whereas the subjects in the other group consumed identical products, but supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke-concentrate. Consumption of supplemented products implied 14 g/day oligofructose intake. The two kinds of orange juice and applebar were provided by Rauch Hungaria Ltd. and the Göböljárás plant of ChokiBank Ltd., respectively.
Breakfast (300 kcal), dinner (400 kcal), and lunch during school break (800 kcal) could
be chosen by obese participants from the 30-day mosaic dietary guideline.
Satiety was verified with the help of a Hunger/Satiety Scale compiled on the basis of
literature data (www2.oprah.com/health/bob/bestlife/diet/basics_scale.jhtml).
Laboratory Analyses
Blood was collected in a closed system (Becton–Dickinson vacutainer), transportation was
carried out cooled, according to the rules of clinical chemistry laboratories.
The serum levels of glucose (Randox test, GL-2623), triglycerides (Randox test, TR210), total cholesterol, HDL-cholesterol, and LDL-cholesterol (Randox test, CH-200; CH2652; CH-2657) were determined using a chemical analyzer (Daytona Olympos). The determination of serum insulin-, leptin-, resistin-, and adiponectin levels was performed using
ELISA method (INS-EASIA Biosource, Human Leptin ELISA BioVendor, Human Resistin
ELISA BioVendor, Human Adiponectin ELISA BioCat).
Pathological values: total cholesterol: >5.2 mmol/L; HDL-cholesterol: male: <0.9
mmol/L, female: <1.2 mmol/L; LDL-cholesterol: >3.4 mmol/L; triglyceride: child: >1.50
mmol/L, adult: >1.71 mmol/L; serum glucose: >6.4 mmol/L; insulin: >20.0 μIU/mL. Normal
values based on our own measurements: leptin: male: 3.0 ng/mL, female: 12.0 ng/mL; resistin: 5.5 ng/mL; adiponectin: male: 10.0 μg/mL, female: 13.0 μg/mL.
The degree of IR was determined on the basis of HOMA model: HOMAIR = (nocturnal insulin value μIU/mL × nocturnal glucose value mmol/L)/22.5. It is to be noted that currently there is no accepted value for the establishment of childhood IR, therefore, in our case,
HOMAIR = 4.0 was regarded as a limiting value in both children and adults [13, 14].
Verification
Dieticians visited schools once or twice per week, if needed, and inquired about the results
achieved, and discussed emerging issues. During the consultations, they also touched upon
the children’s satisfaction with their diet, with special regard to the sensation of hunger. The
body weight was controlled bi-weekly.
Clinicians were in regular touch with the participants.
Anthropometric and laboratory analyses performed for the first time were repeated at
the end of the intervention.
Statistical Evaluation
Personal and survey data were recorded on ready-made surveying sheets on the site, and
later they were fed in the Access database manager as personal records. The Students’ paired
t-test was used for the statistical evaluation of data between the beginning and the end of the
study. The tables indicate means ± SD and the level of significance (p < 0.05).
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
144
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Results
Nineteen volunteered students (8 boys and 11 girls aged 10–14) and 8 teachers were involved
in the consumption of low-energy diet. The 12-week dietary protocol was completed by
12 students (6 boys and 6 girls) and 6 teachers, and the drop-out rate was 37 and 25%, respectively. The cause for the premature termination of the diet was either indiscipline (regular
overconsumption) or the fear of venipuncture.
Consumption of low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate
was started with 19 volunteered students (11 boys and 8 girls aged 10–14) and 19 adults
(15 teachers and 4 mothers). The 12-week dietary protocol was completed by 16 students
(10 boys and 6 girls) and 17 adults (14 teachers and 3 mothers), and the drop-out rate was 16
and 11%, respectively. It is to be noted that one teacher, who discontinued the diet on the third
week of the survey, complained about gastrointestinal symptoms caused by the consumption
of Jerusalem artichoke. Other participants did not complain about any side effects of Jerusalem artichoke. Those who stayed out of the protocol were one parent and her daughter due to
a bout of influenza, one boy without any argument, and one girl due to fear of venipuncture.
Satiety
Fifty percent of participants on the low-energy diet and 75% of participants on the low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate indicated pleasant satiety or that
they have eaten till repletion during the interventions.
Energy- and Nutrient Intake
Major dietary deficiencies were also revealed among participants on low-energy diet during
the course of weekly interviews. These were corrected by dieticians during consultation.
In participants consuming low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate, only minor complaints occurred and these could be attributed to the sensation of fullness caused by Jerusalem artichoke.
Anthropometric Parameters
BMI, BF%, and waist circumference did not change in either group consuming low-energy
diet. BMI and BF% decreased significantly, waist circumference was diminished slightly
in each group consuming the low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke
(Table 2).
Lipid Parameters
Total cholesterol, HDL-cholesterol, LDL-cholesterol, and triglyceride values of participants
consuming low-energy diet were within the normal range both at the beginning and at the
termination of the diet. Lipid parameters of boys and girls on diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate were within the normal range. It is to be mentioned that in girls,
the triglyceride level significantly decreased till the end of the survey. In female participants,
the total cholesterol and LDL-cholesterol levels were within the moderately pathological
range either at the introduction or the terminatin of the diet. The significant decrease of triglyceride level should be considered a positive finding (Table 3).
CEMED
145
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
Table 2 Effect of dietotherapy on certain anthropometric parameters
Body mass index (kg/m2)
Body fat (%)
Waist circumference (cm)
Age (years)
1
2
1
2
1
2
Subjects consuming low-energy diet
Boys
12.7
29.0
28.8
36.4
35.7
93.1
92.8
n=6
±1.21
±5.11
±4.90
±6.87
±6.49
±10.55
±9.85
Girls
12.2
28.3
28.2
39.2
38.2
85.2
85.3
n=6
±1.17
±4.47
±4.27
±5.87
±5.71
±8.58
±9.86
Women
40.3
28.1
28.1
32.3
32.3
86.2
87.2
n=6
±8.89
±3.48
±3.34
±4.28
±4.77
±6.23
±8.62
Subjects consuming low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate
Boys
12.0
25.7
24.9**
34.0
31.4**
87.2
86.2
n = 10
±1.41
±3.21
±3.27
±4.20
±6.40
±9.10
±9.15
Girls
11.0
25.6
24.9*
36.7
34.3*
81.9
80.5
n=6
±0.63
±4.02
±4.16
±6.23
±6.80
±12.04
±9.05
Women
53.0
29.3
28.8*
36.9
35.1**
92.2
91.6
n = 17
±7.62
±5.11
±4.81
±5.44
±3.87
±11.04
±9.87
1: starting value; 2: after 12-week dietotherapy
*p < 0.05; **p < 0.01
Carbohydrate Metabolism
In both boys and girls consuming low-energy diet, a suspicion of IR based on HOMAIR
existed both at the beginning and at the end of the interventions. In females, the serum levels
of insulin decreased considerably, and as a corollary, the mean value of HOMAIR also declined till the end of the dietotherapy. HOMAIR values of participants consuming the diet
supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate indicated IR in both boys and girls at the
beginning, and the mean values were within the normal range till the end of the dietotherapy.
HOMAIR values also decreased in females, although within the normal range (Table 4).
Adipokines
Out of the adipokines (leptin, resistin, and adiponectin), resistin significantly decreased in
boys due to low-energy diet. The concentrations of the examined biomarkers in the other
groups did not change before and after the diet (Table 5).
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
146
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Table 3 Effect of dietotherapy on serum lipid biomarkers
Total cholesterol
(mmol/L)
1
2
HDL-cholesterol
(mmol/L)
LDL-cholesterol
(mmol/L)
Triglycerides
(mmol/L)
1
2
1
2
1
2
Subjects consuming low-energy diet
Boys
Girls
Women
4.2
4.1
1.0
1.0
2.8
2.8
1.2
0.9
±0.48
±0.16
±0.14
±0.21
±0.39
±0.18
±0.32
±0.34
4.1
4.1
1.0
1.1
2.6
2.5
1.2
1.1
±0.68
±0.67
±0.10
±0.08
±0.62
±0.64
±0.41
±0.36
5.3
5.2
1.4
1.4
3.3
3.3
1.4
1.0
±1.14
±1.03
±0.23
±0.18
±1.01
±1.05
±0.71
±0.23
Subjects consuming low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate
Boys
Girls
Women
4.1
4.4
1.1
1.2
2.5
2.8
1.0
1.0
±1.05
±0.98
±0.23
±0.25
±0.91
±0.81
±0.54
±0.68
4.2
4.4
1.1
1.2
2.6
2.7
1.2
0.8*
±0.37
±0.61
±0.21
±0.28
±0.46
±0.55
±0.56
±0.33
6.1
5.9
1.4
1.4
3.9
3.8
1.7
1.4*
±1.15
±1.00
±0.35
±0.35
±0.98
±0.56
±0.56
±0.72
1: starting values; 2: after 12-week dietotherapy
*p < 0.05
Discussion
While compiling low-energy diet, we set out from energy- and nutrient intake of obese participants, and relying upon these findings, compiled their diet: the total fat-, carbohydrateand protein intake amounted to 27, 58, and 15% of the total energy. In addition, we substantially decreased the ratio of fats of animal–plant origin and neared the ratio of animal to plant
protein (Table 1). Beyond this, the diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate
contained 14 g oligosaccharide as well. In the knowledge of the fact that adults and children
in a free-living community should perform their duties as usual, we made efforts to promote
their satiety as much as possible. Although, we did not reduce the energy value of the diet to
the recommended level, adults consuming low-energy diet still regularly complained about
sensation of hunger. Half of the students reported hunger sensation; this could be the reason
for the frequent consumption of snacks and also the drop-out rate of 25% of teachers and
37% of students. Adults and children consuming low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate received the offered diet much favorably and, accordingly, the
CEMED
147
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
Table 4 Effect of dietotherapy on serum biomarkers of glucose homeostasis
Serum glucose (mmol/L)
1
Insulin (μIU/mL)
HOMAIR
2
1
2
1
2
4.9
5.8
19.6
18.6
4.3
4.8
±0.30
±0.65
±5.03
±3.65
±1.01
±1.23
4.5
5.5
28.8
21.2
5.5
5.3
±0.74
±0.40
±12.87
±3.42
±1.64
±1.13
4.8
5.4
16.2
11.7*
3.6
2.9
±0.87
±1.00
±3.82
±4.68
±1.45
±1.60
Subjects consuming low-energy diet
Boys
Girls
Women
Subjects consuming low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate
Boys
Girls
Women
4.9
5.1
18.3
16.0
4.1
3.6
±0.36
±0.30
±4.72
±5.37
±1.05
±1.23
4.7
5.0
18.6
16.6
4.1
3.7
±0.29
±0.32
±6.69
±3.58
±1.53
±0.93
5.1
5.2
14.4
11.5
3.3
2.7
±0.87
±0.87
±4.80
±4.06
±1.37
±1.21
1: starting value; 2: after 12-week dietotherapy
*p < 0.05
drop-out rate was remarkably lower in both the adult and student groups (11 and 16%). A dietary intervention is regarded successful if weight loss does not affect the musculature,
but the fat mass. This aim could be attained by the application of low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate, where the fall of BMI was associated with
the diminution of BF% as well.
Beyond this, the study protocol also contained some further positive features: (1) We
managed to involve teachers and parents in the intervention program, from this, we expected
that their alertness could be of help in the completion of the program; (2) Regular contact
(personally with students and teachers, and over phone with parents) contributed to lessen the
arising issues during the slimming diet. However, these efforts were only effective in groups
consuming the diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate.
Our purpose with the dietary intervention was to achieve a slight and slow slimming.
A common fact is that if there is a rapid weight loss, then the original body weight will be
regained very soon after the termination of the dietary regimen.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
148
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Table 5 Effect of dietotherapy on serum adipokine levels
Leptin (ng/mL)
1
2
Resistin (ng/mL)
1
Adiponectin (μg/mL)
2
1
2
3.42
7.3
6.9
Subjects consuming low-energy diet
Boys
Girls
Women
33.6
32.8
4.7**
±26.35
±16.74
±0.94
±0.58
±1.42
±2.21
48.6
44.2
5.3
4.6
8.4
7.3
±27.81
±11.48
±1.28
±1.15
±1.06
±1.60
21.3
23.5
5.3
4.8
10.5
8.1
±18.6
±12.96
±1.08
±0.74
±4.05
±3.86
Subjects consuming low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate
Boys
Girls
Women
17.0
19.0
4.0
4.1
8.0
8.2
±8.98
±10.54
±1.41
±1.40
±3.75
±3.27
24.4
23.8
5.2
4.7
9.3
9.6
±8.79
±13.24
±1.12
±1.11
±2.29
±3.73
22.0
22.2
6.1
6.5
8.8
9.0
±16.09
±9.13
±1.78
±2.36
±2.20
±3.15
1: starting values; 2: after 12-week dietotherapy
**p < 0.01
Consumption of low-energy diets regrettably includes some pitfalls. Results of several
studies appear to prove that open-system slimming diets are not actually effective. This happened in our case as well, in spite of the fact that there was only one difference between the
two protocols, namely, the daily intake of dietary fibers was 14 g more through the intervention of Jerusalem artichoke concentrate.
It is a crucial issue to provide a good state of protein supply during the consumption of
low-energy diet, especially in children. The answer to this is reassuring because the most
sensitive indicator, the serum prealbumin level, also remained within the desired range. The
consumption of low-energy diets can lead to a deficient microelement supply. The risk is
extraordinarily high in the case of a diet rich in fiber. Our dietary intervention did not deteriorate iron supply as judged on the basis of serum levels of iron, transferrin, ferritin, blood
hemoglobin, RBC and haematocrit values (data not shown) at the termination of diet, although adolescents are at an especially high risk to develop iron deficiency.
One hazard of obesity is the increase in serum lipid parameters that are considered to be
the primary risk factors of cardiovascular diseases [9]. The lipid parameters of students and
CEMED
149
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
teachers consuming low-energy diet were within the normal range before and after the diet
treatments. Strasser et al. reported on similar results, namely: the lipid parameters of persons with normal body weight and moderately obese patients did not change by restricted
energy intake [15]. According to Ditschuneit et al. [16], low-energy diet treatment of obese
persons did not influence even pathological total cholesterol, LDL-cholesterol, and triglyceride values. In the female group consuming low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem
artichoke concentrate, the total cholesterol and LDL-cholesterol values were within the pathological range before and after the treatment, whereas the serum triglyceride values decreased
in both the female and girl groups as a result of the diet treatment. At present, it is unanimously accepted that increased serum triglyceride concentration is a risk factor of cardiovascular diseases [17, 18]; therefore, a significant reduction of serum triglyceride concentration
is beneficial in this respect. In humans, the effect of oligofructose on serum lipids is controversial. Luo [19] and Pedersen [20] could not prove any lipid-lowering effect, while others
[21] reported a decrease in triglyceride levels after inulin intake. The effect was attributed to
propionates evolved during inulin’s fermentation [22]. In animal studies, propionate evolved
from inulin and from other oligosaccharides yield the modification of lipogenic enzymes’
gene expression that is evidenced by a decrease in mRNS concentration of fatty acid synthetase [23, 24]. Although, diminution of serum triglyceride levels was published by several
authors, it is noteworthy that in such case, the effect is not detectable in everyone, and there
is no essential change in about 25% of persons consuming inulin [25, 26].
IR exists when the physiological blood glucose level is still maintained with the help
of insulin overproduction. The homoeostasis model (HOMAIR) is used to ascertain this
state. HOMAIR basal values indicated IR, except in females. Due to low-energy diet, teachers’ HOMAIR value decreased within the normal range; in case of students, no appreciable
change occurred. Due to low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate, HOMAIR values improved in both students and females.
In a study by Yamashita et al., fructans decreased fasting blood glucose levels in diabetic patients, whereas other authors could not confirm this finding [27, 28]. Luo et al. could
not prove the beneficial actions of fructo-oligosaccharides on the insulin-stimulated glucose
metabolism, even in healthy adults [19]. We suggest in our study that the cause of the improvement in HOMAIR value could be the sequel of the decrease in BF%.
Polypeptide hormones produced by adipose tissue, adipokines, such as leptin, adiponectin, and resistin, play a role in energy homeostasis, glucose and lipid metabolism, and exert
actions on the immune- and neuroendocrine system [29]. It is generally accepted that in
obese persons plasma concentrations of leptin and resistin increase, adiponectin decreases,
whereas after weight loss a reversion follows. Nevertheless, subsequent data revealed that
this effect depends on the extent of weight loss, that is if the weight loss does not exceed 5%,
neither the concentration of leptin nor that of adiponectin changes significantly [30]. In the
present study, weight loss was inconsiderable, thus, this can explain the stagnation of leptin
and adiponectin concentration.
Limitations of the Study
Dietotherapy of obese persons was performed in free-living population during school time.
This was partly advantageous because in this manner participants received a group treatment, at the same time the influential role of classmates was inevitable. Due to the moderate
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
150
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
number of partcipants, we consider the present investigations to be a promising preliminary
study that is to be repeated in a larger community. If the reiteration will be performed in a
free-living population, participants must be selected in advance from a more populous community, since from 95 obese students, 38 students volunteered, and the study was completed
by 28; the situation was slightly better in adults.
In summary, the results of the present study show that in the group of students consuming low-energy diet supplemented with Jerusalem artichoke concentrate, about 25% more
students reported satiety than in the group consuming the same diet but not containing Jerusalem artichoke concentrate; BMI and BF% decreased significantly; the serum levels of triglyceride in girls and females decreased significantly; and HOMAIR values improved at the
end of the dietotherapy.
On the basis of all these, we suggest that the use of low-energy diet supplemented with
Jerusalem artichoke concentrate containing oligofructose can be promising in the dietotherapy of obese persons of a free-living population.
This study was performed within the framework of the NKF (41002/2004) project.
References
[1] Roberfroid, M. B., Delzenne N.M.: Dietary fructans. Ann. Rev. Nutr., 1998, 18, 117–143.
[2] Mahan, K. L., Escott-Stumps, S. (eds) Krause’s Food, Nutrition, Diet Therapy. WB Saunders, Philadelphia,
1996, pp. 42, 47.
[3] Crow, D.: Inulin – a comprehensive scientific review. 2000, http://members.shaw.ca/duncancrow/inulin_
review.html.
[4] Antal, M.: Assessment of importance of fructans in food-hygiene (in Hungarian). Sport és Egészségtudomány,
2004, 3 (Suppl. 1), 14–17.
[5] Report of Joint WHO/FAO Expert Consultation: Diet, nutrition and the prevention of chronic diseases. WHO
Technical Report Series No. 916, Geneva, 2003, 77, 88.
[6] Fehér, J., Lengyel, G.: Nutrition and cardiovascular mortality (in Hungarian). Orv. Hetil., 2006, 147, 1491–
1496.
[7] Fehér, J., Lengyel G.: Clinical utilization of combined rosiglitazone and glimepiride in the treatment of type
2 diabetes mellitus (in Hungarian). Orv. Hetil., 2007, 148, 2331–2335.
[8] Pados, G.: Treatment of obesity (in Hungarian). Orv. Hetil., 2006, 145, 1765–1767.
[9] Juhász, A., Katona, E., Csongrádi, É. et al.: Practicing physician’s view on obesity (in Hungarian). Orv.
Hetil., 2006, 147, 579–590.
[10] Kalavainen, M.P., Korppi, M.O., Nuutinen, O.M.: Clinical efficacy of group-based treatment for childhood
obesity compared with routinely given individual counseling. Int. J. Obes., 2007, 31, 1500–1508.
[11] WHO: Physical status, the use and interpretation of anthropometry. WHO Technical Report Series No. 854,
Geneva, 1995, 263–311, 445.
[12] Antal, M., Biró, L., Regöly-Mérei, A. et al.: Methods in the assessment of adolescent obesity in epidemiologic
study (in Hungarian). Orv. Hetil., 2008, 149, 51–57.
[13] Monzillo, L. U., Hamdy, O.: Evaluation of insulin sensitivity in clinical practice and in research settings. Nutr.
Rev., 2003, 61, 397–412.
[14] Dhuper, S., Cohen, H. W., Daniel, J. et al.: Utility of modified ATP III defined metabolic syndrome and severe
obesity as predictors of insulin resistance in overweight children and adolescents: a cross-sectional study.
Cardiovasc. Diabetol., 2007, 6, 1186–1195.
[15] Strasser, B., Spreitzer, A., Haber, P.: Fat loss depends on energy deficit only, independently of the method for
weight loss. Ann. Nutr. Metab., 2007, 51, 428–432.
[16] Ditschuneit, H. H., Frier, H. I., Flechtner-Mors, M.: Lipoprotein responses to weight loss and weight maintenance in high-risk obese subjects. Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 2002, 56, 264–270.
CEMED
151
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
[17] Assmann, G., Schulte, H., Funke, H. et al.: The emergency of triglycerides as a significant independent risk
factor in coronary artery disease. Eur. Heart. J., 1998, 19 (Suppl. M), M8–M14.
[18] Asia Pacific Cohort Studies Collaboration: Serum triglycerides as a risk factor for cardiovascular diseases in
the Asia-Pacific region. Circulation, 2004, 110, 2678–2686.
[19] Luo, J., Rizkalla, S. W., Alamowitch, C. et al.: Chronic consumption of short-chain fructooligosaccharides by
healthy subjects decreased basal hepatic glucose production but had no effect on insulin-stimulated glucose
metabolism. Am. J. Clin. Nutr., 1996, 63, 939–945.
[20] Pedersen, A., Sandstrom, B., Van Amelsvoort, J. M. M.: The effect of ingestion of inulin on blood lipids and
gastrointestinal symptoms in healthy females. Br. J. Nutr., 1997, 78, 215–222.
[21] Jackson, K. G., Taylor, G. R. J., Clohessy, A. M. et al.: The effect of the daily intake of inulin on fasting lipid,
insulin and glucose concentrations in middle aged men and women. Br. J. Nutr., 1999, 82, 23–30.
[22] Letexier, D., Diraison, F., Beylot, M.: Addition of inulin to moderately high-carbohydrate diet reduces
hepatic lipogenesis and plasma triacylglycerol concentrations in humans. Am. J. Clin. Nutr., 2003, 77, 559–
564.
[23] Roberfroid, M. B.: Prebiotics and probiotics: are they functional foods? Am. J. Clin. Nutr., 2000, 71, 1682S–
1687S.
[24] Delzenne, N. M., Daubioul, C., Neyrinck, A. et al.: Inulin and oligofructose modulate lipid metabolism in
animals: review of biochemical events and future prospects. Br. J. Nutr., 2002, 87, S255–S259.
[25] Williams, C. M.: Effects of inulin on lipid parameters in humans. J. Nutr., 1999, 129, 1471S–1473S.
[26] Balcázar-Muñoz, B. R., Martínez-Abundis, E., Gonzáles-Ortiz, M.: Effect of oral inulin administration on
lipid profile and insulin sensitivity in subjects with obesity and dyslipidemia. Rev. Med. Chil., 2003, 131,
597–604.
[27] Yamashita, K., Kawai, K., Itakura, J.: Effects of fructo-oligosaccharides on blood glucose and serum lipids
in diabetic subjects. Nutr. Res., 1984, 4, 961–966.
[28] Alles, M. S., de Roos, N. M., Bakx, J. C. et al.: Consumption of fructooligosaccharides does not favourably
affect blood glucose and serum lipid concentration in patients with type II diabetes. Am. J. Clin. Nutr., 1999,
69, 64–69.
[29] Ahima, R. S., Lazar, M. A.: Adipokines and the peripheral and neural control of energy balance. Mol. Edocrinol., 2008, Jan 17, doi:10./me.2007-0529.
[30] Valsamakis, G., McTernan, P. G., Chetty, R. et al.: Modest weight loss and reduction in waist circumference after medical treatment are associated with favorable changes in serum adipocytokines. Metabolism,
2004, 53, 430–434.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
152
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Endoscopic Management
of Post-Operative Biliary Tract Injuries
ZOLTÁN VÖLGYI, TÜNDE FISCHER, MÁRIA SZENES, BEÁTA GASZTONYI
Department of Medicine, Hospital of Zala County, Zalaegerszeg, Hungary
Post-operative biliary tract injuries have traditionally been treated by surgery; since the 1990s, however, this was
replaced by endoscopic methods. These complications occur most frequently after laparoscopic surgery. Whenever
biliary leakage is suspected, a close cooperation between endoscopists and surgeons is essential. Immediate visualisation of the biliary tract by endoscopic retrograde cholangio-pancreatography (ERCP) is mandatory to confirm the
diagnosis and locate the exact site of the lesion. Various endoscopic techniques have proven to be effective in the
treatment of post-cholecystectomy biliary leaks. The crucial point is to equalise duodenal and biliary tract pressures
so that bile flow into the duodenum is ensured and healing of the lesion is facilitated. This can be achieved by endoscopic sphincterotomy either alone or in combination with subsequent implantation of a plastic stent. These methods
seem to be equally suitable; for greater lesions, however, insertion of a stent is advisable. For biliary tract strictures,
multiple stenting is recommended, the results of which are promising in the long run as well.
Keywords: post-operative biliary complications, ERCP, EST, biliary endoprosthesis
Abbreviations
ERCP = endoscopic retrograde cholangio-pancreatography; EST = endoscopic sphincterotomy; HG = high grade;
LC = laparoscopic cholecystectomy; LG = low grade
Introduction
In recent decades, the ever increasing amount of knowledge and technical progress have
compelled medical practitioners to specialise within their profession. On the one hand,
it promoted professional pursuance of the sub-disciplines concerned, but on the other hand,
it made a general overview of medical science more difficult. As a logical consequence,
inter(sub)disciplinary cooperation has gained even more emphasis in the specialising health
care, in the everyday praxis of medical treatment. A perfect example for this mutual dependency is the collaboration between surgeons and physicians that has great traditions and
is acquiring new dimensions these days, as well as, in our case, the cooperation between
surgeons and gastroenterologists. Recent technical progress has made the performance of
several interventions possible on the endoscopic route, which could previously have been
performed only by a surgeon as open operations (Table 1). At the same time, pre- and intraoperative endoscopy can often be helpful for surgeons (e.g. localisation of polyps, early tumours, or sources of haemorrhage; intraoperative ERCP coupled with LC for the removal of
choledocholiths). However, the availability of a trained surgical team is a reassurance to enCorresponding address: Zoltán Völgyi MD, Department of Medicine, County Hospital Zala, Zrínyi Miklós str. 1,
H-8900 Zalaegerszeg, Hungary. E-mail: mistral9@freemail.hu
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28767
153
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
153–162.
CLINICAL STUDIES
Table 1 Interventions which can be performed on the endoscopic route, and were previously feasible only by open
surgery
1. Removal of polyps (polypectomy from the oesophagus, stomach, duodenum, colon)
2. Removal (mucosectomy, submucosal dissection) of early malignant tumours (oesophagus, stomach, colon)
3. Feeding (percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy or percutaneous endoscopic jejunostomy)
4. Nasojejunal feeding
5. Haemostasis (chemical and mechanical)
6. Pancreas pseudocyst anastomosis (cystogastrostomy or cystoenterostomy)
7. Crossing of stenoses (plastic or metal stenting of oesophagus, stomach, small bowel, colon, common bile duct
or pancreatic duct)
8. Papillary stenosis (endoscopic sphincterotomy)
9. Removal of choledocholiths
10. Notes (cholecystectomy, appendectomy)
doscopists as it can intervene if needed either when there is a lesion which exceeds the frames
of therapeutic endoscopy (e.g. gastrointestinal haemorrhage and biliary stricture impenetrable for a guiding wire) or when a complication has to be averted (such as perforation, bleeding, and “jamming” of Dormia basket). In some cases, the endoscopist can return this favour
by repairing a post-operative complication or avert an undesired sequel of surgery on the
endoscopic route. Examples for the latter include dilatation and stenting of strictures of various surgical anastomoses, “cranking up” paralytic ileus by a nasojejunal tube, care for postoperative bleedings, removal of residual gallstones from the biliary tract, or management of
post-cholecystectomy biliary tract perforation or stenoses.
This article deals with this latter clinical problem. In the operative management of
cholecystolithiasis, laparoscopic technique has become the almost exclusive solution until
now, in contrast with an open operation. However, in addition to its several advantages, it
also possesses some disadvantages (e.g. lack of spatial vision, frequently forced dissection of
the common bile duct, inferior circumstances for vision due to obesity, and inflammation or
varying anatomy), and therefore, it is associated with a higher incidence of operative complications.
Case Report
Patient 1
The history of the 57-year-old female patient included no considerable disease. On 29.05.2009,
she underwent LC because of symptomatic cholecystolithiasis. After the operation, a significant amount (200 mL/24 h) of bile was seen passing from the subhepatic drain, and therefore,
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
154
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
we performed ERCP (30.05.2009). During this, after having opened the common bile duct,
we filled the biliary tract with contrast material and observed extravasation at the level of the
cystic duct’s stump. Then, we inserted a 10-cm long and 11.5-Fr wide plastic stent. Mild
pancreatitis developed after the intervention; however, the output of the abdominal drain
decreased from day to day. On 06.06.2009, the drain was removed, and soon the patient was
discharged free of complaints. On 14.07.2009, we performed elective stent removal and
observed a negative pancreatogram during the examination.
Patient 2
The history of the 58-year-old patient included no considerable disease. On 13.01.2009, he
underwent LC because of cholecystolithiasis. On post-operative day 2, bilious discharge began through his sub-hepatic drain, and therefore we performed ERCP, during which we saw
a common bile duct with even path and normal width; however, outflow of contrast material
as wide as a pencil-point could be observed at the level of the cystic duct and it went on in a
caudal direction (Fig. 1). Then we made an incision of 1.5 cm as sphincterotomy in the direction of the common bile duct, which was followed by an abundant flow of bile into the duodenum. When probing the common bile duct with Dormia basket, we found no lithiasis of
the biliary tract. Four days after the ERCP, the patient was discharged free of symptoms.
Fig. 1 ERCP picture (patient 2). An arrow indicates the site of contrast material extravasation
CEMED
155
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
Patient 3
On 13.08.2009, the 78-year-old female patient underwent anterior resection according to
Dixon because of a tumour of the sigmoid, and cholecystectomy was performed at the same
session because of a tense gallbladder filled with gallstones. As the common bile duct opened
during the separation of the cholecyst, a Kehr T-tube was inserted. From the post-operative
day 7 onwards, a significant amount of bile (500 mL/day) appeared through the abdominal
drain; therefore, we performed ERCP on 27.08.2009. During this, after having opened the
common bile duct, we experienced stoppage of the contrast material at the place of the cystic
duct’s orifice; however, when injected through the Kehr tube, it showed immediate extravasation into a pool adjacent to the common bile duct (Fig. 2). As we did not succeed in getting
over the stenosis even by a guiding wire, there was no feasible endoscopic solution, so that
repeated laparotomy followed. During this, a malpositioned clip could be seen that was
placed at the earlier surgery and caused strangulation of the common bile duct, the continuity
of which ceased above it. After having the lesion repaired and a Kehr tube inserted, the state
of the patient normalised.
Fig. 2 ERCP picture (patient 3). The pool, indicated by an arrow, suggests extravasation of contrast material
Patient 4
The 79-year-old male patient, who underwent LC 5 years prior to his admission, was hospitalised because of mechanical jaundice. During the ERCP, we observed a uniformly dilated
common bile duct of ~8 mm that was filled homogeneously and had a sharp contour and a
regular path. At the level of the cystic duct’s stump that was closed by clips, we observed a
stop of semilunar contour at the transition of the common hepatic duct – the common bile
duct, which could be penetrated neither by a contrast material nor by a guiding wire (Fig. 3a).
Upon repeated attempts, we could pass the guiding wire. Then a stricture of a pencil-point’s
width could be visualised at the full length of the hepatic duct (~3 cm long), with the filling
of regular but dilated intrahepatic bile ducts above it. With a little forcing, a Soehendra biliary
dilation catheter could be inserted through the stricture, and then we spanned it with a 12-cm
long plastic stent with a diameter of 8 Fr (Fig. 3b). On day 3 after the intervention, the patient
was discharged free of complaints.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
156
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
(a)
(b)
Fig. 3 ERCP picture (patient 4). (a) Stricture located at the proximal part of the common bile duct (arrow). (b) The
above stricture after filling of the intrahepatic bile ducts
Occurrence of Biliary Tract Injuries
There are two types of post-operative biliary tract injuries which may also combine with
each other. Owing to a discontinuity that occurs at various levels of bile ducts, bilious fluid
accumulations develop in the immediate post-operative period, while the formation of strictures is to be expected in the later post-operative period.
Most commonly, the injuries affect the stump of the cystic duct; they may be of diathermic origin, they may arise from a malpositioned clip, or they may be based on ischemia due
to damaged blood supply. The second most common site is an aberrant branch of the right
hepatic bile duct (Luschka’s duct), the injury of which usually occurs during separation of the
inflamed cholecyst from the liver. Less frequently, it may develop at a site where an intraoperatively inserted Kehr tube has slipped out. Sometimes, a distal obstruction, which induced or maintained the process (choledocholithiasis, stenosis of the Vater papilla), can also
be detected.
Usually 0.8%–1.7% of LCs is followed by a leakage of bile, although data significantly
vary and a considerable part of cases remain latent due to a lack of clinical symptoms.
According to a retrospective Italian survey (1998–2000) of 56,591 operations, 235 biliary
tract injuries (0.42%) occurred, and 80% of it in patients with no risk factors (e.g. obesity,
previous abdominal surgery, or hepatic cirrhosis) at all [1]. In their prospective material,
surgeons in Stockholm observed a total of 1.5% (25/1,568) biliary tract injuries [2]. A Japanese workgroup’s series of similar magnitude (1,365 LCs) showed a rate of 1.7% for postoperative biliary leakage [3]. Interestingly, the complication usually follows easy LCs, done
CEMED
157
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
by not inexperienced surgeons, and it is caused by an unnecessarily early dissection of the
cystic duct.
Diagnosis
A diagnosis is usually made in the days following the operation, less frequently, the injury is
observed already during surgery. An excessive amount of bile passing through the abdominal
drain calls attention to the abnormity, but the patient’s complaints (pain, fever, jaundice, and
distension) may also contribute to early diagnosis; however, asymptomatic cases may occur
as well. Also, after removal of the abdominal drain, a biloma, peritonitis, or an abdominal
abscess may indicate the condition. A prolonged loss of bile may be associated with systemic undesired events such as hyponatraemia or renal failure.
Since the 1990s, the previously exclusive operative methods have been replaced by endoscopic techniques, of course keeping in mind that best results can be attained by immediate
reconstruction, a prerequisite of which is, however, intraoperative detection of the complication. Post-operative diagnostic possibilities include transabdominal and endoscopic ultrasonography, percutaneous transhepatic cholangiography, magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography, and ERCP. The latter has a clear priority as it serves not only diagnostic
purposes but also offers therapeutic possibilities. If there is suspicion, early ERCP has to be
sought for, as by this means, the lesion can be localised, its severity can be revealed, and in
the decisive majority of cases (85–100%), it also offers a definitive solution with a low rate
of complications.
Classification
Previously, biliary tract injuries were classified according to Bismuth who differentiated
them based on the highest level of injury. This had the disadvantage of not including the injuries of collateral branches. Following the advent of laparoscopic technique, other types of
injuries have come into prominence, which in 1995 brought into being a new classification
(Strasberg) (Fig. 4) that could describe a wider scale of injuries. The latter classification includes that of Bismuth, too (Type E 1–5 means Bismuth 1–5) and it also helps therapeutic
decisions, as milder lesions (A–C) can certainly be treated by the endoscopic route, while the
most severe ones (Type E) always require surgical operation.
Possibilities of Endoscopic Therapy
There is no clear-cut recommendation on which endoscopic therapeutic process is to be preferred, but there is a common principle: the area of the lesion must be relieved by equalising
duodenal and biliary pressures that promotes healing. One of the possibilities is EST;
another includes insertion of a stent with or without EST. A higher rate of haemorrhagic complications may be a disadvantage of EST, while stenting alone may be associated with an
increased number of pancreatitis cases. It is also debated if a lesion should be spanned by the
stent, but probably, an increase of length (“crossing stent”) may bring no further benefits (the
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
158
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Fig. 4 Strasberg’s classification of biliary tract injuries due to laparoscopy. Biliary tract injuries due to laparoscopy:
(Type A) injury of minor bile ducts originating from bile ducts located in the hepatic bed or from the cystic
duct; (Types B and C) affect an aberrant right hepatic branch; (Type D) lateral injury of the main bile ducts;
(Type E) proximal injury of the biliary tract
diameter of the bile duct surpasses that of the stent so that the latter cannot accelerate occlusion of the defect). In animal experiments, biliary stenting has proven to be more effective:
it reduced the time to the occlusion of biliary tract injury in comparison to EST (−2.6 days vs.
6.25 days) [4]. The same problem is discussed in a retrospective analysis published by
Australian authors in 2005 [5]. They analysed the data of 100 patients with post-cholecystectomy biliary tract injury, where they either implanted a stent (7 Fr or 10 Fr) (40 patients), they
performed EST (18 patients), or they used the combination of the previous two (31). In three
patients, they performed no endoscopic intervention because of expectable spontaneous healing of the injury, and in one patient, a stent was inserted following balloon dilatation of the
ampulla (seven patients were withdrawn from the study group because of unsuccessful ERCP
or a major injury requiring surgical treatment). Of the studied group, four patients had to
undergo an operation eventually, and all of them belonged to the group receiving EST alone.
The authors recommended the insertion of a stent (preferably with no EST) contrary to EST.
Another randomised prospective study included the data of 52 patients. One group received
an inserted 7 Fr plastic stent with no EST, while in the other group, a 10 Fr stent was implanted following EST. In accordance with the general recommendation, stents were removed
after 6–8 weeks (in an average, 6.7 weeks). A healing rate of 100% was attained in both
groups, and they found no differences in relation to healing and complications [6]. Canadian
authors [7] used an interesting method for choosing the optimal technique. They assigned
CEMED
159
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
patients with post-operative biliary tract injury into two groups, and they chose the used
technique depending on that. The group of LG injuries included cases where the extravasation of contrast material during ERCP could be seen only when the intrahepatic bile ducts
were also filled, in contrast to the high-grade lesions (HG), where the site of the lesion also
became obvious already prior to the filling of the intrahepatic bile ducts. Then, they performed EST alone in the LG group, when there was no other indication for stenting (stricture)
and there was no contraindication of sphincterotomy (e.g. hypoprothrombinaemia), and stent
implantation, with or without EST, in the HG group. In the former group, they observed 91%
(68/75) healing in 75 patients who underwent EST and had LG lesion, and the remaining
seven patients recovered after stent insertion (6) or surgery (1). The latter group consisted of
100 patients. In three cases, immediate operation was performed because of the size of the
lesion, whereas of the remaining 97 patients, 94 recovered and 3 were cured after a further
insertion of a stent. Summing up, it can be concluded that this simple classification has
proven to be suitable for selecting the optimal endoscopic technique.
Transient administration of metal stents for biliary leaking is a new procedure. American authors published their results relating to the temporary use of metal stents in patients
with biliary leaking first in 2007 [8]. While they had an adequate efficacy, the significant rate
of stent migrations and the difficult removal due to mucosal hyperplasia that developed at
both ends of the stents prompted them to improve the technique. The results of this were
published in their most recent paper on a series of 13 patients where they used self-expanding
covered metal stents with anchors at both ends which averted migration and a special (polytetrafluoroethylene and fluorinated ethylene–propylene) coating which prevented mucosal
hypertrophy. These patients had biliary tract injuries that showed no regression upon the
conventional endoscopic techniques (EST, stent), and therefore, the above stents were implanted temporarily for an average of 103 days. Not including the two patients who died
in the meantime due to complications of non-biliary nature, all the remaining 11 patients
have recovered and had no biliary leaking also during the follow-up period (in an average,
318 days). Setbacks of the new technique included the development of new strictures of the
bile ducts (2/11) and the formation of choledocholiths (10/11). They recommend it for the
treatment of patients where biliary leaking persists despite conventional endoscopic techniques [9].
Also, other alternative therapeutic modalities have been published, including topical
administration of nitroglycerine, which decreases Oddi sphincter tone [10], closure of the
injury with n-butyl-2-cyanoacrylate [11], and botulinum toxin that was used successfully in
an animal model [12].
Post-Operative Strictures of the Biliary Tract
Although this paper is focusing mainly on post-operative biliary leakage, it is important to
mention the other type of post-operative biliary tract complications, namely, bile duct strictures. Stenoses may develop either directly by complete or partial clipping or ligating of a
main or secondary bile duct, or secondarily due to ischemic or thermal damage. A diagnosis
is made in the former cases usually during surgery or in the immediate post-operative period,
whereas in the latter cases, months, perhaps years elapse after the operation until diagnosis.
Early signs and symptoms include pain, fever, and jaundice, while recurring cholangitis,
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
160
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
lithiasis of the bile ducts, or secondary biliary cirrhosis belong to the late ones. Contrary to
the former exclusively surgical management, endoscopy has gained a significant role also in
the therapy of stenoses. Following balloon dilatation of the stricture, Costamagna et al. used
to place a biliary duct stent with the largest possible diameter into the common bile duct and
then change it every 3 months and increase their number until the stenosis is dilated. Of their
published 45 patients, 40 (89%) were free of symptoms in the 49-month follow-up period
(laboratory and ultrasound findings also showed recovery) [13]. The average treatment duration was 12.1 month (±5.3 month).
Discussion
A decisive part of post-operative biliary injuries can be treated by the endoscopic route.
The possibilities of this include EST performed during ERCP, stent insertion, or a combination of these. In case of LG lesions or in the presence of choledocholithiasis, stenosis of the
Vater papilla, primarily EST, is to be preferred, whereas stent implantation is recommended
for HG lesions when strictures are present or there is a risk of their development. There is no
agreement regarding the size of the stent. Some consider a short, 5-cm long, 7–10-Fr wide
biliary endoprosthesis sufficient to equalise the pressures on both sides of the Oddi sphincter,
whereas others are of the opinion that using a thick (11.5 Fr) stent is reasonable as it spans
the lesion, and this way it provides a tamponade and promotes healing. According to current
international consensus, the stent is left in place for 6–8 weeks. ERCP is also suitable for the
elimination of factors that hinder the healing of the lesion, including the removal of choledocholiths or termination of the Vater papilla stricture. Transitory application of metal stents is
a new procedure for biliary tract leakage, which resisted the above methods or when the
problem seems more serious from the very beginning. Its use is limited by the relatively high
number of complications (stenosis and choledocholiths). During the later follow-up of patients, attention should be paid to the recognition of biliary tract stenoses, and it is expedient
to reverse the process by appropriate, timely stenting, yet before its fibrotic transformation.
Conclusions
The authors aimed at calling attention to the endoscopic possibilities in the management of
bilious leakage following biliary tract surgery, underlining that – with the exclusion of the
most severe cases (e.g. complete clipping of the common bile duct and transection of a major
bile duct) – there is no need for patients to undergo a repeated operation, as endoscopic methods are also prominently suitable for the treatment of this group of patients.
References
[1] Nuzzo, G., Giuliante, F., Giovannini, I. et al.: Bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy. Arch.
Surg., 2005, 140, 986–992.
[2] Söderlund, C., Frozanpor, F., Linder, S.: Bile duct injuries at laparoscopic cholecystectomy: a single institution prospective study. Acute cholecystitis indicates an increased risk. World J. Surg., 2005, 29, 987–993.
CEMED
161
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
[3] Kimura, T., Suzuki, K., Umehara, Y. et al.: Features and management of bile leaks after laparoscopic cholecystectomy. J. Hepatobil. Pancreat. Surg., 2005, 12, 61–64.
[4] Marks, J. M., Ponsky, J. L., Shillingstad, R. B. et al.: Biliary stenting is more effective than sphincterotomy
in resolution biliary leaks. Surg. Endosc., 1998, 12, 327–330.
[5] Kaffes, A. J., Hourigan, L., de Luca, N. et al.: Impact of endoscopic intervention in 100 patients with suspected postcholecystectomy bile leak. Gastrointest. Endosc., 2005, 61, 269–275.
[6] Mavrogiannis, C., Liatsos, C., Papanikolaou, I. S. et al.: Biliary stenting versus biliary stenting plus sphincterotomy for the treatment of post laparoscopic cholecystectomy biliary leaks: a prospective randomized
study. Eur. J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol., 2006, 18, 405–409.
[7] Gurpal, S., Sandha, M. B., Bourke, M. J. et al.: Endoscopic therapy for bile leak based on a new classification: results in 207 patients. Gastrointest. Endosc., 2004, 60, 567–574.
[8] Kahaleh, M., Sundaram, V., Condron, S. L. et al.: Temporary placement of covered self-expandable metallic stents in patients with biliary leak: midterm evaluation of a pilot study. Gastrointest. Endosc., 2007, 66,
52–59.
[9] Wang, A. Y., Ellen, K., Berg, C. L.: Fully covered self-expandable metallic stents in the management of complex biliary leaks: preliminary data – a case series. Endoscopy, 2009, 41, 781–786.
[10] Pala, F. X., Mendez, E. X., Gomez, P. S. et al.: Topical nitroglycerin: an alternative in conservative treatment of biliary fistula. Rev. Esp. Enferm. Dig., 1996, 88, 877–879.
[11] Seewald, S., Groth, S., Sriram, P. V. et al.: Endoscopic treatment of biliary leakage with n-butil-2 cyanoacrylate. Gastrointest. Endosc., 2002, 56, 916–919.
[12] Brodyska, J. A., Marks, J. M., Malm, J. A. et al.: Sphincter of Oddi injection with botulinum toxin is as effective as endobiliary stent in resolving cystic duct leaks in canine model. Gastrointest. Endosc., 2002, 56, 849–
851.
[13] Costamagna, G., Pandolfi, M., Mutignani, M. et al.: Long-term results of endoscopic management of postoperative bile duct strictures with increasing numbers of stents. Gastrointest. Endosc., 2001, 54, 162–168.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
162
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Patients with Syphilis and Gonorrhoea:
Analysis of Cases Based on Data (2005–2008)
of the National Sexually Transmitted Disease Centre,
Department of Dermatology, Venereology
and Dermatologic Oncology, Semmelweis University
KATINKA PÓNYAI, MÁRTA MARSCHALKÓ,
MÁRIA SCHÖFFLER-ACKERMAN, ESZTER OSTORHÁZI, FERENC ROZGONYI,
VIKTÓRIA VÁRKONYI, SAROLTA KÁRPÁTI
Department of Dermatology, Venereology and Dermatologic Oncology,
Semmelweis University Medical School, Budapest, Hungary
In the STD Centre of Hungary at our department, we have been providing care for patients with syphilis, gonorrhoea
and other STD infections since 2004. Our STD centre includes a screening station where we perform anonymous
screening for HIV and syphilis. Between the 1st of January 2005 and the 31st of December 2008, there were a total
of 42,114 patient–doctor encounters. We performed 25,362 screening examinations for HIV and syphilis, in association with a medical visit (HIV: 12,337; syphilis: 13,025). Voluntary screening examinations were performed in
18,883 cases (HIV: 16,614; syphilis: 2,269). During the 4 years, we diagnosed 600 and 339 new cases of syphilis
and gonorrhoea, respectively. The obligatory HIV screening of STI patients resulted in a total of 47 new HIV infections, and we diagnosed 63 new infections of syphilis or gonorrhoea among the known HIV-seropositive patients
under care. By including the network of care providers in the whole country, we performed successful contact tracing for syphilis and gonorrhoea on 400 and 150–200 occasions per year, respectively. We present our statistical data
in order to call attention to the renaissance of syphilis and gonorrhoea, and the importance of STD co-infections.
Keywords: STI, syphilis, gonorrhoea, epidemiology, Hungary
Abbreviations
Go = gonorrhoea; HIV = human immunodeficiency virus; OBNI = National Institute of Dermatology and Venereology (in Hungary, previously); RPR = rapid plasma reagin; STD = sexually transmitted disease; STI = sexually transmitted infection; Sy = syphilis; TP-PA = treponema pallidum particle agglutination; TP ELISA = treponema pallidum enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay; TPHA = treponema pallidum haemagglutination; VDRL = venereal
disease research laboratory
Introduction
Thanks to the introduction of antibiotic therapy, syphilis (sy) and gonorrhoea (go) have become curable diseases. In December 1954, Ernő Kálmán MD trustingly wrote in his paper
published in the Népegészségügy (National Health): “Based on the results up to now, one
Corresponding address: Katinka Pónyai MD, Mária str. 41, H-1085 Budapest, Hungary.
E-mail: p_katinka@yahoo.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28697
163
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
163–174.
CLINICAL STUDIES
may reasonably expect that the practical elimination of new infections with syphilis will become a reality within 1-2 years.” This optimistic vision of the future has not come true, as
sexually transmitted diseases which are reckoned to be classical show an increasing trend
worldwide, in spite of the successful antibiotic therapies available [1, 2].
Also, in Hungary, no “practical elimination of fresh syphilis” occurred, and even the
number of infected people shows an increasing trend again in recent years. Go and sy are
classical sexually transmitted diseases, their diagnosis and therapy are important tasks for all
physicians because of their severe epidemiologic and chronic complications.
As the National Institute of Dermatology and Venereology in Hungary (OBNI) ceased
to exist in 2004, the network of care providers for STD patients remained without a central
organisational unit. At the same time, our STD centre was established at the Department of
Dermatology, Venereology and Dermatologic Oncology of Semmelweis University and it
assumed the task of OBNI, the provision of further care for STD patients.
The current paper is aimed at calling attention, by demonstrating data of the STD Centre, Department of Dermatology, Venereology and Dermatologic Oncology of Semmelweis
University, to the often forgotten classical STDs. Our clinical data allow one to draw practical conclusions for the situation in the country and for the assessment of future agenda. Data
of our patients treated with diagnoses of sy and go in the period between 2005 and 2008 are
analysed in our paper.
Patients
As legal successors of the OBNI, the STD centre of our department has been providing care
for patients with sy, go and other STD infections since 2004. Our STD centre includes a
screening station where we perform anonymous screening for HIV and sy. Between the 1st
of January 2005 and the 31st of December 2008, there were a total of 42,114 patient–doctor
encounters. We performed 25,362 screening examinations for HIV and sy, in association with
a medical visit (HIV: 12,337; syphilis: 13,025). Voluntary screening examinations were performed in 18,883 patients (HIV: 16,614; syphilis: 2,269) (Table 1).
Table 1 Patients attending our STD centre between 2005 and 2008, and numbers of patients with syphilis or gonorrhoea
Patients examined
Syphilis
Gonorrhoea
2005
2006
2007
2008
Total
7,987
11,255
12,254
10,618
42,114
128
1.6%
159
1.41%
105
0.85%
208
1.96%
600
1.42%
66
0.82%
100
0.88%
103
0.84%
70
0.66%
339
0.8%
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
164
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Methods
Sy Diagnostics
We use dark field microscopy for direct detection of pathogens from a primary affection or
a wet secondary cutaneous lesion.
Serological tests include: RPR test (IMMUTREP® RPR Ref. OD051/OD061), VDRL
(IMMUTREP® RPR Ref. OD051/OD061). Specific tests: TPHA (IMMUTREP® TPHA Ref.
OD211/OD071/OD081), TP ELISA (DiaSorin® – ETI – Treponema plus Ref. NO148/Ref.
NO149 – Biomedica Hungary Kft.), Western blot IgG and IgM (EcoLine® recombinant –
Genzyme VIROTECH GmbH – Biomedica Hungary Kft.), or TP-PA (Serodia® TP-PA MAST
Diagnostica).
Establishment of the diagnosis: direct detection of pathogens, results of serological
tests and the clinical picture served as a basis for establishing a diagnosis. In early seronegative, symptomatic period, our diagnosis was based on clinical picture and direct detection of
the pathogen, whereas in early seropositive, symptomatic stage, on the positive result of serological tests and the clinical picture.
In case of recent latent sy, the diagnosis is established on the basis of positive results of
the screening and the confirming test (RPR, TPHA, TP ELISA). Latent tardive sy may occur
at negative RPR/VDRL as well.
Biological aspecific positivity (BAP) means positive result of a non-specific lipoid test
occurring at negativity of the specific tests.
Go Diagnostics
Samples have been taken for culture from urethra, cervix, anus and pharynx, and have undergone Gram staining as well. Cultures took place on Thayer Martin agar and in parallel on
vancomycin-free chocolate agar (at 37 °C for 72 h). In case of a positive result of culture,
biochemical identification was done by oxidase reaction, API 20NE® (BioMerieux, Diagnosticum Zrt.). Antibiogram was obtained on Chocolate agar plus PolyViteX® (BioMerieux Diagnosticum Zrt.) medium with OXOID® (Diagnosticum Zrt.) antibiotic discs. Minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) was determined by E-Test® (Frank Diagnosticum Zrt.).
For screening of symptom-free contact persons, we used the PCR technique (Roche
Cobas Amplicor).
Establishment of the diagnosis: in men with typical clinical picture (profuse purulent
discharge with acute onset), detectability of Gram-negative intracellular diplococci in the
fluor is of diagnostic value. In women, the result of cervical smear should always be evaluated together with culture results.
Contact Tracing Methods
Contact tracing is aimed at terminating the chain of infections by treating the contact persons. For this purpose, the first step is to obtain usable information on the contacts, which is
not an easy task, it is feasible only after having gained full confidence of the patient. Maximal
consideration of patients’ rights is compulsory, while recognising that the patient cannot
be forced to give information on his/her sexual partners and practices.
CEMED
165
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
Notification of contacts has three forms in the practice. The patient himself/herself may
notify people, who were sexual partners within the incubation period or, after having provided the necessary data, and with maintenance of his/her anonymity, he/she can give the
social worker a mandate for this task. In the so-called ‘contractual’ notification, if patients do
not notify their contact persons within a certain time period, the social worker will get in
touch with them. In contact tracing, there is a well-functioning cooperation between the net
of units for care of STD patients and our centre in the tracing of the named contacts and in
their treatment alike.
HIV Diagnostics
HIV diagnostics is performed at the Department of Hepatitis and Molecular Virology of
the National Epidemiological Centre with Anti HIV Ab/Ag ELISA (BioMérieux) tests. In
case of a positive result, a repeated test verification is performed from a new blood sample
at the International Reference HIV Laboratory of the Microbiological Research Group,
National Epidemiological Centre (GENSCREEN HIV 1/2, MUREX HIV Ag/Ab, HIV UNIFORM II. Ag/Ab, Inno-VIA HIV I./II. Score, Immunfluorescence HIV 1, Genscreen Ultra
HIV Ag–Ab).
Results
Syphilis
In our centre, we diagnosed 600 new infections of syphilis during 42,114 doctor–patient encounters in 4 years. The incidence of syphilis among our patients in 2005, 2006, 2007 and
2008 were 1.6%, 1.4%, 0.85% and 1.96%, respectively. After a transient decrease in 2007,
the number of patients with syphilis has been on the rise again.
The distribution, according to stages, is shown in Table 2.
Table 2 Our patients with syphilis, according to stage
Syphilis
2005
2006
Syphilis connatal recent
2007
2008
Total
1
2
3
Syphilis I. symptomatic
17
37
20
34
108
Syphilis II. symptomatic
10
35
20
57
122
Syphilis latent recent
96
82
58
96
332
Syphilis latent tardive
5
5
6
18
34
1
1
208
600
Neurosyphilis
Total
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
128
159
166
105
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Ninety-five percent of patients were diagnosed in early, infectious stage during all
4 years; however, the number of those screened in early symptomatic stage varied, it was
21%, 45.3%, 38.1% and again 43.75% in 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Of patients with late syphilis, acquired more than 2 years earlier, we diagnosed 5 cases in 2005 and
2006 each, 6 cases in 2007 and 18 cases in 2008. We diagnosed one case of neurosyphilis in
2008 and no case affecting other internal organ systems or the cardiovascular system was
seen during these 4 years.
We observed one patient with congenital syphilis in 2007 and two patients in 2008.
During the 4 years, we screened no patient with congenital syphilis.
Table 3 shows the changes in the number of infections diagnosed during pregnancy and
the number of safety treatments in pregnant women who had an infection of syphilis earlier
and received appropriate treatment: we treated nine and eight pregnant women under hospital
conditions in 2007 and 2008, respectively. Safety treatment was provided to seven and ten
patients in 2007 and 2008, respectively.
In 2005 and 2006, merely a tenth of HIV screening examinations was constituted by
those who applied for a voluntary screening; however, this rate increased to 16% and then
23% in 2007 and 2008 (Table 4).
Table 3 Patients diagnosed with syphilis during pregnancy; safety therapies
2007
2008
Safety therapy
7
10
Syphilis diagnosed during pregnancy
9
8
Table 4 Numbers of serological screening examinations performed at our STD centre from 2005 to 2008
2005
2006
2007
2008
Total
Recommended by a doctor
HIV
2,631
3,042
3,226
3,438
12,337
Syphilis
2,923
2,994
3,176
3,932
13,025
Total
5,554
6,036
6,402
7,370
25,362
4,835
4,523
4,251
3,005
16,614
Voluntary
HIV
Syphilis
437
469
679
684
2,269
Total
5,272
4,992
4,930
3,689
18,883
Total
10,826
11,028
11,332
11,059
44,245
CEMED
167
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
Gonorrhoea
Table 5 shows the number of patients with go diagnosed at the STD centre. During 4 years,
we established the diagnosis of go in a total of 339 patients.
Most patients were diagnosed in an acute symptomatic stage with classical genitourinary symptoms, in 94%, 82%, 78.6% and 91.4% in 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
Infections with extragenital localisation were seen in each year, 2, 8, 6 and 1 infection in the
area of the pharynx, while 2, 7, 9 and 2 in the anus in 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
Chronic infections associated with complications included no case in 2005, three cases
in 2006 and 2008 each, and seven cases in 2007. We observed neither disseminated infection,
nor ophthalmoblennorrhoea, nor gonorrhoeal vulvovaginitis of the infant.
Table 5 Occurrence of gonorrhoea
2005
2006
2007
2008
Total
62
82
81
64
289
Gonorrhoea, oropharyngeal
2
8
6
1
17
Gonorrhoic proctitis
2
7
9
2
20
3
7
3
13
100
103
70
339
Gonorrhoea, symptomatic genitourinary
Gonorrhoea, complicated genitourinary
Total
66
Contact Tracing
Numbers of syphilitic contact persons and those of potentially gonorrhoea-infected contacts
who were traced due to the contribution of the STD centre and the network of care provider
institutes in Hungary, are shown in Tables 6 and 7, respectively.
With the help of our social workers, physicians working at the STD outpatient clinics
and the yet appropriately functioning network of care providers, we succeeded in interrupting
the chain of infections in nearly 400 patients yearly for syphilis and in 150–200 patients
yearly for gonorrhoea all over the country, since 2005. Of course, the above numbers mean
only the successfully traced and treated patients. The number of not named, pseudo-anonymous contact persons is significantly higher, representing data which are difficult to estimate.
Co-Infections
Data recorded in Table 8 show the frequency of previously unknown seropositive cases
observed when establishing the diagnosis of syphilis and gonorrhoea, during the compulsory
HIV screening, as well as the incidence of syphilitic and gonorrhoeal infections among HIV
seropositive patients.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
168
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
Table 6 Contact tracing 2005–2008 – syphilis
Syphilis
2005
2006
2007
2008
Total
Named contacts
181
409
395
449
1,434
Preventively treated
66
350
313
347
1,076
Found to be ill
73
59
72
102
306
Table 7 Contact tracing 2005–2008 – gonorrhoea
Gonorrhoea
2005
2006
2007
2008
Total
Named contacts
199
176
254
160
789
Preventively treated
120
114
181
97
512
80
62
73
63
278
Found to be ill
Table 8 Concomitant occurrence of syphilis, gonorrhoea and HIV infections
2005
2006
2007
2008
Total
Sy + HIV
6
7
8
11
32
HIV + Sy
10
11
8
21
50
Go + HIV
2
2
7
1
12
HIV + Go
6
2
5
1
14
Preventively treated Sy + HIV
0
0
2
1
3
Preventively treated Go + HIV
0
0
0
0
0
Abbreviations: Sy + HIV = HIV seropositivity diagnosed in relation to an infection with syphilis; HIV + Sy = known
HIV positive patient with a fresh infection of syphilis; Go + HIV = HIV seropositivity diagnosed in relation to an
infection with gonorrhoea; HIV + Go = known HIV positive patient with a fresh infection of gonorrhoea; Prev
Sy + HIV/Prev Go + HIV = HIV seropositivity diagnosed by screening examination of a patient receiving preventive
treatment on the base of epidemiologic evidence
During the 4 years, we diagnosed a total of 32 and 12 new HIV infections, together with
syphilis and gonorrhoea, respectively. In association with a preventive treatment, that is, in
patients named as contacts and having no established infection of either syphilis or gonorrhoea, we diagnosed a HIV infection in three patients.
Among HIV seropositive patients cared for at the Department of Immunology in Szt.
László Hospital, we diagnosed syphilis and gonorrhoea in 50 and 13 patients, respectively,
between 2005 and 2008. Patients were referred to us in most cases from the Szt. László Hospital because of either symptoms or unexpected positive results of the performed routine tests
CEMED
169
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
of syphilis serology. (A single patient could acquire syphilis/gonorrhoea during the period of
his/her care on more than one occasion so that the data show the incidence of syphilis and not
the number of patients!)
Discussion
Syphilis and gonorrhoea are sexually transmitted diseases; any other means of their propagation are rare. Risk factors for their acquisition include promiscuity, neglect of the barrier
methods of protection, use of drugs, prostitution, or sexual contact with partners belonging to
a risk group [1, 3, 4, 5].
Data on STD are very heterogeneous all over the world. The incidence of major bacterial and viral STIs is estimated to 125 million infections worldwide. In the United States of
America, reported patients amount to 50–60% of the factual number of patients, and this rate
is probably even worse in developing countries due to deficiencies in screening system, care
and data handling [1, 2, 6].
In developing countries, sexually transmitted infections are counted upon as one of the
first ten most frequent diseases in young men, while they attain the second place in young
women. Although they represent only 25% of the sexually active population, young adults
(the age group between 15 and 24 years) add up to approximately 50% of STD patients.
Based on some data, approximately 1–5% of newborns in developing countries have a chance
to develop neonatal ophthalmoblennorhoea complicated with subsequent blindness, and congenital syphilis is the cause in 25% of the total perinatal mortality [3, 7].
The incidence of syphilis and gonorrhoea, together with other STDs, shows an increasing trend worldwide, particularly in the developing countries. In the developed countries, the
incidence of both diseases decreased after World War II up to the end of the 50s, and after a
transient elevation (60s and 70s), it decreased again just until recently [1, 7].
Among men, there were 3.8/100,000 and 5.1/100,000 cases of syphilis, whereas in
women, the corresponding numbers were 1.1/100,000 and 0.9/100,000 in 2002 and 2005,
respectively, all over the world. In general, 12 million new infections are diagnosed yearly
worldwide [7].
At the beginning of the 90s, syphilis epidemic started practically from the area of the
former member states of the Soviet Union and then it spread slowly towards Western Europe.
In Russia, the prevalence of syphilis in 1996 was 61 times higher than in 1989, corresponding
to the prevalence after World War II. In Romania and Bulgaria, the number of syphilis cases,
including the number of cases of congenital syphilis, has seen an explosive [1, 7, 8, 9] increase.
The epidemic reached Western Europe after 1995. In this year – with the exception of
Germany – only a total of 300 infections were reported, and even these were mostly imported
from countries outside the European Union. Since 1996, however, the incidence of syphilis
has shown a gradual rise both in Northern and Western European countries [3].
In the United States, the incidence of syphilis continuously decreased until the end of
the 90s, the lowest number of cases reported ever (since 1941) was observed in 2000. From
2001, however, a rise was observed again, mostly among young men, but also in women
[1, 6, 8].
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
170
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
In Hungary, the number of syphilis cases significantly decreased up to the end of the 80s
as a result of the epidemiological measures taken in the 1950s and the introduction of compulsory penicillin treatment. The number of patients with syphilis was less than 100 per year
between 1955 and 1964, and below 10 per year between 1959 and 1963 (except 1961). 1989
was the last year with fewer than 100 cases observed. From 1990 onwards, the incidence of
syphilis infections has shown a gradual increase: in 1992, the number of reported infections
was already 205. After a transient fall in 1993 (142 cases), a slow rise could be observed from
1994 onwards (1994: more than 200, 1997: more than 300 cases) [8].
From the end of the 90s, the Hungarian data reflect the trend observed worldwide. We
could see a slow decrease until 2004 and stagnation since 2005 in the data of syphilis: with
the exception of 2007, more than 500 fresh infections were diagnosed in the whole country
in each year. In 2008, the number of cases at the outpatient clinics of our department has
doubled, but – in spite of the expectations – this was not followed by a parallel rise in the
number of cases concerning the whole country (Table 9) [8–10].
Table 9 Number of patients with syphilis in Hungary compared to the number of patients seen at our STD centre
2005
2006
2007
Hungary, total
545
561
405
560
STD centre
128
159
105
208
45
31
26
%
2008
Total
2,052
600
38.5
Patients with syphilis in early symptomatic state attend the outpatient clinics of our department in large numbers. On the one hand, this indicates an improvement of both the
screening system and the cooperation and awareness of the profession and the associate professions, and even the patients, and on the other hand, it results in an early interruption of the
chain of infections.
In parallel with the above, the number of voluntarily requested screening examinations
has also increased, indicating that the potential risk of syphilis infection became a part of
common knowledge.
Together with the rising number of patients with syphilis, also an increase of cases diagnosed during pregnancy, as well as newborns with congenital syphilis, is to be expected.
Congenital syphilis is considered as one of the best epidemiological indicators of the disease.
According to WHO data, syphilis affects approximately 1 million pregnancies per year
worldwide. This means practically 270,000 cases of congenital syphilis, 460,000 abortions or
perinatal deaths and 270,000 premature births or newborns with low birth weight [1, 7, 11].
In Hungary, there was no congenital syphilis from 1978 until 1994. Both in 1994 and
1996, three early cases of congenital syphilis each were observed, all in foreigners and from
pregnancies without prenatal care. Since 1994, however, almost in every year, a case was
observed in Hungary. In 2007 and 2008, we observed 1 and 2 cases, respectively, at our outpatient clinics [8].
CEMED
171
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
Performance of screening examinations within prenatal care in order to prevent cases
with syphilis is compulsory only in the first trimester of pregnancy. Later during the pregnancy, however, the mother may acquire a fresh infection of syphilis, or the non-specific
screening examination performed in a patient with very recent infection may yet be negative
indicating no infection [11].
Based on the data of our STD centre, neither the number of congenital syphilis cases nor
that of cases during pregnancy showed an increase in spite of the growing number of infections, representing excellent data from an epidemiological aspect.
The worldwide incidence of go was 123/100,000 in 1997 and 115.6/100,000 in 2005.
In Europe, the incidence of the infection began to rise at the end of the 90s: in the countries
of Western Europe, in Great Britain and in Austria, the number of reported cases doubled
between 1996 and 2001. In Ireland, the number of reported patients increased by 320% during that time [9]. In the United States, approximately, 600,000 new infections per year have
been diagnosed; the prevalence of the disease showed a decrease of 74% between 1975 and
1997; since 2005, the prevalence is slowly growing and the male–female ratio is slowly shifting in favour of women [1, 6].
Concomitantly with the spreading of go, a new problem has come to the fore, namely,
the appearance of Neisseria gonorrhoea strains resistant to quinolones and azithromycin.
Identification of these constitutes one of the bases for eliminating the disease.
In Hungary, a continuous decrease was seen from 1952. The morbidity of go calculated
to 100,000 inhabitants was 43.2 in 1989 and 12.3 in 1999 [9]. Since 2005, the incidence of
go in Hungary, including also at our STD centre, shows stagnation; a maximum of 1,000
cases per year have been reported all over the country (Table 10). When reviewing the patients of our STD centre, we see that we continued to succeed in diagnosing most of them in
an early symptomatic stage. Acquisition of the disease may occur via only extragenital coitus; this way of transmission was seen in 20% of our cases yearly. Nevertheless, we diagnosed no haematogenic dissemination and only a small number of chronic infections [10].
Table 10 Incidence of gonorrhoea in Hungary compared to the number of patients seen at our STD centre
Hungary
STD centre
%
2005
2006
2007
851
916
68
100
103
8
11
10
1,042
2008
928
70
7.5
One of the bases for interrupting the chain of infections is a successful tracing of contact
persons. The sexual partners of the so-called index patient who became infected with an STD
include, in part, the so-termed source of infection transmitting the disease, and, in part, potentially infected individuals, the so-called at-risk contacts. We reveal them, summon them to
appear and provide them with either a complete therapy or – those with an asymptomatic
clinical picture – a preventive treatment. This process is essential for the interruption of the
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
172
CEMED
CLINICAL STUDIES
chain of infections. Information and education of persons involved in contact tracing, that is,
primary prevention, also plays an important role [2, 4, 12].
Contact tracing is a special activity which requires great empathy and a multifaceted
professional knowledge. Patients often feel compelled to conceal the truth due to human
frailty, fear of being stigmatised and becoming an outcast or because they are concerned
about their family, job or social status. We can break through the strong social and moral barriers very difficultly only by personal persuasion and prolonged counselling [12, 13]. With
the help of our social workers, physicians working at the STD outpatient clinics and the yet
appropriately functioning network of care providers, we succeeded in interrupting the chain
of infections in nearly 400 patients yearly for syphilis and in 150–200 patients yearly for
gonorrhoea all over the country, since 2005.
An estimated 60% of patients with STD also carry another sexually transmitted infection concomitantly. The association of HIV with other STIs has a special significance, as they
may mutually affect the outcome of the diseases. In recent years, a strikingly increased number of concomitant syphilis and HIV infections could be observed among our patients as well
[1, 14].
The behavioural disease characteristics of STIs are readily demonstrated by the acquisition of fresh syphilis/gonorrhoea in known and treated HIV-positive patients in 63 cases. This
calls the attention to the fact that these patients continue their promiscuous lifestyle and omit
the use of barrier methods of protection [2, 13]. Based on the currently valid guidelines, the
performance of HIV screening examination is compulsorily recommended in patients with
freshly diagnosed syphilis or gonorrhoea and in their contacts. Thanks to the routinely performed screening examination, we observed HIV seropositivity in 44 cases at our outpatient
clinics between 2005 and 2008 [15].
Conclusion
STD diseases have special significance not only from the point of view of health care but also
from social aspects. In addition to their epidemiological importance, their late sequels and
complications have to be underlined. Early complications include infertility, abortion, premature delivery and chronic infections, but the development of tumours (HPV, HSV) observed
as late complications and the occurrence of incurable neurological and ophthalmologic complications or systemic symptoms affecting other organ systems, bear the same importance.
Diagnostics and therapy of the classical sexually transmitted diseases was solved at the
beginning of the twenty-first century. In spite of this development, the number of STIs shows
an increasing trend not only in Hungary but also worldwide. The developing complications
could all be prevented and treated; nevertheless, we will expectedly see them in an increasing
number, not only we, specialists of dermatology and venereology, but also professionals belonging to any of the other medical specialities.
Through this paper, we would like to call attention to the fact that the problem of venereological diseases, long forgotten and thought to be solved, is continuing to be actual and
it may even expectedly be more prominent in the future.
CEMED
173
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CLINICAL STUDIES
References
[1] Da Ros, C. T., Schmitt, S.: Global epidemiology of sexually transmitted diseases. Asian J. Androl., 2008, 10,
110–114.
[2] Kálmán, E., Király, K., Kovács, L.: The problematic of antivenereal fight (in Hungarian). Népegészségügy,
1954, 12, 309–320.
[3] Fenton, K., Breban, R., Vardavas, R. et al.: Infectious syphilis in high income settings in the 21st century.
Lancet Infect. Dis., 2008, 8, 244–253.
[4] Várkonyi, V., Tisza, T., Podányi, B. et al.: The variable manifestations of syphilis (in Hungarian). Bőrgyógy.
Venerol. Szle., 1999, 75, 61–67.
[5] Együd, K., Varga, V.: Syphilitis infection of children in the consequence of mother milk nutrition (in Hungarian). Gyermekek STD Gen. Infekt., 2008, 2, 11–18.
[6] Weinstock, H., Berman, S., Cates, W. Jr.: Sexually transmitted diseases among American youth: incidence and
prevalence estimates, 2000. Perspect. Sex. Reprod. Health, 2004, 36, 6–10.
[7] Adler, M.: Sexually transmitted diseases control in developing countries. Genitourin. Med., 1996, 72, 83–88.
[8] Berecz, M., Várkonyi, V., Horváth, A.: The epidemiological trends of syphilis in Hungary on the basis of morbidity in 1997 (in Hungarian). Magy. Venerol. Arch., 1998, 2, 95–103.
[9] Várkonyi, V., Dudás, M., Kaszás, K. et al.: Sexually transmitted diseases after the turn of millennium in Hungary (2000–2007) (in Hungarian). STD Gen. Infekt., 2008, 4, 158–166.
[10] EPINFO, Epidem. Inform. Weekly (in Hungarian), 2009, 16, 3–13.
[11] Walker, J. A.: A continuing but neglected problem. Semin. Fetal Neonatal. Med., 2007, 12, 198–206.
[12] Trelle, S., Shang, A., Nartey, L. et al.: Improved effectiveness of partner notification for patients with sexually
transmitted infections: systematic review. Br. Med. J., 2007, 334, 354.
[13] Karp, G., Schlaeffer, F., Jotkowitz, A. et al.: Syphilis and HIV co-infection. Eur. J. Intern. Med., 2009, 20,
9–13.
[14] Várkonyi, V.: STD atlas to the medical praxis (in Hungarian). Medicina Könyvkiadó Zrt., Budapest, 2006.
[15] Guideline for the investigation and treatment in sexually transmitted infections (in Hungarian). Egészségügyi
Közlöny, 2002, 52, 1509–1518.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
174
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
CASE REPORTS
Whipple’s Disease: Do We Think of It Enough?
TÜNDE FISCHER1, MÁRTA TIBOLY1, PÉTER TÓTH1, MÁRIA SZENES1,
ZOLTÁN VÖLGYI1, OTÍLIA BALI2, BEÁTA GASZTONYI1
Department of Medicine, Hospital of Zala County, Zalaegerszeg, Hungary
Department of Pathology, Hospital of Zala County, Zalaegerszeg, Hungary
1
2
Whipple’s disease is a chronic, systemic, relapsing bacterial illness, which always has a fatal outcome without treatment. It represents a significant diagnostic challenge for both clinicians and pathologists. In 80% of cases, the disease affects middle-aged white men belonging to the Caucasian race. Case report: The authors present three cases
and review the aetiology, clinical features, presumed pathomechanism and the possibilities of treatment. Conclusion: Several immunologic mechanisms underlying Whipple’s disease have emerged, but their primary or secondary
nature has not yet been elucidated. First of all, this is a gastrointestinal disease; however, extraintestinal symptoms
may often precede final diagnosis by several years. The histological hallmark for the diagnosis is the presence of
numerous macrophages in the duodenal mucosa showing periodic acid – Schiff (PAS)-positive inclusions as well as
polymerase chain reaction. The choice of antibiotics and the duration of therapy are empirical, but in most cases,
there is an immediate response to the treatment. Relapses are common, particularly in patients with central nervous
system involvement.
Keywords: Whipple’s disease, malabsorption syndromes, lymph node enlargement, positive PAS stain
Abbreviations
AIDS = acquired immunodeficiency syndrome; CNS = central nervous system; CRP = C-reactive protein; CT = computer tomography; ESR = erythrocyte sedimentation rate; IFN = interferon; IL = interleukin; ITP = idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura; PAS = periodic acid – Schiff; PCR = polymerase chain reaction; pro-BNP = N-terminal prohormone brain natriuretic peptide; Plt = platelet; TNF = tumour necrosis factor; US = ultrasound
Whipple’s disease is a chronic, systemic illness caused by the Tropheryma whipplei bacterium. Typically, it presents itself in the form of diarrhoea, weight loss and abdominal pain, but
in 80% of patients, it begins with recurring arthropathy, lymph node enlargement, fever and
hyperpigmentation of the areas exposed to sunlight. The latter symptoms may precede the
establishment of diagnosis by even a decade. The clinical picture may be modulated further
by the inflammation of serous membranes as well as peripheral and central nervous system
(CNS) disorders [1]. On account of the non-specific, far-flung symptoms, the diagnosis may
be extremely difficult. Classical hallmarks for the diagnosis include periodic acid – Schiff
(PAS) staining of samples obtained by intestinal biopsy as well as demonstration of the
pathogen by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Its therapy is empirical, and usually, there is
an immediate response to the treatment. In this article, we present the cases of three patients
and a review on the epidemiology, various symptoms and pathomechanism of Whipple’s
disease, on the maze of establishing the diagnosis and the possibilities of treatment.
Corresponding address: Tünde Fischer MD, Zrínyi M. str. 1, H-8900 Zalaegerszeg, Hungary.
E-mail: fischertunde@hotmail.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28668
175
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
175–185.
CASE REPORTS
Case Reports
Case 1
The history of the 58-year-old male patient includes diabetes mellitus controlled by oral hypoglycaemic agents and hypertension. In January 2007, his examination began in another
institute because of diarrhoea, weight loss of 15 kg in 6 months and anorexia. The laboratory
tests showed moderate microcytic, hypochromic anaemia and thrombocytosis, and the abdominal ultrasonography showed a negative result. The thoracic X-ray examination demonstrated moderate cardiomegaly as well as some pleural fluid in the left sinus. The performed
gastroscopy and colonoscopy described duodenitis and diverticulosis, respectively. In February 2007, the performed abdominal computer tomography (CT) showed splenomegaly, abnormal retroperitoneal, mesenteric, and bilateral inguinal lymph nodes. No lymphadenomegaly was depicted by the thoracic CT.
After that, the patient was admitted to the haematological unit of our department with
the above findings, in a prostrate condition. Examinations performed in order to clear up the
origin of lymphadenomegaly – CT-directed abdominal core biopsy, axillary lymphadenectomy – have demonstrated epitheloid cell granuloma. Iliac crest biopsy was performed;
no abnormality could be observed in the bone marrow by evaluation of flow cytometry and
bone cylinder; and the chromosome analysis produced a negative result. Serologic tests for
toxoplasma, Epstein–Barr virus and cytomegalovirus and immuno-serological examinations
(anti-nuclear factor, double-stranded DNA) revealed no alteration. In the meantime, a febrile
state developed, the thoracic X-ray examination described an underlying pneumonia, and in
addition to the above, an elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate, hypalbuminaemia, an elevated C-reactive protein (CRP) level, severe hypocalcaemia and moderate azotaemia could
be observed. His fever ceased upon antibiotic therapy. We were compelled to give a transfusion because of the developing significant anaemia, and to administer parenteral potassium
supplementation for the severe potassium deficiency of the patient who had become cachectic. The patient’s condition and laboratory results showed a transient improvement, and,
therefore, we decided for his further observation.
In November 2007, after almost a year of tribulations, we took a stand in favour of a
repeated gastroscopy with regard to the deteriorating general condition and the renewed, increasing anaemia of the patient. During the examination, we saw islet-like atrophy and haemorrhagic imbibition of the mucous membrane in the segments of the bulb and the descending part of the duodenum that could be examined. The histological examination showed
in the lamina propria, in addition to inflammatory infiltration, a great number of macrophages with foamy cytoplasm which, placed next to each other, filled the lamina propria in
an almost cobblestone-like way (Fig. 1A). After having consulted with the pathologist, we
gave the opinion on the case as Whipple’s disease, and initiated prolonged sulfamethoxazole–
trimethoprim therapy.
In January 2008, colonoscopy was performed in order to complete the examinations
and it showed terminal ileitis (histology: chronic non-specific inflammation) and proctosigmoiditis. No abnormity suggesting any neurological manifestation was found during examination by a specialist of neurology. A specialist of psychiatry described no demential process;
however, the possibility of organic cerebral affection emerged because of a discrepancy between the results of the verbal and performance parts of the tests. In order to elucidate the
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
176
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
above, cranial MR examination was performed that demonstrated cerebral atrophy and a few
scattered focal lesions in the sub-cortical white matter. The ophthalmologic examination described a haemorrhage in the vitreous body of the right eye. Echocardiography showed moderate septum wall movement disorder and satisfactory left ventricular function. Holter
monitoring revealed frequent ventricular and supraventricular extrasystoles. Based on the
elevated pro-BNP (N-terminal prohormone brain natriuretic peptide) level and the above
examinations, the consultant of cardiology suspected an affection of the myocardium, however, this was not supported by the repeated Holter monitoring performed after the initiation
of therapy. Upon treatment, his thin-liquid stools have ceased, his appetite and physical condition improved, his platelet count normalised, his ESR decreased and his azotaemia lessened. He reported on weight gains of 19 kg and 28 kg in February 2008 and at the visit after
a half year, respectively. The repeated gastroscopy found no macroscopic abnormity after a
half year, and the histological examination of the deep duodenal biopsy specimen showed,
in addition to maintained intestinal villi, groupings of PAS-positive macrophages which occurred yet in the mucosa and showed a focal pattern (Fig. 1B). We continued the antibiotic
therapy.
A
B
Fig. 1 Histological picture of Whipple’s disease. (A) Deep duodenal biopsy, haematoxylin–eosin staining. In the
samples of duodenal mucosa, a reduced number of goblet cells can be seen, in addition to the hyperplasia of
the crypts, among the intestinal epithelial cells covering the surface. The surface is flattened, it shows a tentlike protrusion, and no typical villous structure can be seen. The sub-mucosal superficial lamina propria is
occupied by macrophages with foamy cytoplasm, packed together closely in large fields. Scattered eosinophil cells, red blood cells, and polymorphonuclear cells can also be distinguished among the macrophages.
(B) Deep duodenal biopsy, PAS staining. Presence of a PAS-positive granular substance can be seen in the
cytoplasm of macrophages
Case 2
Of the 51-year-old male patient’s history, psychiatric treatment because of depression should
be underlined. In June 2008, his family doctor referred him for gastroscopy because of weight
loss, anorexia, epigastric pain and diarrhoea. Based on the picture seen, we gave an opinion
stating duodenitis, and the histological workup of the biopsy specimen originating from bulbar duodenum demonstrated Whipple’s disease. His laboratory findings included microcytic
CEMED
177
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
anaemia; the thoracic X-ray examination described a discrete pleural callus in the apex of the
right lung and the abdominal ultrasonography showed hepatosplenomegaly and a little
amount of ascites. We began treating the patient with sulfamethoxazole–trimethoprim and
started the examinations for extraintestinal manifestations. The patient did not show up for
the recommended follow-up examination even after being summoned.
Case 3
The 59-year-old female patient was under haematological care because of idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura since 1996, and she received rheumatologic treatment because of recurring complaints related to her joints for years. She lost 27 kg since 2005. In April 2008, her
examination began because of increased swelling of her joints, epigastric pain of a burning
nature and loose stools. Her laboratory results showed leucocytosis as well as thrombocytosis; practically no autoimmune disease underlying her articular complaints was demonstrated. Her abdominal ultrasound examination found no organic abnormity, and the patient gave
no consent to the recommended gastroscopy. Hyperacidity and gastro-oesophageal reflux
disease was thought to underlie her complaints, and they introduced H2 receptor blocker
therapy. In October 2008, she was hospitalised because of profuse diarrhoea. Supposing infectious origin against the background of her complaints, they started ex iuvantibus ciprofloxacin treatment, but the faecal culture produced a negative result. After a transient improvement, her condition deteriorated again. Her laboratory results showed hypalbuminaemia,
elevated CRP, differential blood count shifted to the left, microcytic anaemia and severe iron
deficiency. Regarding that the patient later gave her consent to being examined endoscopically only under general anaesthesia, we performed these examinations in November 2008.
Oedema, patchy erosions and atrophy of the duodenal mucosa could be seen during gastroduodenoscopy (Fig. 2), and the histology demonstrated Whipple’s disease. We began treating
the patient with sulfamethoxazole–trimethoprim (Fig. 3), and started the examinations for
extraintestinal manifestations. Abdominal ultrasonography, thoracic X-ray examination,
echocardiography as well as neurological specialist examination demonstrated no substantial
alteration, and the ophthalmologic examination showed no abnormity.
Discussion
Whipple’s disease is a chronic, systemic, relapsing bacterial illness. References to its signs
and symptoms can be found already in publications from the end of the nineteenth century
(Allchim and Kebb, 1895). In 1907, George Whipple described the case of a 36-year-old
physician who suffered from diarrhoea, arthralgia and bronchitis for more than 5 years, until
his death. During the autopsy, Whipple found an infiltration by foamy macrophages and apposition of fatty drops in the duodenal mucosa, and he supposed a probable disorder of lipid
metabolism underlying the disease. He named the disease intestinal lipodystrophy. In the
subsequent 50 years, the diagnosis was based on clinical features, and then, PAS-positivity of
the macrophages has become a histological criterion since 1949. The bacterial origin of the
disease was clearly demonstrated by an electron microscopic examination in 1960. Attempts
to culture the bacterium were unsuccessful for years, and finally, the pathogen was isolated
initially from a cardiac valve in 1997. Its culture was accomplished in the cells of anterior
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
178
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
Fig. 2 Endoscopic picture of Whipple’s disease. Islet-like atrophy and haemorrhagic imbibition of the postbulbar
duodenal mucosa can be seen macroscopically
Fig. 3 Post-treatment macroscopic picture of Whipple’s disease
pituitary a few years later, in 2000. The complete gene structure has been described in 2003
[2]. In Hungary, the role of the following should be emphasised: Tamás Beró reported the
first diagnosed human case, Zsolt Barta gathered immunopathological knowledge on the
disease, and János Gaál collected its musculoskeletal aspects [3].
Characteristics of the Bacterium
The disease is caused by a Gram-positive bacterium, T. whipplei. The pathogen has an atypical morphology, it becomes incorporated in the macrophages, but it can be found in an extracellular localisation as well. Its shape reminds to a short rod, it is 0.3 μm wide and 2 μm long.
It gives a positive reaction with PAS staining. The latter also constitutes a base for the diagnosis. In vitro, the bacterium’s multiplication takes place in an acidic medium (pH 5) that
may reduce the efficacy of treatment by inhibiting the effect of certain antibiotics. The bacterium shows genetic heterogeneity. Genetic variants are bound to the habitat of patients and
show geographic differences. No relationship between genotypes of different variants and
symptoms of illnesses caused by them has been elucidated as yet. Some of them are not
pathogenic; others cause typical Whipple’s disease, while some genotypes may induce an
CEMED
179
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
atypical clinical picture such as endocarditis. Although there is no known source of the infection, the bacterium seems to be ubiquitous. It has already been detected from sewage-water
and human faeces which may imply that the bacterium gets to the environment with human
stool and then returns to the body with the drinking water. However, the role of humans as
host could neither be proven nor excluded. The bacterium’s DNA has been detected from the
saliva (in 35%), gastric juice (in 11.4%) and duodenal mucosa (in 4.8%) of symptom-free
individuals. It is questionable whether we may consider such cases as reflecting the nonpathogen variant of the bacterium, symptom-free carrier or early stage of the disease [4].
Incidence
The disease affects primarily white, Caucasian, rural men, and the average age is 50 years. Its
incidence is less than 0.1% [5], it occurs in men eight times more frequently than in women.
Each year, 0–12 cases are published in the international literature, and the known reported
cases amount to less than 1,000. It occurs in childhood sporadically. In spite of the ubiquitous
nature of the bacterium, the disease is quite rare. An explanation for this should be sought for
in the impairment of cellular and humoral immunity. Several alterations of the immune system can be observed in patients with Whipple’s disease, but whether these changes are primary or they can be considered as consequences of the already existing infection, has not yet
been elucidated. Nevertheless, it is presumed that immune defects predispose to the development of the disease, and these are probably specific to the pathogen T. whipplei, as these patients show no increased susceptibility to other diseases in comparison to the general population. The differences in distribution according to geographic location, ethnic status and
gender as well as the more frequent presence of HLA-B27 antigen in patients suffering from
the disease (it can be detected in 8% of the general population and in 26% of Whipple patients) suggest congenital or acquired deficiency of cellular and humoral defence. However,
the pattern of age distribution, the lack of other infections and the absence of familial accumulation are inconsistent with the role of an immunologic disorder [4].
Immunologic Mechanism
The primary site for the pathogen to colonize is in the small bowel what makes an oral route
of infection likely. From the intestinal lumen, the bacteria migrate to the epithelial cells and
then into the basal layer of the mucosa, they cross the basal membrane and activate the macrophages. According to some studies, cutaneous anergy and decreased macrophage function
can be observed in the infected patients. The latter means a disorder affecting both phagocytosis and breakdown of the organism that underwent phagocytosis. The number of circulating
cells expressing CD 11b decreases in both active and inactive infections. This molecule promotes phagocytosis of microbes, it plays a role in antigen processing and it mediates the intracellular killing processes induced by interferon (IFN)-γ. The decreased expression of CD
11b is accompanied by a decreased production of interleukin (IL)-12, IL-2 and IFN-γ at an
increasing production of IL-4 and IL-10. Finally, the process results in pathological phagocytosis and intracellular degradation of T. whipplei [6]. A presumed role of immunological factors in the development of the disease is also supported by cases where patients receive immunosuppressive therapy because of their years-long arthralgia, and in a short time (within
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
180
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
2–4 months), the treatment is followed by diarrhoea and the disease shows rapid progression.
The phenomenon cannot be observed in patients who receive no treatment for their arthralgia
or are treated with non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). In patients receiving
immunosuppressive therapy, an endoscopic examination is performed usually in a short time
because of severe diarrhoea and soon it may lead the treating physician to a diagnosis [6].
In patients whose arthralgia was treated with no immunosuppressive drugs, usually 63–86
months elapse between the appearance of joint pains and the diagnosis of Whipple’s disease.
Of the different immunosuppressive drugs, corticosteroids cause the most rapid deterioration
in patients’ condition; diarrhoea presents itself after an average of 2 months. The mechanism
is not known exactly, but there is probably an increased translocation of bacteria from the
lumen into the sub-mucosa due to the immunosuppressive therapy, eliciting an inflammatory
response and diarrhoea [6]. A role for immunological factors can also be deduced from the
report of Kneitz et al. who presented a case where the patient received infliximab therapy
because his long-lasting, febrile, chronic arthropathy was thought to be Still’s disease. The
treatment caused a rapid deterioration in the patient’s condition, and abrupt weight loss, erythema nodosum, diarrhoea, progressive lymphadenomegaly and sigmoido-vesical fistula developed. The treatment against tumour necrosis factor (TNF)-α accelerated the natural course
of the disease extremely and it made possible the rapid propagation of T. whipplei in the patient’s body. The authors recommended the examination of intestinal biopsies for T. whipplei
in all cases where TNF-α inhibitor therapy would be planned because of a rheumatic disease
or Crohn’s disease [7].
Clinical Course
General Features
The clinical appearance of the disease is non-specific, it is characterised by a multiplicity of
affected organs. Suspicion of the disease may emerge because of the symptom triad of
weight loss, chronic diarrhoea and arthralgia. Its probability is particularly high in a patient
with prolonged, intermittent fever associated with lymphadenopathy. In addition to the above
signs and symptoms, abdominal pain, neurological disorders and pigmentation of the skin
may also occur. Impairment of enterocytes is responsible for symptoms of malabsorption.
The frequently observed anaemia can be traced back to disordered vitamin B12 and iron absorption, occult gastrointestinal haemorrhages and chronic inflammation. Thrombocytosis or
thrombocytopenia may occur alike. Diseased bowels and lymphatic vessels cause protein
loss, hypalbuminaemia and oedema. Low cholesterol levels and deficiency of vitamins (B12,
D, K and folic acid) are characteristic; non-specific alterations may include an elevated
CRP level and lymphocytopenia. Eosinophilia and abnormities of serum immunoglobulin
levels have also been reported [6]. Initially, the clinical picture resembles chronic intestinal
inflammation with colicky abdominal pain and occult intestinal haemorrhage. In addition to
the intestinal one, oesophageal, gastric, colic and hepatic affection can also be observed [4]
rarely. Bacteria and inflammatory cells, primarily macrophages, infiltrate the mucosa and
cause obstruction in mesenteric lymph nodes. The enlarged abdominal lymph nodes may also
raise the suspicion of a neoplasm. Weight loss is gradual, 5–15 kg in a year. Cachexia develops in untreated cases [4].
CEMED
181
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
Affected Organs
Arthropathy
Intermittent fever and arthralgia are the most common symptoms (in 73%) preceding the diagnosis [8]. Prior to the appearance of diarrhoea, patients often receive rheumatologic treatment for years. The inflammatory nature of the affection of joints is typical. The arthralgic
complaints follow an intermittent, migrating pattern; they cause no deformation and affect
mostly the great joints with no radiological alteration. Complaints relating to the joints usually recede after the appearance of gastrointestinal symptoms. PAS-positive macrophages
and bacteria can be detected from the synovial fluid [4].
Signs and Symptoms Relating to the Skin
Pigmentation at skin areas exposed to sunlight occurs in some patients.
CNS
In Whipple’s disease, the CNS is affected by 5–50%. The typical triad of CNS manifestation
includes progressive dementia, myoclonus and ophthalmoplegia. This triad can be observed
in 10% of patients. The picture may be modified by decreased cognitive function, disordered
consciousness, disordered eye movements, nystagmus, ataxia, polydipsia, hyperphagia, altered libido and disordered sleep. The latter symptoms suggest hypothalamic affection that
occurs in 31% of patients with CNS manifestations. Sleep disorders may also persist for
months after a successful therapy. Based on the report of Papadopoulou, treatment with
600 mg/day carbamazepine may be effective [9]. Nervous system symptoms may occur already at the beginning of the disease, but more frequently, they appear during or after therapy,
in the period of clinical relapse. Progressive nervous system disease occurring after successful treatment of intestinal symptoms usually has a fatal outcome. According to some publications, Whipple’s disease may increase the risk of stroke, primarily in consequence of the fibrosis induced in arteries and arterioles. It deserves attention, however, that the occurrence of
stroke usually coincides with the period of generalisation of the disease. Systemic inflammation probably impairs complement production, affects the coagulation cascade and significantly increases the risk of thrombosis. The bacteria, after having entered the brain via the
circulating blood, cause vasculitis which also increases the possibility of an ischemic or haemorrhagic infarction [5]. If an antibiotic that cannot penetrate the blood–brain barrier is used
in patients with CNS manifestations, viable bacteria may survive in the cerebrospinal fluid,
causing relapse of the disease [6].
Ocular Symptoms
Uveitis, vitreitis, keratitis, retinitis and retrobulbar neuritis are rare manifestations of the
disease. They are usually associated with enteral and CNS disease and may cause consequential retinal haemorrhage and oedema of the optic disc.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
182
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
Cardiovascular System
Cardiovascular manifestations occur in a third of patients with Whipple’s disease. Endocarditis, myocarditis or pericarditis may appear relatively rarely. Myocardial affection may manifest itself clinically in the form of cardiac failure usually caused by regurgitation due to a
defect of cardiac valves. In general, it shows the clinical picture of an endocarditis of noninfectious origin (thickening and deformation of mitral and aortic valves), but it may cause
adhesive pericarditis, myocardial fibrosis and aspecific electrocardiographic alterations as
well.
Pulmonary Lesions
Pulmonary manifestations may appear in 13% of patients with dry cough and signs of pleural
irritation. The radiological picture shows pulmonary infiltration or development of pleural
fluid. Enlargement of peripheral and mesenteral lymph nodes is common in patients with
Whipple’s disease; the mediastinal lymphoid region is rarely affected. The lymphadenomegaly cannot be differentiated from other reactive processes and inflammatory diseases, sarcoidosis or lymphomas by physical or imaging examination. The common hydrothorax is a
consequence of the inflammation of serous membranes.
Diagnosis
In case of clinical suspicion, gastroscopy is the examination of first choice. Endoscopy has an
important role both in establishing the diagnosis and in the follow-up. In accordance with the
recommendations in the literature, samples should be taken by biopsy from the proximal and
distal duodenum as well as from the proximal jejunum. Macroscopically, yellowish white,
occasionally erythematous erosions, plaques can be seen on the intestinal mucosa. As a result
of antibiotic therapy, these lesions disappear in weeks or months, but the PAS-positive reaction may remain for several months [6]. Despite the characteristic endoscopic picture, sample
taking is mandatory because the diagnosis is based on the histological examination. By light
microscope fatty drops, lymphangiectasia and infiltration by macrophages can be seen. The
cytoplasm of macrophages seems foamy by haematoxylin–eosin staining, and PAS staining
makes the granules visible. The reaction detects the glycoprotein content of T. whipplei.
As PAS-positive inclusions seen in the macrophages may also suggest other infections (Mycobacterium avium, Rhodococcus equi, Bacillus cereus, Corynebacterium, Histoplasma, or
fungi), it is recommended to confirm the diagnosis also by another method (electron microscope, immunohistochemy, or PCR) [10]. Not only intracellular but also extracellular pathogens can be detected by electron microscopy. The PCR examination can be used for quantitative assessment of the pathogen, for the test samples should be taken from duodenum,
synovial fluid, lymph node, cardiac valve and cerebrospinal fluid [6]. Diagnosis and monitoring, however, are currently based on clinical and laboratory findings and histopathological
follow-up. There were also attempts to use immunohistochemical methods (detection of
polyclonal antibodies produced against T. whipplei) for diagnosing Whipple’s disease, but
cross-reactions were observed with certain other bacteria (Shigella and Streptococcus agalactiae-specific) so that the method has not yet spread in the practice [2].
CEMED
183
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
Differential Diagnosis
The clinical symptoms are aspecific and, therefore, several problems of differential diagnosis
may crop up. Other gastrointestinal, rheumatologic, neurological, psychiatric or ophthalmologic diseases may emerge, but there is no other disease which would cause similar histological lesions in the small bowel [3]. As for differential diagnosis, Crohn’s disease, celiac
disease, amyloidosis, macroglobulinaemia, histoplasmosis, non-tuberculotic mycobacterial
infections of patients with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) as well as lymphomas affecting the gastrointestinal system or the region of abdominal lymph nodes may also
arise.
Therapy
Several antibiotics have been used for the treatment of Whipple’s disease in monotherapy or
in a combined form. In lack of controlled trials, no optimal way of treatment could be established, and susceptibility of the bacterium to drugs is also unknown. Upon empirical antibiotic therapy, the symptoms cease in a few weeks, and the molecular biological tests turn to
negative. Histological alterations in the affected organ(s), however, remain detectable for
years. Therapy is aimed at eradication of the bacterium and prevention of relapse. Approximately, 20% of patients give no appropriate response to the treatment, and a relapse can be
observed in about 40% of cases. Relapse can be seen mostly in patients with affected CNS
when drugs are used which do not cross the blood–brain barrier or the treatment is continued
for an inappropriate time. The average time for relapse is 4.2 years [4]. Results show that
post-treatment progression or relapse is caused by the same species as the original infection,
thus, there is no new infection. Chloramphenicol that was used often initially is now rarely
used because of its side effects. After that, the tetracyclines became the basic pillars of therapy until comprehensive studies revealed a high (35%) rate of relapse. These observations
led to the currently recommended therapy consisting of the intravenous administration of
2 g/day ceftriaxone or 1 g/day meropenem for 2 weeks, followed by daily 160/800 mg oral
co-trimoxazole for more than a year. In patients with hypersensitivity to sulphonamides,
medicines of penicillin, tetracycline, fluoroquinolone or cephalosporine content can be taken
into consideration [6]. The treatment should be continued for a year, at least, even if the patient is free of symptoms. Clinical improvement is usually accompanied by improving laboratory results and regenerating the villous structure. Follow-up biopsies are recommended at
6 and 12 months from diagnosis. After initiation of treatment, diarrhoea is discontinued in
days and arthralgia ceases in weeks. Weight gain starts within a few months.
Conclusions
Whipple’s disease may underlie diarrhoea, development of anaemia and symptoms of malabsorption probably more frequently than the cases where this entity is diagnosed. These symptoms suggest already an advanced stage and often raise the suspicion of malignancy. In such
cases, upper panendoscopy, performed as a part of the examinations searching for a tumour,
may finally lead to definite diagnosis. In the first few years or even a decade of the disease,
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
184
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
the leading symptom is intermittent arthropathy that does not respond to conventional rheumatologic treatment. Recognition of the disease is made more difficult also by the fact that
patients often receive antibiotic treatment because of the symptoms for shorter or longer periods. An antibiotic treatment with inappropriate dose and duration, however, only results in
transient improvement, altering the clinical presentation of the disease and delaying the establishment of the diagnosis. The pathomechanism of the disease is yet only partially known,
but immunologic processes certainly play a role in its development.
When reporting our cases, our objective was to emphasise that Whipple’s disease, which
is fatal without treatment, is considerably more frequent than it is thought of in clinical practice.
References
[1] Tulassay, Zs.: The Basis of Internal Medicine (in Hungarian). Medicina, Budapest, 2007, pp. 898–899.
[2] Kneitz, C., Suerbaum, S., Beer, M. et al.: Exacerbation of Whipple’s disease associated with infliximab treatment. Scand. J. Rheumatol., 2005, 34, 148–151.
[3] Sun, D. F., Fang, J.: Two common reason of malabsorption syndromes: celiac disease and Whipple’s disease.
Digestion, 2006, 74, 174–183.
[4] Famularo, G., Minisola, G., de Simone, C.: A patient with cerebral Whipple’s disease and a stroke-like syndrome. Scand. J. Gastroenterol., 2005, 40, 607–609.
[5] Tousimis, A. J.: Whipple’s disease: an electron microscopical study of the small intestinal biopsies. Microsc.
Microanal., 2007, 13, 334–335.
[6] Deriban, G., Marth, T.: Current concepts of immunopathogenesis, diagnosis and therapy in Whipple’s disease. Curr. Med. Chem., 2005, 13, 2921–2926.
[7] Finzi, G., Franzi, F., Mastaglio, C. et al.: Ultrastructural evidence of Tropheryma whipplei in PAS-negative
granulomatosus lymph nodes. Ultrastruct. Pathol., 2007, 31, 169–172.
[8] Papadopoulou, M., Rentzos, M., Vagiakis E. et al.: An unusual case of insomnia associated with Whipple
encephalopathy: first case reported from Greece. Neurol. Sci., 2005, 26, 174–177.
[9] Muir-Padilla, J., Myers, J. B.: Whipple disease. A case report and review of the literature. Arch. Pathol. Lab.
Med., 2005, 129, 933–936.
[10] Somogyi, Á., Szabó, T., Pál, K. et al.: Successful treatment of Whipple disease. The history of a patient with
lymphnode enlargement (in Hungarian). LAM, 2004, 14, 676–682.
CEMED
185
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
A Case of Primary Biliary Cirrhosis:
First Report from Bangladesh
MAMUN-AL-MAHTAB1, KABIR UDDIN2, SALIMUR RAHMAN1, MOBIN KHAN1,
KAMAL3, MONIRUZZAMAN BHUIYAN4, GULZAR HUSSAIN5
Department of Hepatology, Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujib Medical University, Dhaka, Bangladesh
2
Combined Military Hospital, Dhaka, Bangladesh
3
Department of Pathology, Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujib Medical University, Dhaka, Bangladesh
4
Holy Family Red Crescent Medical College Hospital, Dhaka, Bangladesh
5
Ayesha Memorial Hospital, Dhaka, Bangladesh
1
Primary biliary cirrhosis (PBC) is a rare autoimmune liver disease, not infrequent in the West, but hardly reported
from the East. We report a case of PBC for the first time from Bangladesh. The patient was an elderly woman presenting with vague complaints. The diagnosis was confirmed by antibody testing and histopathology, whereas other
possible causes of cirrhosis were also excluded.
Keywords: PBC, autoimmune liver disease, cirrhosis
Introduction
Primary biliary cirrhosis (PBC) is an autoimmune liver disease characterized by progressive
destruction of intra-hepatic bile ducts. The disease was first described in 1851 by Addison
and Gull [1]. The disease shows family clustering, with mothers and daughters showing the
highest prevalence [2]. Patients are 90% females, usually between 40 and 60 years of age,
although patients can be as young as 20 years old or as old as 80 [3]. Cases have been reported among Asians, Caucasians and also in blacks, although the incidence is higher in
Caucasians. A large number of cases are being diagnosed due to physician awareness and the
availability of better diagnostic modalities.
Case Report
The patient, an elderly female coming from a middle-class socio-economic background, presented with easy fatigability and itching for the past 2 years. She had no history of jaundice.
On clinical examination, she was found to be mildly icteric and had spleenomegaly. No
stigmata of cirrhosis of liver was found. We investigated her extensively. A routine blood test
revealed Hb 9.6 g/dL, ESR 55 mm in first hour, total count of WBC 3.5 × 109/L, neutrophils
56%, lymphocytes 40%, eosinophils 2% and monocytes 2%. Her liver profile showed serum
bilirubin 0.6 mg/dL, serum ALT 29 U/L, serum AST 21 U/L and serum alkaline phosphatase
398 U/L, prothrombin time 12 s (control 12 s) (INR 1.0) and serum albumin 3.9 g/dL. She
Corresponding address: Mamun-Al-Mahtab MD, Department of Hepatology, Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujib Medical
University, Dhaka, Bangladesh. E-mail: shwapnil@agni.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.18
187
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
187–191.
CASE REPORTS
tested negative for anti-HEV IgM, anti-HAV IgM, HBsAg, anti-HBc total and anti-HCV.
HBV DNA was undetectable by PCR (Amplicon HBV Monitor Assay, RT-PCR, Roche Molecular Systems, California). Anti-nuclear antibody and liver–kidney-microsomal antibodies
were also negative. Other investigations showed serum ceruloplasmin 43.5 mg/dL. The
patient tested positive for anti-mitochondrial (M2) antibody. All ELISA were done by an
ELISA kit manufactured by Orgentec Diagnostika GmbH, Germany.
An ultrasonography of the whole abdomen revealed spleenomegaly. Liver was unremarkable. Endoscopy of the upper gastrointestinal tract revealed that she had erosive antral
gastritis and duodenitis. We also did a diagnostic ERCP to exclude any co-existent obstructive aetiology, and found normal cholangio-pancreatogram.
A liver biopsy was done percutaneously under local anesthesia with full aseptic precautions. A core of the liver tissue was obtained and sent for histopathology to a histopathologist
who was unaware of the clinical and laboratory findings of the patient. Histopathology
showed normal hepatic architecture replaced by regenerating nodules separated by fibrous
tissue. The relationship between the central vein and the portal triad was lost. The portal triad
showed a dense infiltration of chronic inflammatory cells. Histopathology findings were consistent with cirrhosis of liver.
We, thus, concluded that the patient is suffering from PBC. The patient is now receiving
symptomatic treatment with cholestyramine, ursodeoxycholic acid (UDCA), probiotics,
lactulose and anti-ulcer drugs.
Discussion
In PBC, bile duct destruction results from immunological disturbance [4]. There is an infiltration of the bile duct epithelium with T cells [5]. These produce cytokines that contribute to
hepato-cellular damage [6]. Suppressor T cells are reduced in number and function [7]. Epitheloid granuloma develops, suggesting delayed type hypersensitivity [8].
There is a suggestion that infections may trigger PBC [9] and Escherichia coli [10],
Mycobacterium gordonae [11] and retroviruses [12] have all been implicated.
Non-organ and non-species specific circulating anti-mitochondrial antibodies are found
in almost 100% of patients with PBC [13]. Target antigens are localized on the inner-mitochondrial membrane [14]. The antigenic component specific for PBC is M2. ELISA for antiM2 is 88% sensitive and 96% specific for PBC [15]. Increased incidence of C4A-QO allele
has been reported in PBC patients [16]. This particular allele is associated with many autoimmune diseases. PBC patients may have autoimmune, genetic susceptibility evidenced by the
presence of HLA-B8, DR3 and DR4 [17]. It has been suggested that immunogenetic background, familial predisposition and environmental factors, all interplay in the development of
PBC.
The onset of PBC is insidious and most frequently as pruritus without jaundice. The latter may never develop, but usually appears 6 months to 2 years following the onset of pruritus. Jaundice preceding pruritus is extremely unusual and jaundice without pruritus at any
time is very rare.
On examination, patients may be mildly anaemic, with firm hepatomegaly and just palpable spleen. PBC may be associated with a number of diseases, in particular, autoimmune
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
188
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, dermatomyositis, mixed connective tissue disease and
systemic lupus erythomatosus [18]. Autoimmune thyroiditis has been reported in 20% PBC
patients. Coeliac disease is co-existent in 3% and ulcerative colitis is another rare association
[19]. Patients may also have autoimmune thrombocytopenia and autoimmune haemolytic
anaemia [20]. Thirty-nine percent PBC patients develop gall stones. Besides, pulmonary
abnormalities [21] and renal abnormalities [22] have all been described. There is a small
increase in overall cancer risk and mortality in PBC patients [23].
Liver biochemistry shows serum bilirubin and serum AST about twice normal, serum
alkaline phosphatase about four times and normal serum albumin. Serum GGT may also be
raised. Serum IgM is usually raised. ERCP is performed in confusing cases and reveals normal intra-hepatic biliary tree.
Characteristic histopathological appearance in PBC is injury to septal and/or inter-lobular bile ducts. However, surgical liver biopsy is superior to needle liver biopsy in identifying
such lesions. Histopathological appearance in PBC has been divided into four stages, namely,
stage I, where there is florid bile duct lesions, stage II characterized by ductular proliferation,
stage III with septal fibrosis and bridging known as “scarring” and finally, stage IV, where
patients develop cirrhosis [24].
Differential diagnosis of PBC includes primary sclerosing cholangitis, autoimmune
cholangiopathy and cholestatic drug reactions.
Management is supportive. It is important to maintain the nutritional status of patients
as well as the replacement of fat soluble vitamins. Vitamin D and calcium supplements are
given for correction of osteomalacia, whereas pruritus is usually helped by cholestyramine.
UDCA has been shown to be beneficial for PBC patients in studies from France [25]. Multicentre studies have subsequently confirmed that UDCA reduces the need for transplantation
and death in PBC patients [26]. Indeed, recent studies show that patients with early PBC who
respond to UDCA (i.e. 40% reduction of ALT at 1 year on treatment) have a normal lifespan
[27]. Even those who do not respond to UDCA have a better lifespan [28]. Immunosuppressive agents such as azathioprine, D-penicillamine, chlorambucil and cylosporin A and corticosteroids have all been tried, but the results are inconclusive. However, more recent studies
suggest that PBC does respond to steroids, and budesonide, fibrates and farnesoid X-receptor
antagonists may be the options for UDCA non-responders [29–31].
Liver transplantation is indicated in PBC patients with intractable pruritus and hepatocellular failure. Patients should be considered for transplantation when serum bilirubin is
>150 μmol/L. One-year survival post-transplantation is 85–90%, whereas 5-year survival is
60–70% [32].
The clinical course of PBC is variable. In some, the disease remains steady, whereas in
others, the clinical course may be progressively downhill. When serum bilirubin is >100
μmol/L, survival beyond 2 years is unlikely. Other factors predicting poor survival in PBC
include increased symptoms, advanced age, hepato-spleenomegaly, ascites and serum albumin <3 g/dL. Hepato-cellular carcinoma is less frequent in PBC compared to other chronic
hepatitis, but is very much a possibility, unlike what was assumed previously [33].
The causes of death in PBC include variceal haemorrhage, encephalopathy and Gramnegative septicaemia.
CEMED
189
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
Conclusion
PBC is a rare cause of cirrhosis of liver; however, with strong clinical suspicion and the availability of investigative modalities, it is possible to diagnose patients with PBC. Early diagnosis and appropriate management improve the quality of life of patients and also probably,
prolong survival. It is, therefore, important to recognize such patients early.
References
[1] Addison, T., Gull, W.: On a certain affection of the skin – vitiligoidea – α plana, β tuberose. Guy’s Hosp. Rep.,
1851, 7, 265.
[2] Jones, D. E. J., Watt, F. E., Metcalf, J. V. et al.: Familial primary biliary cirrhosis revisited: a geographically
based population study. J. Hepatol., 1999, 30, 402.
[3] Mistry, P., Seymour, C. A.: Primary biliary cirrhosis – from Thomas Addison to the 1990s. Q. J. Med., 1992,
82, 185.
[4] Gershwin, M. E., Mackay, I. R.: Primary biliary cirrhosis: paradigm or paradox for autoimmunity. Gastroenterology, 1991, 100, 822.
[5] Yamada, G., Hodo, I., Tobe, K. et al.: Ultrastructural immunocytochemical analysis of lymphocytes infiltrating bile duct epithelia in primary biliary cirrhosis. Hepatology, 1990, 12, 98.
[6] Martinez, O. M., Villanueva, J. C., Gershwin, E. et al.: Cytokine patterns and cytotoxic mediators in primary
biliary cirrhosis. Hepatology, 1995, 31, 113.
[7] Ballardini, G., Mirakian, R., Bianchi, F. B. et al.: Aberrant expression of HLA-DR antigens on bile duct epithelium in primary biliary cirrhosis: relevance to pathogenesis. Lancet, 1984, ii, 1009.
[8] Lee, R. G., Epstein, O., Jauregui, H. et al.: Granulomas in primary biliary cirrhosis: a prognostic feature.
Gastroenterology, 1981, 81, 983.
[9] Haydon, G. H., Neuberger, J.: PBC: an infectious disease? Gut, 2000, 47, 586.
[10] Buttler, P., Valle, F., Hamilton-Miller, J. M. T. et al.: M2 mitochondrial antibodies and urinary rough mutant
bacteria in patients with primary biliary cirrhosis and in patients with recurrent bacteriuria. J. Hepatol., 1993,
17, 408.
[11] Vialgut, I., Villa, J., Pares, A. et al.: Mycobacterium gordonae DNA in liver tissue in patients with primary
biliary cirrhosis. J. Hepatol., 1994, 21, 87.
[12] Mason, A. L., Lizhe, X., Guo, L. et al.: Detection of retroviral antibodies in primary biliary cirrhosis and other
idiopathic biliary disorders. Lancet, 1998, 351, 1620.
[13] Bruguera, M., Llach, J., Rodes J.: Nonsyndromic paucity of intrahepatic bile ducts in infancy and idiopathic
ductopenia in adulthood: the same syndrome? Hepatology, 1992, 15, 830.
[14] Surh, C. D., Roche, T. E., Danner, D. J. et al.: Antimitochondrial antibodies in primary biliary cirrhosis recognize cross-reactive epitope(s) on protein X and dihydrolipoamide acetyltransferase of pyruvate dehydrogenase complex. Hepatology, 1898, 10, 127.
[15] Teoh, K-L., Rowley, M. J., Zafirakis, H. et al.: Enzyme inhibitory autoantibodies to pyruvate dehydrogenase
complex in primary biliary cirrhosis: applications of a semiautomated assay. Hepatology, 1984, 20, 1220.
[16] Manns, M. P., Bremm, A., Schneider, P. M. et al.: HLA DRw8 and complement C4 deficiency as risk factors
in primary biliary cirrhosis. Gastroenterology, 1991, 101, 1367.
[17] Lohse, A. W., Meyer, G. V. M., Buschenfelde, K-H. et al.: Characterization of the overlap syndrome of primary
biliary cirrhosis (PBC) and autoimmune hepatitis: evidence for it being a hepatic form of PBC in genetically
susceptible individuals. Hepatology, 1999, 29, 1078.
[18] Hall, S., Axelsen, P. H., Larson, D. E. et al.: Systemic lupus erythromatosus developing in patients with primary biliary cirrhosis. Ann. Intern. Med., 1984, 100, 308.
[19] Bush, A., Mitchison, H., Walt, R. et al.: Primary biliary cirrhosis and ulcerative colitis. Gastroenterology,
1987, 92, 2009.
[20] Chen, C-Y., Lu, C-L., Chiu, C-F. et al.: Primary biliary cirrhosis associated with mixed type autoimmune
haemolytic anaemia and sicca syndrome: a case report and review of the literature. Am. J. Gastroenterol.,
1997, 92, 1547.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
190
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
[21] Weissman, E., Becker, N. H.: Interstitial lung disease in primary biliary cirrhosis. Am. J. Med. Sci., 1983,
285, 21.
[22] Burroughs, A. K., Rosentein, I. J., Epstein, O. et al.: Bacteriuria and primary biliary cirrhosis. Gut, 1984,
25, 133.
[23] Howel, D., Metcalf, J. V., Gray, J. et al.: Cancer risk in primary biliary cirrhosis: a study in northern England.
Gut, 1999, 45, 756.
[24] Scheuer, P. J.: Primary biliary cirrhosis. Proc. R. Soc. Med., 1967, 60, 1257.
[25] Poupon, R. E., Poupon, R., Balkau, B. et al.: Ursodiol for the long-term treatment of primary biliary cirrhosis.
N. Engl. J. Med., 1994, 330, 1342.
[26] Poupon, R. E., Lindor, K. D., Cauch-Dudek, K. et al.: Combined analysis of randomized control trials of
ursodeoxycholic acid in primary biliary cirrhosis. Gastroenterology, 1997, 113, 884.
[27] Kumagi, T., Alswat, K., Hirschfield, G. M. et al.: New insights into autoimmune liver disease. Hepatol. Res.,
2008, 1–17.
[28] Pares, A., Caballeria, L., Rodes, J.: Excellent long-term survival in patients with primary biliary cirrhosis
and biochemical response to ursodeoxycholic acid. Gastroenterology, 2006, 130, 715–720.
[29] Rautianen, H., Karkkainen, P., Karvonen, A. et al.: Budesonide combined with UDCA to improve liver
histology in primary biliary cirrhosis: a three-year randomized trial. Hepatology, 2005, 41, 747–752.
[30] Ohmoto, K., Yoshioka, N., Yamamoto, S.: Long-term effect of bezafybrateon parameters of hepatic fibrosis
in primary biliary cirrhosis. J. Gastroenterol., 2006, 41, 502–503.
[31] Fiorucci, S., Rizzo, G., Donini, A. et al.: Targeting farnesoid X receptor for liver and metabolic disorders.
Trends Mol. Med., 2007, 13, 298–309.
[32] Tzakis, A. G., Carcassonne, C., Todo, S. et al.: Liver transplantation for primary biliary cirrhosis. Semin.
Liver Dis., 1989, 9, 144.
[33] Krasner, N., Johnson, P. J., Portman, B. et al.: Hepatocellular carcinoma in primary biliary cirrhosis: report
of 4 cases. Gut, 1979, 20, 255–258.
CEMED
191
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
Anaphylactic Reaction Following Forest Fly
(Hippobosca equina) Bite: A Human Case
ALICE DECASTELLO1, ROBERT FARKAS2
1
Department of Family Medicine, Semmelweis University, Budapest, Hungary
2
Department of Parasitology and Zoology, Faculty of Veterinary Science,
Szent István University, Budapest, Hungary
The authors report the case of a 46-year-old female patient, who experienced an anaphylactic reaction with a lucky
outcome following an insect bite. Within a short time, a hard swelling of 15-cm diameter, covered by a serous crust,
appeared at the border of her forehead and hairy scalp, with oedema on her forehead. Soon thereafter, erythema and
itching developed locally and all over her body, with oedema of her hands, face and lips, later accompanied by
shivering, nausea and vomiting. Based on identification with the help of a taxonomic key, the captured insect proved
to be a forest fly (Hippobosca equina). As far as we know, this is the first published case of anaphylaxis induced by
the bite of this species in Hungary. Forest flies are present all over the world; they have been known in Hungary for
a long time; they suck blood several times a day mostly from horses, donkeys or cattle kept on pastures or in stables
and cowsheds, and occasionally also from other animal species. As vectors, they transmit various pathogens. By
reporting our case, we wish to call the attention of family doctors and clinicians to horse tick bite and the clinical
signs and symptoms caused by it, since they have no specific experience required for the diagnosis of such insect
bites.
Keywords: forest fly, Hippobosca equina, anaphylaxis
Several animal species, including snakes, scorpions, jellyfishes, fleas, bees, wasps, mosquitoes, gadflies, spiders, ants and ticks, are known to inject substances into humans with their
bite, which may elicit mild or serious and even fatal consequences. Worldwide, there are
several hundreds of victims every year due to anaphylactic reaction induced by various insect bites, mostly, the stings of bees and wasps belonging to the order of Hymenoptera [1–4].
The crotoxin-containing venom of bees or a greater amount of hornet venom immitted into
the body may cause death in susceptible people. If a quick and efficient help is not forthcoming, most deaths occur in the first hour. Insect bite allergies are caused by IgE antibodies
produced against protein-type substances of insect venom. In mild forms, only cutaneous
symptoms occur at the site of the bite, including itching, pain, hives and oedema. In severe
cases, generalised symptoms due to anaphylactic reaction may also develop, possibly even
within a few minutes, or sometimes after several hours, causing shortness of breath, tachycardia, hypotension, vomiting and diarrhoea. Fortunately, the number of cases where anaphylactic shock causes loss of consciousness and death due to cardiac arrest within minutes is
very small.
Although most problems are caused by bees and wasps, sporadically, other insects, including forest flies, can also elicit allergic reactions in humans.
Forest fly (Hippobosca equina) (Diptera: Hippoboscidae) is a 3–9-mm long fly species
having a compact, dorsoventrally flattened body in reddish brown colour. On account of its
Corresponding address: Alice Decastello MD, Wesselényi u. 11, 1077 Budapest, Hungary.
E-mail: dealdr@freemail.hu
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.19
193
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
193–198.
CASE REPORTS
shape, it is also named, together with other species belonging to the family, louse flies [5].
The imagoes of both genders have a blood-sucking mouthpart, which is directed forwards.
Their palps, which consist of three segments, are seated in a deep socket. Their antennae
encircle the mouth organ like a sheath. It has a pair of well-developed wings that extend beyond the skin-like abdomen, and in a resting posture, they are placed on each other in a
scissor-like way (Fig. 1). They are present all over the world [6–11]. In Hungary, they have
been known for a long time, and they were captured at several places in the country [5, 12–
14]. They suck blood several times a day, mostly from the rumps of horses and donkeys,
which are kept in stables or on grazing grounds, from parts between their hind limbs where
the skin is thinner, but sometimes also from other parts of their body [15]. They may often
feed on cattle, and also occasionally on other animal species such as dogs or wild ruminants
[16, 17]. Although they are good flyers, they usually remain in the vicinity of animals. As all
species belonging to the family of Hippoboscidae, their females are also larviparous. They
lay third instar larvae which are ready to enter the pupa state, and they are also called improperly “pupiparous flies” [12]. The females often lay the mature larvae into the environment, on
a soil which is rich in humus, roots of plants, where the imagos will hatch after a period of
pupa time which lasts for several weeks or months, depending on environmental temperature
[6]. They can be found in the highest numbers during the warm summer months in July and
August [18]. Their lifespan is approximately 6–10 weeks.
By their blood-sucking, they make animals restless, and occasionally, they may cause
significant blood loss, as well as milder or more serious dermatitis. As blood-sucking insects,
forest flies can transmit various pathogens (e.g. piroplasms and rickettsiae). An American
study showed that 71% of 17 H. equina collected from cattle were infected with Bartonella
[19].
Occasionally, they can suck blood from humans who live or stay mostly in the vicinity
of horses and do not belong to the normal hosts of horse ticks. Their significance for public
health depends on individual sensitivity as well. Some people do not even notice that they
have been bitten by a forest fly. At the site of the bite, however, a swelling with reddish colour
develops that may cause intense itching, and persists for 2–3 weeks. Sometimes, urgent medical intervention may be needed, because the secretion of the salivary glands of the imagoes,
when entering the human body, elicits an IgE-mediated anaphylactic reaction [20]. As a result of the lack of appropriate history data, this reaction can be exactly diagnosed or differentiated from allergic reactions caused by other insect species only by in vivo (cutaneous testing) or in vitro (ELISA, immunoblot) methods [21]. It is worth mentioning that deer ked
(Lipoptena cervi), another blood-sucking species belonging to the family of Hippoboscidae
and also widespread in Hungary, may also cause inconvenience to humans. The deer ked is a
parasite on wild ruminants, and its peculiarity is that after dwelling on its hosts, its imagoes
lose their wings. In a Russian publication, Chistyakov [22] reports on cases of dermatitis
caused by these ectoparasites occurring in more than 300 people living in the St. Petersburg
district, during the period of August–September when the imagoes of this species have
swarmed in large numbers. Reunala et al. [23] observed that they suck blood most often on
the head and on the upper part of the back of humans. Rhinoconjunctival allergy caused by
this species has been demonstrated in Finland [24].
A need for protection against horse ticks emerge very rarely in practice. When necessary, they can be easily eliminated by various anti-arthropod products.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
194
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
Fig. 1 Forest fly (Hippobosca equina)
Fig. 2 Oedema of the forehead, erythema and swelling covered by serous crust on the hairy scalp,
caused by a forest fly
Case Report
The history of a 46-year-old female patient who lives in the countryside, includes oesophageal ulcer and rheumatologic treatment for pain in her left hip. Hypersensitivity to medicines:
Algopyrin (metamizole sodium). Her medication: Noacid (pantoprazole) and Motilium
(domperidone).
She recalls that on 10.06.2009, at about 18:00, she noticed on her forehead – no bite,
only the moving of an insect. Her husband removed the insect from her hair and put it into a
small vial. Then, after approximately 15 min, the patient’s lips and palms started to itch, and
she felt an increasingly frequent and intense throbbing in her ears. Her face turned red and
swelling developed in the middle of her forehead at the border of the hairy scalp. After a few
minutes, her face became puffy, her fingers swelled and she felt swelling in her throat. This
phenomenon was accompanied by very intense and frequent palpitation that was almost painful; a high degree of weakness and headache developed. Her blood pressure decreased
(106/56 mmHg) and her heart rate was 110/min. At 18:20, after the intake of a Calcium Sandoz effervescent tablet (calcium carbonate, calcium lactate gluconate), she felt that her heart
began to beat slower, but the intensity of its “pounding” remained unchanged. She experienced extreme weakness, and her headache intensified further. This state lasted for about an
hour, and then, her heart rate began to decrease very slowly, and – in parallel with this – her
blood pressure increased; at 20:00 her HR and BP were 86/min and 120/82 mmHg, respectively. In the meantime, she noticed that her entire body became red and her limbs swelled.
At 21:30, she shivered, felt nausea and vomited once. The vomiting caused no alleviation; the
malaise remained and the headache attacked her in vigorous waves. She did not have a good
night’s sleep, and the malaise persisted for a long time; fortunately, the anaphylactic reaction
receded. When she woke up in the morning, she felt very weak and broken. Her forehead was
puffy, and a hard swelling of a 15-cm diameter developed in the area of the bite; it caused no
pain but only mild itching, and a serous crust was formed. After 2 days, the patient visited her
family doctor with the insect put into the vial. The physician found an itching and hard swelling covered by serous crust and oedema of the forehead (Fig. 2). Her heartbeat was rhythmic,
78/min, and her blood pressure was 125/82 mmHg. Antihistamine and antibiotic treatment
CEMED
195
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
was initiated immediately, which was also approved by a specialist consultation of a dermatologist (she took Loratadine 10 mg once a day and Amoxicillin 1,000 mg twice a day for 7
days). The hard swelling on her head, covered by serous crust, and the oedema on her forehead healed after 10 days.
Based on a taxonomic key [12], the insect has been identified as a forest fly (H. equina).
Discussion
Forest flies are present all over the world. They are found in large numbers at several places
in Hungary, especially where horses, donkeys or cattle are kept. H. equina lives in stables and
kennels, it lays its eggs into fodder or litter and it requires the presence of animals in the
places of its habitat [20]. Our patient lives in the countryside; her neighbour is in the business
of horse-keeping and ride-hiring; another neighbour keeps cattle.
The insect which bit her came to the surroundings of the patient probably from the
nearby horses or the cattle stables. The local and generalised cutaneous symptoms that occurred soon after the forest fly bite were followed by systemic symptoms characteristic of an
anaphylactic reaction. Occasionally, immediate medical help may be required, as the secretion of the salivary glands of the forest fly entering the human body may elicit an IgE-mediated anaphylactic reaction [20, 21]. This process also occurred in this patient’s case; fortunately, it did not make such a rapid progress, so no corticosteroids were required for her
care. We performed no specific examinations, but – based on identification of the insect and
the symptoms which appeared soon after its bite – it can be stated that the anaphylactic reaction was elicited by allergens from the saliva of H. equina which entered the patient’s body
during its blood-sucking. However, we could not rely on the examination of specific IgE, as
no appropriate extract is available for determining the allergy caused by this species. A question may arise as to why this kind of reaction occurred in the patient, as no such reaction may
develop after the first bite. There may be two explanations for this. The patient might have
been bitten by an imago of this species on an earlier occasion, but she might not have noticed
the bite then. The other explanation is that the anaphylactic reaction occurred because of a
previous alteration caused by another insect species, this assumes the possibility of a crossreaction between the venoms of H. equina and another, unknown insect species; however, no
reference to this can be found in the literature. The family doctor has called the patient’s
attention to the fact that she should take special care for the eradication of blood-sucking
forest flies in her environment, as in the event of another bite, an even more serious reaction
is to be expected, warranting immediate medical attention. In foreign literature, there are already reports on a few similar cases, in one of them, the course – although in a more severe
form – weirdly resembles the case discussed by us [20, 21]. If identification of the insect is
not possible, then an examination of antibodies produced in the body against the venoms of
wasp, bee and, if feasible, other arthropods should be performed. During cutaneous tests,
a reaction completely similar to that after a bite occurs; therefore, we use these tests only
after a negative blood test, and exclusively with the availability of inpatient care. The bite of
this species may be important also because it can – as a vector – propagate the pathogens
of various diseases (e.g. rickettsiosis, toxoplasmosis and tularaemia) with the secretion of
its salivary gland [5].
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
196
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
We have considered reporting on this case as important, because neither clinicians nor
family doctors possess the necessary knowledge for diagnosing insect bites, particularly
when their praxis is located in big towns. The attention of children and adults staying in the
vicinity of horses should also be called to the dangers which may be caused by this species.
In Hungarian literature, there have been publications on stings of jellyfish [25], tungiasis
caused by imported human chigoe (Tunga penetrans) [26], human ehrlichiosis that developed after a tick bite [27], as well as on stings in general [28, 29]. As far as we know, no such
case has yet been reported in Hungary, and we hope that we succeeded in completing the
domestic literature on diseases caused by bites.
References
[1] Incorvaia, C., Mauro, M., Pastorello, E. A.: Hymenoptera stings in conscripts. Allergy, 1997, 52, 680–681.
[2] De Maat-Bleeker, F., van Bronswijk, E. M. H.: Allergic reaction caused by bites from blood-sucking insects
of the Tabanidae family, species Haematopota pluvialis (L). Allergy, 1995, 50, 388.
[3] Freye, H. B., Litwin, C.: Coexistent anaphylaxis to Diptera and Hymenoptera. Ann. Allergy Asthma Immunol., 1996, 76, 270–272.
[4] Hemmer, W., Focke, M., Vieluf, D. et al.: Anaphylaxis induced by horsefly bites: identification of a 69 kd IgEbinding salivary gland protein from Chrysops spp (Diptera Tabanidae) by Western blot analysis. J. Allergy
Clin. Immunol., 1998, 101, 134.
[5] Májer, J.: The catalogue of insects in County Somogy (In Hungarian) (Diptera: Hippoboscidae). Nat. Somogy.,
2001, 1, 425–426.
[6] Hafez, M., Hilali, M., Fouda, M.: Biological studies on Hippobosca equina (L.) (Diptera: Hipposboscidae)
infesting domestic animals in Egypt. Z. Angew. Entomol., 1977, 83, 426–441.
[7] Beaucournu, J. C., Beaucournu-Saguez, F., Guiguen, C.: Nouvelles données sur les diptères pupipares (Hippoboscidae et Streblidae) de la sous-région méditerranéenne occidentale. Ann. Parasitol. Hum. Comp., 1985,
60, 311–327.
[8] Romaniuk, K.: Outbreaks of diptera in cows and primitive Polish horses maintained in pastures. Medycyna
Wet., 2005, 61, 332–334.
[9] Kazimierczak, K.: Louse-flies (Hippoboscidae, Diptera) in Poland – their biology and importance. Życie Wet.,
2007, 82, 51–52.
[10] Romaniuk, K., Gad, K., Kiszka, W.: Estimating Hippobosca equina occurrence in primitive Polish horses.
Medycyna Wet., 2007, 63, 1100–1101.
[11] Trilari, T., Krčmar, S.: Contribution to the knowledge of louse flies of Croatia (Diptera: Hippoboscidae). Nat.
Croat., 2005, 14, 131–140.
[12] Soós, Á.: Bábtojó legyek. Muscidae pupirarae. Magyarország Állatvilága XV/17. Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 1955, p. 64.
[13] Soós, Á., Húrka, K.: Family Hippoboscidae. In: Soós, Á., Papp, L. (eds): Catalogue of Palearctic Diptera, vol.
11, Scathophagidae – Hypodermatidae. Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 1986, pp. 215–227.
[14] Papp, L., Kaufman, G.: Scatopsidae, Lauxaniidae, Diastatidae and Hippoboscidae (Diptera) of the Kiskunság
National Park, Hungary. Fólia Ent. Hung., 1989, 50, 111–117.
[15] Hafez, M., Hilali, M., Fouda, M.: Ecological studies on Hippobosca equina (Linnaeus, 1758) (Diptera: Hipposboscidae) infesting domestic animals in Egypt. Z. Angew. Entomol., 1979, 87, 327–335.
[16] García-Romero, C.: A contribution to the study of parasites of red deer (Cervus elaphus) in the provinces
of Toledo and Ciudad Real (Castille-La Mancha, Spain). Ecología (Madrid), 2000, 14, 235–249.
[17] Wallach, A. D.: Ectoparasites on reintroduced roe deer Capreolus capreolus in Israel. Wildl. Dis., 2008,
44, 693–696.
[18] Romaniuk, K., Gad, K., Kiszka, W.: Occurrence of Hippobosca equina invasion in primitive Polish horses
during the grazing period. Medycyna Wet., 2008, 64, 1155–1156.
[19] Halos, L., Jamal, T., Maillard, R. et al.: Role of Hippoboscidae flies as potential vectors of Bartonella spp.
infecting wild and domestic ruminants. Appl. Environ. Microbiol., 2004, 70, 6302–6305.
CEMED
197
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
[20] Quercia, O., Emiliani, F., Foschi, F. G. et al.: Anaphylactic reaction after Hippobosca equina bite. Alergol.
Inmunol. Clin., 2005, 20, 31–33.
[21] Vidal, C., Armisén, M., Bartolomé, B. et al.: Anaphylaxis to Hippobosca equina (louse fly). Ann. Allergy
Asthma Immunol., 2007, 99, 284–286.
[22] Chistyakov, A. F.: Skin lesions in people due to bite of Lipoptena cervi. Vestn. Dermatol. Venerol., 1968, 42,
59–62.
[23] Reunala, T., Rantanen, T., Vuojolahti, P. et al.: Deer ked dermatitis. Duodecim,1980, 96, 897–902.
[24] Laukkanen, A., Ruoppi, P., Mäkinen-Kiljunen, S.: Deer ked-induced occupational allergic rhinoconjunctivitis.
Ann. Allergy Asthma Immunol., 2005, 94, 604–608.
[25] Tamás, I., Veres, I., Remenyik, É.: About bite of medusa. Demonstration of one case (in Hungarian). Orv.
Hetil., 2008, 149, 35–41.
[26] Kucsera, I., Vincze, I., Danka, J. et al.: Human tungiasis imported to Hungary (in Hungarian). Orv. Hetil.,
2007, 148, 2003–2005.
[27] Nemes, Zs., Péterfi, Z.: Human erlichiosis. A newer disease mediated by insects (in Hungarian). Praxis, 1998,
7, 56–56.
[28] Dobozy, E.: About bites and light injuries (in Hungarian). Praxis, 2004, 13, 5–9.
[29] Nagy, A., Mikola, I.: The role of environmental factors in the widespread of zoonotic diseases (in Hungarian).
Budapesti Közegészségügy, 2000, 4, 343–347.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
198
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
Ciprofloxacin-Induced Stevens–Johnson Syndrome:
First Report from Bangladesh
MAMUN-AL-MAHTAB, SALIMUR RAHMAN, AKMAT ALI, ANANTA SHRESTHA,
JAHANGIR SARKAR, MOBIN KHAN
Department of Hepatology, Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujib Medical University, Dhaka, Bangladesh
Stevens–Johnson syndrome, otherwise known as erythema multiforme majus, was first described in 1922 by Stevens
and Johnson as a febrile illness with stomatitis, purulent conjunctivitis, and skin lesions. Case report: We report a
28-year-old married woman who presented with fever and was advised ciprofloxacin tablet. After taking two doses
of the tablet, she developed papulo-vesicular rash involving the trunk and the upper and lower limbs, including
mucous membranes. She also developed a painful red eye. She eventually developed jaundice and her case was ultimately diagnosed as ciprofloxacin-induced Stevens–Johnson syndrome. Discussion: Medications appear to be the
most common cause of Stevens–Johnson syndrome. It commonly affects multiple organs. Treatment for Stevens–
Johnson syndrome is as diverse as the symptoms and it should be begun by withdrawing any offending agent identified. Conclusion: Stevens–Johnson syndrome is a potentially fatal multiorgan disease. This aspect of the condition
is best addressed by early involvement of medical specialists.
Keywords: ciprofloxacin, Stevens–Johnson syndrome, multiorgan disease
Introduction
Stevens–Johnson syndrome (SJS), otherwise known as erythema multiforme majus, is
thought to represent a continuum of disease, the most benign type of which is erythema multiforme, whereas toxic epidural necrolysis is the most severe [1]. The syndrome is generally
described as vesiculobullous erythema multiforme of the skin, mouth, eyes, and genitals [2].
The condition was first described in 1922 by Stevens and Johnson as a febrile illness with
stomatitis, purulent conjunctivitis, and skin lesions [3].
Because SJS is a rare condition, estimates of its incidence and prevalence are challenging. Hospital record reviews have provided the most useful information. The records of patients hospitalized between 1972 and 1986 with a diagnosis of EM-minor, SJS, and TEN,
from a large urban area in the United States, were reviewed and the incidence of hospitalization for one of these conditions was 4.2 per 106 person-year [4]. Incidence ranges from 1.2 to
6 cases per million per year; the condition is fatal in 5% of treated cases and in 15% of untreated cases.
Case Report
A 28-year-old married woman presented with fever. For this complaint, she took paracetamol
with no satisfactory improvement. Four days later, she visited a physician and was advised
Corresponding address: Mamun-Al-Mahtab MD, Department of Hepatology, Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujib Medical
University, Dhaka, Bangladesh. E-mail: shwapnil@agni.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.20
199
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
199–202.
CASE REPORTS
ciprofloxacin tablet. After taking two doses of the tablet, she developed papulo-vesicular rash
involving the trunk and upper and lower limbs, including mucous membranes. She also developed a painful red eye. Initially, this rash was diagnosed as chicken pox and she was referred to an infectious disease hospital and treated accordingly. But, as her rash gradually
became larger and ruptured and she developed jaundice, she consulted another physician, as
well as an ophthalmologist and a hepatologist. On this background, they diagnosed her case
as ciprofloxacin-induced Stevens–Johnson syndrome. As her condition deteriorated, she was
admitted to the intensive care unit and treated with IVIG along with meropenum, topical and
systemic steroids, and other supportive measures.
After a few weeks, her condition improved along with a reduction in the amino transferases and serum bilirubin level. She had no recent history of taking other medicines, including a contraceptive agent.
Her investigations revealed HBsAg, anti-HCV, anti-HAV IgM, and anti-HEV IgM negative. Prothrombin time was 14.5 s (control 12 s), haemoglobin 12.4 g/dL, platelet count
200,000/cmm, and WBC 4,000/cmm. Neutrophil was 79%, lymphocyte 16%, and eosinophil
3%. PBF was anisochromic, anisocytic. Urine R/E showed albumin ++, RBC 30–35/HPF,
pus cell 6–8/HPF; serum bilirubin 35 mg/dL, SGPT 445U/L, serum ALP 131U/L, serum
electrolytes normal, serum creatinine 187 μmol/L, serum albumin 2.2 g/dL; serum calcium
and serum magnesium were normal. Urine culture showed no growth. ANA and Coomb’s test
were negative. Reticulocyte count was 12%, γGT 880 U/L, and haemoglobin electrophoresis
was normal. AMA and ASMA were negative. Ultrasonogram of the abdomen revealed mild
hepatomegaly with hypoechoic liver parenchyma.
Discussion
Medications appear to be the most common cause of Stevens–Johnson syndrome and have
been implicated in as many of 60% of cases studied [5].
Short courses of sulfonamide, aminopenicillin, quinolone, and cephalosporin drugs all
increase the risk of Stevens–Johnson syndrome. Longer-term therapy with anticonvulsant
agents, oxicam, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), or allopurinol has also been
identified as a possible cause of Stevens–Johnson syndrome [6]. This syndrome has also been
linked to herpes simplex virus, mycoplasma bacterial species, and measles vaccine [7]. It can
be preceded by a prodrome consisting of fever, malaise, sore throat, nausea, vomiting, arthralgias, and myalgias [5]. This prodrome is followed within 14 days by conjunctivitis and by
bullae on the skin and on the mucosal membranes of the mouth, nares, pharynx, esophagus,
urethra, and vulvovaginal as well as anal regions.
Stevens–Johnson syndrome commonly affects multiple organs, and esophageal strictures develop in some patients [8]. Ocular complications occur in about 70% of patients with
Stevens–Johnson syndrome [9]. Photophobia and a purulent form of conjunctivitis may be
present initially, but corneal ulcerations and anterior uveitis can develop. Secondary infection, corneal opacity, and blindness can follow [5].
Affected patients and their first-degree relatives should be instructed to avoid any identified drug or chemical that may be responsible. However, extensive skin involvement requires
the staffing provided by a major burn unit. Treatment consists of warming the environment,
increasing caloric intake, preventing superinfection and sepsis, and correcting electrolyte
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
200
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
disturbance [10]. The treatment for Stevens–Johnson syndrome is as diverse as the symptoms
and it should be begin by withdrawing any offending agent identified. Many skin lesions can
be treated with any of various topical mixtures, such as wet Burrow’s compresses [11]. Oral
or intravenous use of steroid agents has been a matter of controversy. Many studies showed
the beneficial effects of using steroid agents in adults [12, 13].
Mild to moderate disease can be managed with corticosteroid agents on an outpatient
basis [14].
Twenty-seven to fifty percent patients have been found to progress to severe ocular disease. The treatment of ocular disease usually begins with an aggressive lubrication of the
ocular surface. As inflammation and cicatricial changes ensue, topical steroids, symblepharon lysis, and topical retinoid therapy may be employed. Maintenance of ocular integrity can
be achieved through the use of adhesive glues, lamellar grafts, and penetrating keratoplasty.
Visual rehabilitation can be considered once the eye has been quiet for at least 3 months.
Long-term management frequently involves treatment of trichitic lashes and eyelid margin
repair for distichiasis, entropion, and ectropion. Scleral contact lenses, mucosal membrane
grafts, limbal stem cell transplants, and amniotic membrane grafting may be required. Immunomodulating therapy may halt the immunologic dysregulation and result in inflammatory consequences. Recent reports suggest that IV-Ig may provide an alternative therapeutic
modality, with or without the use of systemic steroids.
Although mild forms of erythema multiforme majus may resolve in 2–3 weeks, recovery from Stevens–Johnson syndrome may require 2–3 months, depending on the number of
organs affected and the severity of disease [2].
Conclusion
Stevens–Johnson syndrome is a potentially fatal multiorgan disease with a strong etiologic
link to some medications. Physicians must, therefore, consider this syndrome as a potential
complication of treatment, especially when the use of medication is questionable. The multiorgan aspect of the condition is best addressed by early involvement of medical specialists.
Treatment with steroid agents may be helpful, but this option remains controversial. Affected
patients and their first-degree relatives should be instructed to avoid any identified drugs or
chemicals that may be responsible for causing the condition.
References
[1] Wilkins, J., Morrison, L., White, C. R. Jr.: Oculocutaneous manifestations of the erythema multiforme/Stevens–Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrolysis spectrum. Dermatol. Clin., 1992, 10, 571–582.
[2] Habif, T. P.: Clinical Dermatology, 3rd edn. Mosby-Year Book, St Louis, 1996, pp. 570–572.
[3] Stevens, A. M., Johnson, F. C.: A new eruptive fever associated with stomatitis and ophthalmia: report of
two cases in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1922, 24, 526–533.
[4] Chan, H., Stern, R. S., Arndt, K. A. et al.: The incidence of erythema multiforme, Stevens–Johnson syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis. Arch. Dermatol., 1990, 126, 43–47.
[5] Fritsch, P. O., Ruiz-Maldonado, R.: Stevens–Johnson syndrome toxic epidermal necrolysis. In: Freedberg,
I. M., Eisen, A. Z., Wolff, K. et al. (eds): Fitzpatrick’s Dermatology in General Medicine, vol. 1, 5th edn.
McGraw-Hill, New York, 1999, pp. 644–654.
CEMED
201
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
[6] Roujeau, J-C, Kelly, J. P., Naldi, L. et al.: Medication use and the risk of Stevens–Johnson syndrome or toxic
epidermal necrolysis. N. Engl. J. Med., 1995, 333, 1600–1607.
[7] Hazir, T., Saleem, M., Abbas, K. A.: Stevens–Johnson syndrome following measles vaccination. J. Pak. Med.
Assoc., 1997, 47, 264–265.
[8] Tan, Y. M., Goh, K. L.: Esophageal stricture as a late complication of Stevens–Johnson syndrome. Gastrointest. Endosc., 1999, 50, 566–568.
[9] Power, W. J., Ghoraishi, M., Merayo-Lloves, J. et al.: Analysis of the acute ophthalmic manifestations of
the erythema multiforme/Stevens–Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrolysis disease spectrum. Ophthalmology, 1995, 102, 1669–1676.
[10] Roujeau, J. C.: Treatment of severe drug eruptions. J. Dermatol., 1999, 26, 718–722.
[11] Kazmierowski, J. A., Wuepper, K. D.: Erythema multiforme. In: Provost, T. T., Farmer, E. R. (eds): Current
Therapy in Dermatology, vol. 2. BC Decker, Philadelphia, 1988, pp. 47–48.
[12] Patterson, R., Miller, M., Kaplan, M. et al.: Effectiveness of early therapy with corticosteroids in Stevens–
Johnson syndrome: experience with 41 cases and a hypothesis regarding pathogenesis. Ann. Allergy, 1994, 73,
27–34.
[13] Patterson, R., Grammer, L. C., Greenberger, P. A. et al.: Stevens–Johnson syndrome (SJS): effectiveness of
corticosteroids in management and recurrent SJS. Allergy Proc., 1992, 13, 89–95.
[14] Noskin, G. A., Patterson, R.: Outpatient management of Stevens–Johnson syndrome: a report of four cases
and management strategy. Allergy Asthma Proc., 1997, 18, 29–32.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
202
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
Primary Adenocarcinoma of the Rectovaginal Septum
Without Associated Endometriosis
ZOLTÁN LANGMÁR1, 5, MIKLÓS NÉMETH2,
TAMÁS MÁTRAI , KÁLMÁN IVÁNYI1, LÁSZLÓ HARSÁNYI4, MAGDOLNA DANK5,
ESZTER SZÉKELY6, ZOLTÁN KAZY1
3
1
2nd Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Faculty of Medicine,
Semmelweis University, Budapest, Hungary
2
Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Gynecologic Oncology,
St. Stephan Hospital, Budapest, Hungary
3
Department of General and Chest Surgery, National Institute of Oncology, Budapest, Hungary
4
1st Department of Surgery, Faculty of Medicine, Semmelweis University, Budapest, Hungary
5
Department of Diagnostic Radiology and Oncotherapy, Faculty of Medicine,
Semmelweis University, Budapest, Hungary
6
2nd Department of Pathology, Faculty of Medicine, Semmelweis University, Budapest, Hungary
Primary adenocarcinoma of the rectovaginal septum is a rare clinical entity that arises most often from
endometriosis. The authors report a successfully treated case of primary adenocarcinoma of the rectovaginal septum without associated endometriosis in a 68-year-old woman. Diagnostic and treatment
modalities were reviewed by the authors emphasizing that early diagnosis is difficult and that the only
curative method is primary surgical therapy.
Keywords: adenocarcinoma, rectovaginal septum, endometriosis, therapy
Primary adenocarcinoma of the rectovaginal septum is a rare clinical entity that arises most
often from endometriosis [1–7]. Regarding this issue, there are only a few relevant publications in international literature. Associated endometriosis was confirmed in most cases [8].
Adenocarcinoma of the rectovaginal septum can be asymptomatic for a considerable time.
According to the literature, early diagnosis is possible only by physical and radiologic examinations performed for other reasons [2, 8–10]. The authors present a case of a primary
rectovaginal adenocarcinoma without associated endometriosis successfully treated with primary surgical resection and combined chemotherapy. The patient is under regular follow-up
and so far no recurrence has been confirmed.
Case Report
The 68-year-old female patient with a suspected vaginal tumour was referred to our department from an outpatient gynaecology clinic on 2nd October 2006. The patient complained of
vague pressure from the anus. Her obstetrical history was unexceptional (one vaginal birth
without complications and one spontaneous abortion). She had her last regular period at the
age of 45. She had not received any hormone replacement therapy and had never been on
Corresponding address: Zoltán Langmár MD, 2nd Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Semmelweis University, Üllői út 78/A, H-1082 Budapest, Hungary. E-mail: langmarzoltan@hotmail.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.28442
203
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
203–206.
CASE REPORTS
contraceptive pills. Major items of her general anamnesis were the medically balanced hypertension and gastroesophageal reflux disease.
Physical Findings
The outer genitalia were normal for her age. A compact, moderately sensitive tumour was
palpable on the back vaginal wall expanding in the direction of the rectovaginal space. The
uterus was normal and the surrounding area was slightly sensitive on both sides without palpable mass. Tissue above the vaginal tumour appeared macroscopically intact during colposcopy.
Vaginal and Abdominal Ultrasonography
There was cystic formation (31 mm × 37 mm) with irregular shape on the right side of the
uterus and increased vascularisation around the edges of the tumour but without flow parameters inactive of malignity.
Based on the findings, our attempt was to excise the tumour vaginally. The resection was
performed under intra-venous narcosis. Considering intra-operatively that a wide excision of
the tumour has a risk of intestinal injury due to the proximity of the rectum, only a punchbiopsy was done. Histopathological examination revealed a necrotic adenocarcinoma which
may have originated from the vaginal glands (Dr. Németh–Dr. Járay). Based on this result, an
abdominal operation was planned. The second operation was performed by a multi-speciality
team (abdominal surgeon, general gynaecologist and gynaecologic oncologist) at the 1st Department of Surgery under intra-tracheal narcosis. The exploration was done through a lower
midline laparotomy. Following isolation of the bowels, the greenish, walnut-sized, smoothsurfaced tumour was observed to be unseparated from the ovaries. No other pathological
changes were observed in the abdominal cavity. During the operation, hysterectomy and bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy was performed. Owing to the proximity of the vagina and the
rectum, the upper third of the vagina and an ampullar part of the rectum were also resected.
The rectovaginal lesion was removed in this block. Subsequently, an end-to-end anastomosis
of the rectum was performed. After repeated evaluation of the entire abdominal cavity and
the omentum, no pathological changes were observed. The post-operational course was uneventful and the patient was discharged from the hospital on the eighth day with normal intestinal function. Based on the histopathological findings (adenocarcinoma of the vagina,
endometrioid subtype, ovarian metastasis), the patient was recommended to be given adjuvant oncotherapy. Since the patient refused radiotherapy, she was given six cycles of combined paclitaxel–carboplatin chemotherapy. The patient is currently symptom and complaint
free and serial radiologic examinations have not detected any tumour recurrence so far.
Hystopathological Summary (Dr Székely)
Based on the histological and immunohistochemical evaluation, the origin of the papillary
endometroid carcinoma may have been the rectovaginal septum (according to the literature,
this is possible on the basis of endometriosis). The tumour expanded through the parametrium into the right ovary and the surface of the rectum. FIGO stage: IVB.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
204
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
Discussion
Primary adenocarcinoma of the rectovaginal septum is a rare clinical entity that arises in
most of the cases from endometriosis [3, 4]. Adenocarcinoma without associated endometriosis was confirmed in only three cases. The age of the patients ranged between 32 and 54
years. The first symptoms of the disease were urinary retention, aspecific pain, excessive
vaginal discharge, abdominal discomfort and rectal or vaginal bleeding [4, 6–11]. Diagnosis
is difficult and often delayed because of the location of the tumour. Correspondingly, only
unspecific symptoms and complaints caused by an advanced clinical condition call attention
to the malignant tumour. The average diameter of the diagnosed primary tumours is 3.5 cm
(1–6 cm). According to the publications, the only curative therapy is primary surgical removal [2, 8–11]. Advanced tumours, however, require intestinal surgery and may potentially
necessitate complete removal of the rectum and the application of colostoma. In our case
total removal of the tumour was possible by a partial resection of the rectum and by performing an end-to-end anastomosis. Histological evaluation of the published cases verified the
existence of papillary adenocarcinoma, adenoacanthoma or clear cell adenocarcinoma [3–6,
8–11]. Despite the data that the formation of the tumour is linked to the existence of endometriosis and its “malignisation theory”, there is little data to prove this unequivocally. Malignant transformation has been verified only in 1% of the endometriosis cases [5]. We have
not diagnosed a co-existence of endometriosis either. This may have several reasons according to the literature: (1) regression of endometriosis after the menopause; (2) the expanding
tumour destroys the endometriotic nodules; (3) the tumour originates primarily from the
glands of the vagina or the rectum independently from endometriosis (in our case this process
can be excluded); (4) in the rectovaginal septum, endometriosis forms by a mechanism different from that formed in other areas of the body (metaplasia of the Müllerian-duct remnants) and thus makes it difficult to evaluate histological picture [12]. Evidence for the latter
may be that the endometric nodules located here do not respond to usual drug treatment
either. There are no conclusive opinions regarding the therapy of this clinical entity because
of the rarity of the disease; however, each author emphasizes the importance of primary
surgical treatment. Several authors recommend post-operative radiotherapy with or without
chemotherapy [1–4, 9, 13, 14]. Since our patient refused radiotherapy unequivocally, and
taking into consideration the request of the patient as a follow-up treatment, she was given
six cycles of combined paclitaxel–carboplatin chemotherapy, which proved to be efficient.
Our intention of presenting this rare case is to call attention to the difficulties of the early
diagnosis of the tumours originating from the rectovaginal septum and the exact evaluation
of non-specific symptoms potentially related to malignant tumours.
References
[1] Hernádi, Z.: Carcinoma vaginae. In: Hernádi, Z. (ed): Nőgyógyászati onkológia. Therapia Kiadó, Budapest,
2004, pp. 66–73.
[2] Slomovitz, B. M., Coleman, R. L.: Invasive cancer of the vagina and the urethra. In: DiSaia, P. J., Creasman,
W. T. (eds): Clinical Gynecologic Oncology. Mosby-Elsevier, St. Louis, 2007, pp. 265–276.
[3] Yazbeck, C., Poncelet, C., Chosidow, D. et al.: Primary adenocarcinoma arising from endometriosis of the
rectovaginal septum: a case report. Int. J. Gynecol. Cancer, 2005, 15, 1203–1205.
CEMED
205
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
[4] Dockerty, M. B., Pratt, J. H., Decker, D. J.: Primary adenocarcinoma of the rectovaginal septum probably
arising from endometriosis. Report of two cases. Cancer, 1954, 7, 893–898.
[5] Ferreira, H. P., Clayton, S. G.: Three cases of malignant change in endometriosis, including two cases arising
in the rectovaginal septum. J. Obstet. Gynaecol. Br. Emp., 1958, 54, 41–44.
[6] Lash, S. R., Rubenstone, A. I.: Adenocarcinoma of the rectovaginal septum probably arising from endometriosis. Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol., 1959, 78, 299–302.
[7] Han, A. C., Hiovenden, S., Rosenblum, N. G. et al.: Adenocarcinoma arising in extragonadal endometriosis.
Cancer, 1998, 83, 1163–1168.
[8] Berger, A., Rouzier, R., Carnot, F. et al.: Primary adenocarcinoma of the rectovaginal septum: a report and
literature review. Eur. J. Obstet. Gynecol. Reprod. Biol., 2001, 95, 111–113.
[9] Ulrich, U., Rhiem, K., Kaminski, M. et al.: Parametrial and rectovaginal adenocarcinoma arising from endometriosis. Int. J. Gynecol. Cancer, 2005, 15, 1206–1209.
[10] Davis, J. M.: Carcinoma of the rectovaginal septum. Proc. R. Soc., 1967, 60, 24.
[11] Young, E. E., Gamble, C. N.: Primary adenocarcinoma of the rectovaginal septum arising from endometriosis.
Cancer, 1969, 24, 597–601.
[12] Nisolle, M., Donnez, J.: Peritoneal endometriosis, ovarian endometriosis, and adenomyotic nodules of the
rectovaginal septum are three different entities. Fertil. Steril., 1997, 68, 585–596.
[13] Poller, I.: A hüvely. In: Németh, Gy. (ed): Sugárterápia. Springer, Berlin, 2001, pp. 347–350.
[14] Harrison, M. M., Marx, G. M., Hacker, N. F. et al.: Cytotoxic drug treatment of vulval and vaginal cancer.
In: Bősze, P., Markman, M. (eds): What Gynecologic Oncologists Should Know About Chemotherapy. NOK
Press, Budapest, 2005, pp. 184–185.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
206
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
Pitfalls in Management of Chronic Hepatitis B:
Report of Four Cases from Bangladesh
MD. FAZAL KARIM1, MAMUN AL-MAHTAB2,
SALIMUR RAHMAN2, MOBIN KHAN2
2
1
Department of Hepatology, Dhaka Medical College, Dhaka, Bangladesh
Department of Hepatology, Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujib Medical University, Dhaka, Bangladesh
Treatment of chronic hepatitis B has changed much since the introduction of interferon. Nucleosides have come to
replace interferon in some situations like decompensated states. However, there is no clear cut guideline in many
fields. Even end of treatment response is low in conventional treatments. This study describes a few scenarios where
difficulties were faced. Unresolved questions in the management of chronic hepatitis B involve ‘who to treat, when
to treat, how to treat?’ These should be clearly addressed.
Keywords: chronic hepatitis B, management, pitfalls
Introduction
Management of chronic hepatitis B is ever evolving. Many issues are still unresolved or partially solved. New information on the clinical management of chronic hepatitis B is emerging
rapidly, requiring that physicians be alert to updated treatment recommendations. Hepatologists, in many issues, consult among themselves about how to proceed. Resistance to nucleoside and nucleotide analogs is becoming an increasingly common clinical problem. HBV
DNA titer for management has been lowered to encompass more patients and to avoid complication of disease. Current anti-viral agents are not sufficient to effect viral control. The
ideal drug that will eradicate the HBV has yet to be developed [1].
Two major groups of anti-viral therapies are currently in use. These are interferon-α
[IFN-α (or pegylated interferon-α, PEG IFN-α)] and nucleoside or nucleotide analogues.
There are new nucleoside and nucleotides in the pipeline. Clearance of infected hepatocytes
occurs in only a small proportion of patients. The continued use of single nucleotides in sequence may lead to the emergence of multidrug resistant hepatitis B [2].
Corresponding address: Mamun Al-Mahtab MD, Department of Hepatology, Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujib Medical
University, Dhaka, Bangladesh. E-mail: shwapnil@agni.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.22
207
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
207–210.
CASE REPORTS
Case Reports
Case 1
Zahirul Islam, a 9-year-old boy came with HBsAg and HBeAg positivity, ALT 27 U/L, HBV
DNA 3.9 × 108. Clearly the boy was in the immunotolerant phase. No management is satisfactory in this stage but we have to avoid complications of progressive disease. Here management aimed at lowering viral load by lamivudine 3 mg/kg alone, followed by immunomodulation by combination of lamivudine and interferon 5 MU/m2 [3]. Treatment was instituted in
this patient because in patients who acquire the disease in early life, the complications of
chronic hepatitis B continue to occur as a result of prolonged insidious damage to the liver,
even in the low viraemic phase.
Case 2
Laxmi Rani, a 31-year-old housewife, was infected with wild type of hepatitis B virus (HBV)
and while on treatment with lamivudine, became pregnant. She declared that she had become
pregnant after the first trimester and wished to continue her pregnancy. She was asked to
continue her pregnancy as studies show lamivudine to be safe during pregnancy [4]. However, granting permission to patients recently diagnosed with chronic, active hepatitis B to
conceive while on treatment is still an unresolved issue, because all pregnancies, so far, while
on lamivudine have been unplanned or accidental. Other nucleosides such as ribavirin are
clearly teratogenic. Studies with adefovir and entecavir in pregnancy are yet to be done.
Case 3
Mamunur Rashid, a 30-year-old businessman, infected with wild type of hepatitis B, had
ALT 133 U/L, HBV DNA > 108 was well compensated during treatment with peg-interferon
180 mg/week. As treatment was started, his ALT started to rise to 385 U/L. It was thought that
it was probably a seroconversion because other liver function tests were normal and there
was no way of knowing whether decompensation had started as his DNA was already >108,
HBeAg positive and IgM anti-HBc was negative. As his ALT crossed 800 U/L, his peg-interferon dose was reduced to 135 mg/week. As his ALT reached 1,980 U/L, his peg-interferon
was discontinued, fearing decompensation, and replaced with lamivudine. His ALT level
decreased after starting lamivudine. In chronic hepatitis B guidelines, there is no mention
of the upper limit of ALT in HBV flare abore which interferon treatment should be discontinued.
Case 4
Mr. Abul Khair, a 40-year-old businessman who had diabetes type II and also infected with
hepatitis B (wild type) chronically, was treated with peg-interferon 180 mg/week for 6
months. At the end of 6 months, he had no change in HBeAg status. He was on diet control
for diabetes. But he had insulin resistance as evidenced by high basal insulin level and a low
sensitivity of insulin. Later on peg-interferon was continued for 12 months and metformin
was added to decrease resistance.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
208
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
Discussion
Unresolved questions in management of chronic hepatitis B involve “who to treat, when to
treat, how to treat” [5]. Although various drugs are available for the treatment of chronic
hepatitis B, emergence of the hepatitis B e antigen (HBeAg)-negative mutant variant, specifically in Asia, the Middle East and southern Europe, is creating a new challenge as this
variant is less responsive to available treatments. HBeAg-negative chronic hepatitis B rapidly progresses to cirrhosis and its related complications [6]. The end points of treatment are
not clearly defined, and differ in HBeAg positive versus negative disease [2].
Issues that remain controversial or need to be studied further are the necessity of a baseline liver biopsy, the HBV DNA and ALT thresholds for initiation of therapy, the optimal
duration of anti-viral therapy, selection of one agent over another, and the role of combination
therapy [7].
Clear guidelines regarding treatment of special groups are lacking. Management of special populations, including patients with normal alanine aminotransferase levels, children
and adolescents, women planning pregnancy or already pregnant, patients undergoing chemotherapy or other forms of immunosuppression, patients with HBV and human immunodeficiency virus co-infection, and those undergoing liver transplantation, present further challenges [8].
There is no non-invasive technique of knowing the underlying necro-inflammatory or
fibrosis stage. So many cases are missed in which patients do not wish to do biopsy or where
biopsy is relatively or absolutely contraindicated. Also, there is no guideline regarding treatment of chronic hepatitis B in patients with insulin resistance.
There are situations where patients are having decompensated liver disease related
to chronic hepatitis B. Here we prefer to use nucleoside analog, particularly lamivudine,
without considering HBeAg status or HBV DNA level as the patient will ultimately deteriorate. Here adefovir is not a good choice as these patients usually or ultimately develop hepatorenal syndrome where adefovir is contraindicated. The combination of lamivudine and
adefovir is a preferred agent where close monitoring of renal function is undertaken.
If we stop lamivudine in the face of resistance where patient has good immune status,
there is no harm, as continuing treatment will add to resistance. Addition of adefovir is a good
alternative. In treatment of naïve wild chronic HBV infection, sequential therapy with lamivudine followed by IFN-α seems to have better sustained virologic response [9]. In precore
mutants lamivudine is associated with the risk of developing viral mutants and, after therapy
discontinuation, with high rate of relapse. In relapsing patients, severe acute recurrence of
hepatitis B may occur [10].
Despite the emergence of multidrug-resistant strains of HBV and previous success with
combination therapy for other chronic viral infections, we are still using sequential monotherapy for chronic HBV infection. There is now an emerging body of data suggesting that
combination therapy can decrease anti-viral resistance in HBV infection [11].
There are many case reports of hepatic decompensation after administration of interferon as a first line anti-viral agent. Then switch to nucleoside analog is undertaken. If we
calculate the tolerance of the patient to interferon from the beginning, we can avoid decompensation.
If we measure the HBV DNA level in acute hepatitis B and start lamivudine depending
on DNA level, then we can avoid fulminant hepatic failure.
CEMED
209
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
Conclusion
Treatment of chronic hepatitis B is still in development. Many questions will arise until a
potent anti-viral and immunomodulatory option is established. Funding: none.
References
[1] Arosemena, L. R., Cortes, R. A., Servin, L. et al.: Current and future treatment of chronic hepatitis B. Minerva
Gastroenterol. Dietol., 2005, 51, 77–93, PMID: 15756148.
[2] Dusheiko, G., Antonakopoulos, N.: Treatment of hepatitis B. Gut, published 14 May 2007, DOI 10.1136/
gut.2005.077891, PMID: 17502343.
[3] D’Antiga, L., Marion, Aw., Atkins, M. et al.: Combined lamivudine/interferon-α treatment in ‘immunotolerant’ children perinatally infected with hepatitis B: a pilot study. J. Pediatr., 2006, 148, 228–233, PMID:
16492434.
[4] Su, G. G., Pan, K. H., Zhao, N. F. et al.: Efficacy and safety of lamivudine treatment for chronic hepatitis B
in pregnancy. World J. Gastroenterol., 2004, 10, 910–912, PMID: 15040044.
[5] Hoofnagle, J. H., Doo, E., Liang, T. J. et al.: Management of hepatitis B: summary of a clinical research
workshop. Hepatology, 2007, 45, 1056–1075, PMID: 17393513.
[6] Saikia, N., Talukdar, R., Mazumder, S. et al.: Management of patients with HBeAg-negative chronic hepatitis
B. Postgrad. Med. J., 2007, 83, 32–39, PMID: 17267676.
[7] Morgan, M., Park, W., Keeffe, E. B.: Diagnosis and treatment of chronic hepatitis B: an update. Minerva
Gastroenterol. Dietol., 2007, 53, 25–41, PMID: 17415343.
[8] Dore, G. J., Guan, R., Wasim Jafri, S. M. et al.: Management of chronic hepatitis B in challenging patient
populations. Liver Int., 2006, 26 (Suppl. 2), 38–46, PMID: 17087768.
[9] Yuen, M. F., Lai, C. L.: Combination therapy for chronic hepatitis B: simultaneous or sequential? Am. J. Gastroenterol., 2007, 102, 105–106, PMID: 17266690.
[10] Ascione, A., Ascione, T., Lanza, A. G. et al.: Factors influencing outcome of lamivudine in anti-HBe-positive
chronic hepatitis B. Hepatogastroenterology, 2006, 53, 919–923, PMID: 17153453.
[11] Sasadeusz, J. J., Locarnini, S. L., Macdonald, G.: Why do we not yet have combination chemotherapy for
chronic hepatitis B? Med. J. Aust., 2007, 186, 204–206, PMID: 17309424.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
210
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
Acute Pancreatitis in a Pregnant Female
with Peripartum Cardiomyopathy
PANKAJ JAIN
Department of Gastroenterology, Apollo Modi Hospital, Kota, India
Acute pancreatitis (AP) and peripartum cardiomyopathy (PPC) are rare complications during pregnancy and can
lead to high maternal mortality and fetal loss. We report a case of a 34-year-old multigravida at 36 weeks gestation
diagnosed to have AP who delivered a cyanosed fetus. Subsequently, she developed PPC and recovered on conservative treatment.
Keywords: acute pancreatitis, pregnancy, peripartum cardiomyopathy
Acute pancreatitis (AP) is a rare complication during pregnancy and can lead to high maternal mortality and fetal loss [1]. We report a case of a 34-year-old multigravida with 36 weeks
gestation diagnosed to have AP who delivered a cyanosed child who was revived with resuscitative measures. Subsequently, she developed peripartum cardiomyopathy (PPC) and recovered on conservative treatment.
Case
A 34-year-old gravid three, para one, abortion one with one live issue, with 36 weeks pregnancy, was admitted for 1 day with pain in the abdomen and vomiting. The pain was in the
epigastrium, radiating to the back and associated with vomiting the food she had taken.
There was no history of alcohol or any other drug intake. She had past history of eclampsia
in the first pregnancy. On examination, she had pallor with pulse rate of 84/min and blood
pressure 120/70 mmHg. On examination, uterine fundal height was 36 weeks with fetal heart
sound present, tenderness in epigastric region and bowel sound absent. Investigation revealed
hemoglobin of 11.3 g/dL (normal 12–16 g/dL), total leucocyte count 10.4 × 103/mm3 (normal
4–10 × 103/mm3), neutrophilic leucocytosis, a normal platelet count, bilirubin, serum alanine
aminotransferase, serum aspartate aminotransferase, urea, creatinine, sodium, potassium and
random blood sugar were normal. Her serum amylase was 1,880 U/L, serum lipase 520 U/L,
serum alkaline phosphatase 530 U/L, serum LDH 278 IU/L, serum triglycerides 308 mg/dL
(normal < 170 mg/dL), serum calcium 9.4 mg/dL (normal 9–11 mg/dL) and serum albumin
3.1 g/dL. Urine examination revealed no albumin.
Ultrasonography revealed bulky pancreas with peripancreatic fluid (Fig. 1), gall bladder
filled with sludge (Fig. 2), a live fetus of 36 weeks. So, she was diagnosed to have AP. She
was managed conservatively with nil per mouth, continuous nasogastric suction via nasogas-
Corresponding address: Pankaj Jain MD, Department of Gastroenterology, Apollo Modi Hospital, Kota, India.
E-mail: panj2007@rediffmail.com
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.23
211
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
211–214.
CASE REPORTS
Fig. 1 Ultrasound of abdomen shows enlarged pancreas and peripancreatic lymph node
Fig. 2 Ultrasound of abdomen shows gall bladder sludge
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
212
CEMED
CASE REPORTS
tric tube, intravenous fluid, antibiotic and analgesics. Fetus monitoring was done by daily
fetal heart sound auscultation and ultrasound for liquor.
On the second day, ultrasound for fetus showed absent liquor. She underwent cesarean
section, delivered a cyanosed child with an Apgar score of 4. The child was revived with resuscitation measures.
Postoperative, she developed sudden onset dyspnea, hypertension, with chest auscultation showing bilateral crepitation and echocardiography revealed an ejection fraction of 30%,
with all the four chambers dilated. Her electrocardiogram showed ventricular tachycardia,
but blood pressure was normal. She was intubated, put on ventilator and managed with
oxygen, diuretics, amiodarone and antibiotics. She was extubated next day and was hemodynamically stable. She was started orally on the fourth day on a low fat diet and tolerated it.
She was discharged on the tenth day on diuretics, amiodarone and low fat diet. She underwent laparoscopically cholecystectomy 4 weeks later. Her repeat echocardiography done 3
months later showed an improvement in ejection fraction to 50%.
Discussion
Biliary sludge and gallstones (GS) form in up to 31% and 3% of pregnant women, respectively, although sludge frequently resolves postpartum [2]. The index case had epigastric pain
and elevated serum amylase and lipase levels consistent with AP, which occurs in approximately one in 1,000–3,300 pregnancies [1]. Pancreatitis during pregnancy occurs in 72% of
multiparous females who had pancreatitis and 52% occurs in the third trimester [1]. GS disease is the most common cause of pancreatitis and occurs in 67–100% of cases during pregnancy [1].
The development of biliary tract complication during pregnancy has implications for
maternal and fetal morbidity. Eddy et al. [3] in their 10-year study of 101 patients of AP in
305,101 deliveries reported 3.6% perinatal mortality but no maternal deaths. Although GS
were not diagnosed at any stage, biliary sludge is considered to be a precursor of GS and can
be a cause of AP. Pregnancy increases serum cholesterol and triglyceride levels, increases
bile stasis due to high progesterone levels and thus may induce GS formation. The changes
in hepatic bile that occurs in the last trimester of pregnancy is due to high estrogen levels [4].
Pancreatitis in pregnancy is also proposed due to reflux of gastrointestinal contents into ampulla of vater, mutations in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator gene and
immunological interactions between mother and child.
Management of AP during pregnancy should initially be similar to management in nonpregnant patients, with fluid resuscitation, narcotic pain control and nutritional supplementation. The fetus should be carefully monitored by external heart rate monitoring. Cholecystectomy should be delayed until after delivery if pancreatitis develops in the third trimester.
Cardiac complications associated with severe AP are congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, cardiac arrhythmia, and cardiogenic shock. Myocardial depression and shock
are thought to be secondary to vasoactive peptides and a myocardial depressant factor. There
is an increase in cardiac index and a decrease in total peripheral resistance, which usually
respond to infusion of crystalloids. Intravenous dopamine can be started in those patients in
whom hypotension persists despite fluid resuscitation to maintain the systemic blood pressure.
CEMED
213
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
CASE REPORTS
PPC is a rare form of heart failure of unknown cause with an incidence of one in 3,000
live births, onset between last month of pregnancy up to 5 months postpartum with a reported
high maternal morbidity and mortality of 20–50% [5]. Early diagnosis and treatment of PPC
are essential for a favorable outcome. Poor prognostic factors are high parity, twin gestation,
age greater than 30 years, and a late onset of symptoms after delivery [6]. Patients with PPC
should receive standard heart failure therapy. Therapy regimens include diuretics to diminish
volume overload, afterload reduction with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and
β-blockers after signs and symptoms of congestion improve. Anticoagulation therapy can
be given to patients postpartum if symptoms are persistent or ventricular function is markedly decreased, as such individuals have a high risk of systemic and pulmonary embolism.
Our patient had high parity and age greater than 30 years, but prompt accurate diagnosis and
therapy led to her recovery.
So, biliary tract disease should be considered in any pregnant woman with abdominal
pain.
References
[1] Ramin, K. D., Ramin, S. M., Richey, S. D. et al.: Acute pancreatitis in pregnancy. Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol.,
1995, 173, 187–191.
[2] Ko, C. W.: Incidence, natural history, and risk factors for biliary sludge and stones during pregnancy. Hepatology, 2005, 41, 359–365.
[3] Eddy, J. J., Gideonsen, M. D., Song, J. Y. et al.: Pancreatitis in pregnancy. Obstet. Gynecol., 2008, 112,
1075–1081.
[4] Lynn, J., Williams, L., O Brien, J.: Effects of estrogen upon bile: implication with respect to gallstone formation. Ann. Surg., 1973, 178, 514–524.
[5] Veille, J. C., Zaccaro, D.: Peripartum cardiomyopathy: summary of an international survey on peripartum
cardiomyopathy. Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol., 1999, 181, 315–319.
[6] Ravikishore, A. G., Kaul, U. A., Sethi, K. K. et al.: Peripartum cardiomyopathy: prognostic variables at initial
evaluation. Int. J. Cardiol., 1991, 32, 377–380.
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
214
CEMED
GUIDE TO THE AUTHORS
GUIDE TO THE AUTHORS
Submission of Papers
All manuscripts for Clinical and Experimental Medical Journal (CEMED) should be submitted online via the Editorial Manager system (see NOTE below). This is the preferred method
of submission, and facilitates processing of your manuscript. Only in exceptional cases where
the authors have no electronic facilities, the author should submit one original copy of the
manuscript, plus two photocopies and a copy on disk, to the following address:
Editor-in-Chief: Professor János Fehér, 2nd Department of Medicine, Medical Faculty,
Semmelweis University, Szentkirályi u. 46, H-1088 Budapest. Phone/fax: +36 1 317 4548.
Authors are required to submit, with their manuscripts, the names and full contact details (including e-mail address) of 3 potential referees (who should not come from the same
institute).
It is the author’s responsibility to ensure that papers are written in clear and comprehensible English. Authors whose native language is not English are strongly advised to have their
manuscripts checked by an English-speaking colleague prior to submission.
Submission of a paper implies that it has not been published previously (except in the
form of an abstract or as part of a published lecture or academic thesis), that it is not under
consideration for publication elsewhere, that its publication is approved by all authors and
tacitly or explicitly by the responsible authorities where the work was carried out, and that, if
accepted, it will not be published elsewhere in the same form, in English or in any other language, without the written consent of the Publisher.
NOTE: We are pleased to announce that the online manuscript submission and peer review
system EditorialManager has been introduced for the submission of manuscripts to the Clinical and Experimental Medical Journal. Details are available online at: www.edmgr.com/
cemed.
Types of Contributions
Original research papers; review articles; rapid communications; short communications;
viewpoints; letters to the Editor; book reviews.
1. Research papers – original full-length research papers which have not been published
previously, except in a preliminary form, and should not exceed 8500 words (including
allowance for no more than 6 tables and illustrations).
2. Review articles – will be accepted in areas of topical interest, will normally focus on literature published over the previous five years, and should not exceed 12,000 words (including allowance for no more than 6 tables and illustrations).
3. Rapid communications – an original research paper reporting a major scientific result
or finding with significant implications for the research community, designated by the
Editor.
4. Short communications – Short communications of up to 3500 words, describing work that
may be of a preliminary nature but which merits immediate publication.
DOI: 10.1556/CEMED.4.2010.1.24
215
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
▪
215–217.
GUIDE TO THE AUTHORS
5. Viewpoints – Authors may submit viewpoints of about 1500 words on any subject covered by the Aims and Scope.
6. Letters to the Editor – Letters are published from time to time on matters of topical interest.
7. Book reviews.
Manuscript Preparation
General: Manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced with wide margins on one side of
white paper. Each page must be numbered, and lines must be consecutively numbered from
the start to the end of the manuscript. Good quality printouts with a font size of 12 or 10 pt
are required. The corresponding author should be identified (include a fax number and an email address). Full postal addresses must be given for all co-authors. Authors should consult
a recent issue of the journal for style if possible. An electronic copy of the paper should accompany the final version. The Editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of
uniformity. Authors should retain a copy of their manuscript since we cannot accept responsibility for damage or loss of papers. Original manuscripts are discarded one month after
publication unless the Publisher is asked to return original material after use.
Abstracts: Each paper should be provided with an abstract of 100–150 words, reporting
concisely on the purpose and results of the paper.
Keywords: 3–5 characteristic words of the manuscript.
Text: Follow this order when typing manuscripts: Title, Authors, Affiliations, Abstract,
Keywords, Abbreviations, Main text, Acknowledgments, Appendix, References, Figure Captions and then Tables. Do not import the Figures or Tables into your text. The corresponding
author should be identified with an asterisk and footnote. All other footnotes (except for table
footnotes) should be identified with superscript Arabic numbers. The title of the paper should
unambiguously reflect its contents. Where the title exceeds 80 characters, a suggestion for an
abbreviated running title should be given.
Units: The SI system should be used for all scientific and laboratory data; if, in certain
instances, it is necessary to quote other units, these should be added in parentheses. Temperatures should be given in degrees Celsius. The unit ‘billion’ (109 in America, 1012 in Europe) is ambiguous and should not be used.
Symbols: Abbreviations for units should follow the suggestions of the British Standards
publication BS 1991. The full stop should not be included in abbreviations, e.g. m (not m.),
ppm (not p.p.m.), % and ‘/ ’ should be used in preference to ‘per cent’ and ‘per’. Where abbreviations are likely to cause ambiguity or may not be readily understood by an international readership, units should be put in full.
Current recognised chemical nomenclature should be used, although commonly accepted trivial names may be used where there is no risk of ambiguity.
The use of proprietary names should be avoided. Papers essentially of an advertising
nature will not be accepted.
References: All publications cited in the text should be presented in a list of references following the text of the manuscript with reference members in square brackets ([ ]).
No more than 50 references should be cited in your manuscript. In the text refer to the num2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1
216
CEMED
GUIDE TO THE AUTHORS
ber cited in square brackets ([ ]) or the author’s name (without initials). The list of references
should be arranged according to the citation by authors’ names and should be as full as possible, listing all authors, the full title of articles and journals, publisher and year.
References should be given in the following form:
[1] Finglas, P. M., Wigertz, K., Vahteristo, L. et al.: Standardisation of HPLC techniques for the determination
of naturally-occurring folates in food. Food Chem., 1999, 64, 245–255.
[2] Marasas, W. F. O.: Fumonisins: History, worldwide occurrence and impact. In: L. S. Jackson, J.W. DeVries,
L. B. Bullerman (eds): Fumonisins in Food, Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology, Vol. 392. Plenum Press, New York, 1996, pp. 1–18.
[3] Feher, J., Csomos, G., Vereckei, A.: Free Radicals in Biology and Medicine. Springer Verlag, Berlin–Heidelberg–NewYork–London–Paris–Tokyo, 1987.
[4] Noel, S., Collin, S.: Trans-2-nonenal degradation products during mashing. In Proceedings of the 25th European brewery convention congress. IRL Press, Oxford, 1995, pp. 483–490.
Figures and captions: When placing several figures in the manuscript, please strive for
uniformity. The figures should be placed together, after the text, just like an enclosure. Introduction of the online version of CEMED removes restrictions on colour images. We encourage authors to send high-resolution colour images – all these will remain in colour in the
online version. The charge for publishing colour images in the printed version is 40 EUR (60
USD) + VAT per colour image.
Please submit figures in electronic form, as JPG or TIFF files, with a minimum of 300
dpi. Figure captions should be typed double-spaced on a separate page. The location of the
figures in the text should also be clearly indicated.
Open Access articles for a moderate publishing fee. Clinical and Experimental Medical
Journal is an Open Access journal. Authors of accepted manuscripts are requested to pay an
article processing charge of 450 EUR or 620 USD (+ VAT where applicable) to cover the
publishing costs of their paper. A limited number of waivers may be granted, particularly for
authors from developing countries (contact the Editor-in-Chief for details).
Open Access policy of Clinical and Experimental Medical Journal includes the free and
unrestricted self-archiving of the final published version of papers on the Author’s webpage
or on the Author’s institutional repository with open or restricted access. When self-archiving
or communicating a paper via e-mail, the Author should quote the correct citation and enclose a link to the published article (http://dx.doi.org/[DOI of the Article without brackets]).
Offprints and/or PDF files of the CEMED papers can be ordered at journal-ad@akkrt.hu.
See http://www.akkrt.hu/offprint for details and rates.
Editor-in-Chief: Prof. János FehérMD, DSc
Szentkirályi u. 46, H-1088 Budapest, Hungary
Internet: www.akademiai.com/content/121436
Phone/fax: +36 1 317 4548; E-mail: feher@bel2.sote.hu
Akadémiai Kiadó
Prielle Kornélia u. 19/d, H-1117 Budapest, Hungary
Submission of manuscripts: www.edmgr.com/cemed
CEMED
217
2010 ▪ Volume 4, Number 1